Home

5 - Parent Directory

1. 10 30 Enabling built in tracing RUN SYS SYSTEM SYSMAN SYSMAN SYS LOAD ADD TRSDEBUG TRSDEBUG LOAD STEPzI NI T LOG SYSMAN Exit QSYSSUPDATE VMS SYSTEM MAGES COM To stop it from loading early in boot RUN SYS SYSTEM SYSMAN SYSMAN SYS LOAD REMOVE TR DEBUG TR DEBUG LOG SYSMAN Exit QSYSSUPDATE VMS SYSTEM MAGES COM The first occurance of the name TR DEBUG within the command is considered the product and the second is considered the image that should exist within SYS LOADABLE IMAGES When TR DEBUG loads in the init phase it will automatically turn on tracing Also see the SDA TR extension 10 26 OpenVMS Programming Information For details of using these tracing mechanisms see the tr print macros in lib mlb Macro32 in sys lib c tlb C and lib req Bliss libraries 10 31 Accessing a web server from DCL Programmatic access to the world wide web is available from within DCL command procedures using available software packages including cURL FETCH and Lynx and there is the universal web client telnet Using these packages you can access a web server and can within limits process HTML from within a DCL command procedure For information and locations for these and of other packages see Section 13 1 DCL can also be used as a CGI script implementation language from within Apache and most all other OpenVMS web servers As a rule perl and python and such wil
2. DECwindows To merge xrdb 15 exe xrdb merge decw xdefaults dat Also note that the DECW UTILS DECW DEFINE_UTILS COM procedure can be used to establish the xrdb and other symbols Also see the DECxterm directory of Freeware V5 0 for details on connecting to OpenVMS from various UNIX platforms For other keymapping information see Section 11 7 1 11 8 Why doesn t XtAppAddinput work on OpenVMS Yes XtAppAddInput does work on OpenVMS The MIT definition of the X Windows call XtAppAddInput includes platform specific arguments On platforms where C is the typically the primary programming language for the platform the file descriptor mask is one of the arguments to the XtAppAddInput call On OpenVMS the platform specific arguments to this call include an event flag and an IOSB as these are the traditional OpenVMS constructs used to synchronize the completion of asynchronous operations While it would be easier to port non OpenVMS C code that calls XtAppAddInput over to OpenVMS if the arguments included the C file descriptor this would make the call unusable from other OpenVMS languages and would make it extremely difficult to use OpenVMS features such as ASTs and sys qio calls One restriction on the event flag the event flag chosen must be from event flag cluster zero When using the traditional lib get_ef and lib free_ef calls to allocate and deallocate event fl
3. Hardware Information other words the environment variables provide an easily extensible mechanism for managing complex console state The specific environment variables differ by platform and by firmware version the baseline set is established by the Alpha Architecture AUTO ACTION BOOT HALT RESTART any other value assumed to be HALT BOOT_DEV BOOTDEF DEV BOOTED DEV BOOT FILE BOOTED FILE BOOT OSFLAGS BOOTED OSFLAGS BOOT RESET ON OFF J DUMP DEV ENABLE AUDIT ON OFF LICENSE CHAR SET LANGUAGE TTY DEV OpenVMS Galaxy vPars firmware can add console environment variables beginning with such strings as LP and HP and each particular console implementation can and often does have various sorts of platform specific extensions beyond these variables These variables allow both vPars virtual partitions and lPars and lPars logical partition support vPars is a generic name for soft partitioning constructs such as OpenVMS Galaxy while 17878 is a generic name applied to hard partitioning constructs The contents of a core set of SRM console environment variables are accessible from OpenVMS Alpha using the f getenv lexical and the sys getenv system service These calls are first documented in V7 2 but have been present in OpenVMS Alpha for many releases Access to arbitary SRM console environment variables is rather more involved and not directly available to application software operating o
4. RENAME file typ RENAME TMP RENAME RENAME TMP file typ The key to the success of this RENAME sequence is the specification of only the trailing semicolon on the second parameter of each of the RENAME commands You may also see the numbers of files reduced with DELETE commands with multiple directories or with PURGE commands such as the following examples PURGE BEFORE 2 PURGE BEFORE TODAY 2 PURGE KEEP 10 You can use DFU Freeware to quickly and efficiently scan for all files with large r version numbers DFU SEARCH VERSI ON MI NI MUM nnnn If you are creating or supporting an application selecting temporary or log file filenames from among a set of filenames selecting filenames based on time on process id on the day of week week number or month on the f unique lexical V7 3 2 and later etc is often useful as this approach more easily permits on line adjustments to the highest file versions and easily permits on line version compression using techniques shown above With differing filenames you are less likely to encounter errors resulting from files that are currently locked You can also detect the impending version number limit within the application and can clean up older versions and roll the next file version creation to 1 or such Also see Section 9 4 5 55 System Management Information 5 45 Host based Volume Shadowing and RAID Host based Volume Shadowing HBVS is
5. You can force the device names back to DKB by setting the HSZ allocation class to zero and setting the PKB PAC to 1 This will use the host allocation class and will leave the controller letter alone that is the DK controller letter will be the same as the SCSI port PK controller Note that this won t work if the HSZ is configured in multibus failover mode In this case OpenVMS requires that you use an allocation class for the HSZ When your configuration gets even moderately complex you must pay careful attention to how you assign the three kinds of allocation class node port and HSZ HSJ as otherwise you could wind up with device naming conflicts that can be painful to resolve The display able path information is for SCSI multi path and permits the multi path software to distinguish between different paths to the same device If you have two paths to 1 DKA100 for example by having two KZPBA controllers and two SCSI buses to the HSZ you would have two UCBs in a multi path set The path information is used by the multi path software to distinguish between these two UCBs The displayable path information describes the path in this case the SCSI port If port is PKB that s the path name you get The device name is no longer completely tied to the port name the device name now depends on the various allocation class settings of the controller SCSI port or node The reason the device name s controller letter is forced
6. 14 52 DECNET REGISTER 15 5 MOP 15 5 DEOprint 12 2 DECsound 7 2 DEC Test Manager 0 DECthreads 10 21 DECUS 1 5 See User Group Hobbyist Licenses 8 DECUServe 1 2 DECUS SIG Tape collections 3 DECUS Software Library 3 DECWS CDPLAYER 7 1 DECWS CDPLAYER C 14 54 DECWS EXAMPLES DECWS CDPLAYER C 14 54 DECWS KEYMAP Logical Name 11 8 DECwindows Transport 4 DECwindows V1 2 6 11 14 DECwindows V1 3 11 14 DEFINE 8 3 DELETE Undelete 1 Descriptor e 10 9 Deutsch 2 Developer Programs See DSPP Device Driver 10 7 Device Drivers 10 18 Floating Point 10 18 Index 4 DVD RW 9 7 13 8 14 53 dvd200i 7 DVDarchive restore 9 DVD R 9 7 8 DVD R RW 9 6 9 DVD RAM 3 DVDRTOOLS 9 6 9 7 4 DVD RW 9 7 8 DVDwrite 9 6 9 7 9 8 14 54 Dvorak 8 Dynamic System Recognition 0 E EB 2 21 EBCDIC 7 3 e Business Infrastructure Package 7 ECO kits 6 Editor 13 15 Editors 3 Edit Version 2 EFI gt 5 7 5 57 14 8 14 16 14 18 7 EFI Boot Alias 14 89 8 EIA 232 8 ELSA GLoria Synergy 5 24 ELV 3 elvis 4 EM64T 2 11 2 Terminology 3 emacs 3 3 13 15 embossed media 1 Encompass See User Group Hobbyist Licenses 8 Encompasserve 1 2 4 Encompass Software Library 3 Encryption 6 Endian ness 4 Energy Policy Act of 2005 7 Engineering Software 2 Ensoniq 7 2 Enterex
7. That is because the EV4 and EV5 CPUs did not bring bits 0 and 1 off the chip to do programmed I O for bytes words the information on the size offset of the transfer was encoded into the address data The data itself then had to be shifted into the correct byte lane into the required offset position within a longword transfer 14 31 Hardware Information The EV56 microprocessor supports byte word instruction references in memory space however only specific EV56 systems can support byte word accesses into I O space device drivers may or may not be able to utilize to byte word instructions to access device registers Further even on an EV56 system with hardware support for byte word accesses into I O space the relevant OpenVMS routines typically do not support byte word access into I O space Systems based on the EV6 microprocessor with the salient exception of the AlphaServer GS60 and AlphaServer GS140 series for reasons of platform compatability support a flat byte addressable I O space If a device driver uses CRAM or IOCSWRITE IO IOCS READ IO then OpenVMS will correctly process the swizzling requirements without requiring changes the driver OpenVMS will transparently swizzle and unswizzle the I O space references if needed for the particular target platform Access and use of these routines may or may not be feasible within the requirements for a particular device driver with the decision typically based on the target
8. 3 Once at the SYSBOOT prompt request that OpenVMS read the system startup commands directly from the system console that the window system if any not be started and that OpenVMS not record these particular parameter changes for subsequent system reboots SET STARTUP SET WINDOW SYSTEM 0 SET WRITESYSPARAMS 0 CONTI NUE 4 prompt the system will now be accepting startup commands directly from the console Type the following two DCL commands SPAWN SYS SYSTEM STARTUP 5 You should now see the dollar prompt of DCL The result of these two commands will be the normal system startup but you will be left logged in on the console running under a fully privileged username Without the use of the SPAWN command you would be logged out when the startup completes Perform the task s required such as resetting the password on the SYSTEM username as described in Section 5 6 1 or registering one or more license product authorization keys PAKs as described in Section 5 6 2 5 7 System Management Information 6 Once you log out of this session the system will complete the startup and can be used normally You can choose to reboot the system but that is not necessary Some system managers will suggest a method using the UAFALTERNATE system parameter rather than the SET STARTUP OPAO command shown This approach is not always available and is accordingly less commonly recommended as there can easily be an al
9. but is aware of no OpenVMS viruses that are loose in the field To protect against viruses and other attempts at system interference or misuse please follow the security recommendations in the OpenVMS Guide to System Security Additionally you will want to keep your OpenVMS ECOs current and you will want to apply all mandatory ECO kits and any security MUPs for OpenVMS and OpenVMS products and you will want to keep to OpenVMS releases with Prior Version Support PVS or with Current Version Support This is obviously a general system maintenance recommendation in addition to being a good system security recommendation new security features and capabilities are implemented in more recent OpenVMS releases for instance Details on PVS releases are available over in Section 5 10 6 You may also want to consider optional software products which can monitor your system for intrusion or infection attempts Computer Associates CA offers various products in this area as to other vendors Rocksoft offers the Veracity data integrity tool for info send mail to demo rocksoft com MD5 tools are also available see Section 5 30 for details on MD5 Tools to scan OpenVMS file systems for Microsoft Windows infections are and have been available including a commercial package from Sophos and a port of the open source Clam Antivirus scanner at http Awww clamav net and with an OpenVMS port at http fafner dyndns org alexey clamav zip Thes
10. 3 5 Doc13 8 Doc14 0 Doc2 1 004 4 005 4 File1 1 File2 1 File3 2 File4 3 File5 4 Index Enterprise Operating Environment See EOE EOE 2 5 EPIC 14 27 5 51 5 51 Ergonomic Solutions 15 9 Error analysis 3 Error Log Viewer See ELV ES47 Time 2 ES80 Time 2 ETAPE 7 3 Ethernet 14 52 Event Flags 0 EWS 11 3 Exabyte 1 Examples 3 EXE GL_TICKLENGTH 1 EXE GL_TIMEADJUST 4 11 EXE GL_TODR 4 3 EXE GQ SAVED HWCLOCK 4 5 EXE GQ SYSTIME 4 3 4 5 EXE GQ 4 14 EXE GQ_TODCBASE 4 3 EXE SETTIME 4 3 Executable Image 7 Executive mode code 10 24 EXPECTED VOTES system parameter 4 Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing See EPIC Extensible Firmware Interface See EFI F f getenv 7 16081980 8 2 f trninm 3 f unique 5 55 Index 6 FAQ Sections Old cont d Mgmt40 5 34 Mgmt41 5 35 Mgmt42 7 Mgmt43 5 37 Mgmt44 0 Mgmt45 2 Mgmt46 8 Mgmt47 15 11 15 12 3 Mgmt48 8 Mgmt49 8 Mgmt5 5 6 5 9 Mgmt50 9 Mgmt51 9 Mgmt52 0 Mgmt53 5 41 Mgmt54 3 Mgmt56 5 41 Mgmt57 5 41 Mgmt58 5 5 Mgmt59 5 42 Mgmt6 15 2 Mgmt60 3 Mgmt61 6 Mgmt62 4 Mgmt63 5 52 Mgmt64 5 47 Mgmt9 0 Misc12 2 Misc13 3 Misc15 9 Misc17 8 Misc19 0 Misc2 12 1 20
11. For information on the Alpha console COM port s or on the VAX console port please see Section 14 3 14 51 Hardware Information 14 28 What is flow control and how does it work XON XOFF is one kind of flow control In ASCII XON is the craua character and XOFF is the XON XOFF flow control is typically associated with asynchronous serial line communications XON XOFF is an in band flow control meaning that the flow control is mixed in with the data CTS RTS is another type of flow control and is sometimes called hardware flow control Out of band means that seperate lines pins from the data lines pins are used to carry the CTS RTS signals Both kinds of flow control are triggered when a threshold is reached in the incoming buffer The flow control is suppose to reach the transmitter in time to have it stop transmitting before the receiver buffer is full and data is lost Later after a sufficient amount of the receiver s buffer is freed up the resume flow control signal is sent to get the transmitter going again DECnet Phase IV on OpenVMS VAX supports the use of asynchronous serial communications as a network line of asynch DECnet The communication devices eg modems and drivers must not be configured for XON XOFF flow control The incidence of these unexpected in band characters will corrupt data packets Further the serial line device drivers might normally remove the XON and XOFF characters f
12. Hobbyist Licenses 8 Index 5 Index Disk Shadowing 9 2 Distributed Lock Manager 15 16 Distribution Kits 7 DJE Systems 7 DKDRIVER 14 53 14 54 DLM 15 16 DLT VS80 14 46 DNDRIVER 4 DNPG 7 DNS 15 5 DOCUMENT 10 13 See DECdocument DoD 5 51 DOD ERAPAT 5 51 Download Kits 7 DQDRIVER 7 1 9 4 14 26 14 47 14 53 14 54 Driver Device 7 DRVERR 14 45 7 DSPP 2 10 2 14 2 18 8 DSR 14 20 DSSI 5 1 DST 4 13 4 14 4 20 4 24 8 US Changes 1 Mar 2007 7 DTM e 13 19 0 OODTM 13 20 01DTM 0 DTSS 4 7 4 8 4 14 DTSS CLERK 4 20 Too Few Servers Detected 1 DTSS CLERK 4 20 DTSSS INSTALL TIMEZONE RULE COM 4 19 DTSS NTP PROVIDER C 4 8 DTSS SET TIMEZONE EXE 4 14 DTSS UTC_STARTUP COM 9 Dump Process 3 DVD 14 47 Recording 7 DVD R 9 7 9 9 13 8 DVD R RW 9 6 Facility Prefix 1 FAQ Sections Old DCL PATH Logical Name 3 DCL1 8 3 DCL10 8 8 DCL11 8 9 DCL12 8 9 DCL3 8 4 DCL4 8 4 DCL5 8 5 DCL6 6 DCL7 6 DCL8 7 DCL9 8 7 DECw IGNORE_WORKSTATION Logical Name e 11 5 DECw1 11 1 DECw10 6 DECw11 11 10 DECw12 11 11 DECw193 11 11 DECw14 11 12 DECw15 11 13 DECw16 11 14 DECw17 11 14 DECw 11 2 DECw3 11 3 DECw4 11 3 DECw5 11 9 DECw6 11 4 DECw9 11 5 DECwindows 1 Doc1 1 Doc10 3 5 Doc11
13. In SYSTARTUP VMS COM ensure that a command similar to the following is invoked SYSMAN 10 CONNECT VTA0 NOADAPTER DRI VER SYS LOADABLE_ MAGES SYSSTTDRI VER EXE In MODPARAMS DAT add the following line or if already present mask the specified hexidecimal value into an existing TTY_DEFCHAR2 and perform a subsequent AUTOGEN with an eventual reboot TTY DEFCHAR2 0 This value is TT2 M DISCONNECT On older TCP IP Services versions prior to V5 0 you will have to perform the following UCX command UCX UCX SET CONF COMM REMOTE VI RTUAL 5 42 7 1 Volume Shadowing MiniCopy vs MiniMerge MiniMerge support has been available for many years with OpenVMS host based volume shadowing so long as you had MSCP controllers eg HSC HSJ or HSD which supported the Volume Shadowing Assist known as Write History Logging 5 52 System Management Information If you are interested in mini merge and similar technologies please see the Fibre Channel webpage and the information available there http www openvms compaq com openvms fibre Mini Merge support was originally intended to be controller based and was expected with HSG80 series storage controllers and was expected to require ACS 8 7 and OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 1 Host based Mini Merge HBMM is now available for specific OpenVMS releases via a shadowing ECO kit and is also present in OpenVMS V8 2 and later HBMM applies to the HSG80 series and like host based
14. 1 B 1 QGENBOO On Alpha b flags 1 If your system has a non zero system root such as root SYSE shown here you will have to use a console command such as the following On VAX B E0000001 B R5 E0000001 lt console media procedure name varies wi del y On Alpha b flags 1 5 6 System Management Information On the IA 64 architecture systems you can establish and manage an EFI boot alias for a conversational bootstrap as discussed in Section 14 3 5 1 and in Section 14 3 10 or you can use LOADER EFI interactively as shown here Of the core mechanisms discussed in Section 14 3 5 1 the following uses an EFI Shell command to perform a conversational bootstrap of root SYSE via the partition device fsn There are alternative mechanisms available fsn Vefilvmsivms loader efi flags 1 If your Alpha system has a hardware password various systems support a password that prevents unauthorized access to the console you will need to know theis password and will need to enter it using the LOGIN or similar command at the console If you get an Inv Cmd error trying to perform a conversational bootstrap and you do not have the hardware console password for the console LOGIN command you are stuck you will need to call for hardware service for assistance in resetting the hardware console password The implementation and the syntax used for the console password mechanism does vary by implementation
15. 12 4 4 14 50 Misc6 15 5 Misc 15 6 Misc9 4 Prog1 2 Prog10 6 Prog11 7 Prog12 8 Prog13 8 Prog14 2 19 Index 7 Index FAQ Sections Old cont d File6 6 File7 9 6 9 File8 2 File9 2 Intro1 1 2 Intro2 1 2 Intro3 3 Intro4 3 Intro5 4 Intro6 5 Intro7 3 Intro8 6 Mgmt1 1 Mgmt10 4 Mgmt11 5 12 Mgmt12 0 Mgmt13 8 Mgmt14 8 Mgmt15 5 12 Mgmt16 3 Mgmt17 0 Mgmt18 1 Mgmt19 2 Mgmt2 5 2 Mgmt20 9 Mgmt21 2 Mgmt23 3 Mgmt24 5 24 Mgmt25 6 Mgmt26 9 Mgmt27 7 Mgmt28 3 Mgmt3 gt 4 Mgmt30 8 Mgmt31 8 Mgmt32 0 Mgmt33 5 31 Mgmt34 5 32 Mgmt35 5 45 Mgmt36 4 Mgmt37 3 Mgmt38 3 Mgmt39 5 34 Mgmt4 5 5 gzip 2 H H8571 A 14 51 H8571 B 14 50 14 51 H8571 C 14 50 1 H8571 D 14 50 1 H8571 E 14 51 H8571 J 14 51 8572 0 14 51 8575 14 51 8575 14 51 H8575 D 1 H8575 E 1 H8577 AA 1 half flash 5 Hard Partitions 7 Hardware Serial Number 6 Harmless signature 6 hash password 5 HBMM 3 6 Helliesen Gunnar 4 Hemker Mark 8 Heroix 7 Heuser Hofmann Eberhard Dr 38 Hobbyist e 2 9 Hour Off By One 4 20 4 24 8 HP OpenVMS for Integrity Servers See OpenVMS 164 HP Renew 8 HP UX 4 HSG80 3 ht Dig 1 html e 13 14 HTML 3 httpd 4 HTTP SERVER 13 3 Inde
16. 5 3 8 Megabit 2 Megabyte 1 Megabytes 2 22 Menufinder 8 MESSAGE Compiler 3 MGBOOK Bookreader 1 Index LISPSTIME ZONE Logical Name 8 Little Endian 4 LJK 2 9 LK201 14 38 LK401 8 LK461 8 1 4463 14 38 1 LK46W 14 38 LK471 14 38 LMF 2 9 2 10 5 10 10 6 11 5 4 LMF DISPLAY OPCOM MESSAGE Logical Name 12 4 LMF LICENSE 1 LNM GROUP 8 2 LNM JOB 2 LNM PROCESS 2 LNM SYSTEM 8 2 Loadable Image 7 LOAD PWD POLICY system parameter 5 44 LocalFile 15 5 Locked Files 9 14 Logical Name DCL PATH 3 DECWS IGNORE WORKSTATION 5 DECW KEYMAP 11 8 LISPSDAYLIGHT SAVING TIME P 4 18 LISPSTIME ZONE 4 18 LMF DISPLAY OPCOM MESSAGE 12 4 MAILSTIMEZONE 4 18 NOTESS TIMEZONE 4 18 SYS DISK 10 5 SYS LOGIN 8 9 SYS LOGIN_DEVICE 8 9 SYS SCRATCH 9 SYS TIMEZONE DAYLIGHT SAVING 4 18 SYSS TIMEZONE DIFFERENTIAL 8 SYS TIMEZONE NAME 4 17 4 18 TZ 4 17 5 TIME DIFFERENTIAL 8 UCX TDF 8 Logical Names Compared to DCL Symbols 8 2 Index 12 Multiprocessing See ASMP and SMP mx 13 14 mxrn 4 MySQL 1 N NAM C MAXRSS 9 3 NAML C_MAXRSS 9 3 NCL 6 NCSA 4 NCSC 5 51 NCSC 02 5 NCSC Class 02 8 NET DISABLE_DTSS 1 NET PROXY 15 21 NET1 1 NET2 1 NetBeans 6 NetBSD 0 Netnews Client Mozilla 13 17 NETNODE REMOTE 15 21
17. ALLOCLASS system parameter 3 Alpha 2 Terminology 3 AlphaPC 1641 3 AlphaPC 164SX 3 AlphaServer 7 Time 2 AlphaServer ES80 Time 2 AlphaServer GS1280 Time 2 AlphaStation XP1000 0 AMASK 1 Ambassador 6 AMD 2 Boot Aliases 8 Bootblock 6 Bootstrap Alpha 9 164 7 VAX 14 10 BOOT OPTIONS COM 8 Browser 4 Byers Robert Alan 13 7 Byte lane 1 bzip2 13 22 C 10 15 10 21 Compaq C Compiler e 10 15 1 DEC C Compiler 10 15 1 Device Drivers 8 HP C Compiler 10 15 1 VAX C Compiler 10 15 C2 e 5 45 CA 5 3 14 17 Caesar Julius 1 CalTech 7 Campus Software License Grant See CSLG Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detect e 14 52 Castle Wolfenstein 4 CD embossed media 1 Recording 9 7 7 CD Audio 7 1 CD Player 7 1 CD R 9 7 13 8 14 46 7 CD R RW 9 6 9 9 CDRECORD 9 6 9 7 14 47 4 CDRECORD ProDVD 7 CDRTOOLS 9 6 9 7 4 CD RW 9 7 13 8 14 47 CDWRITE 9 7 Index Backdoor 8 Backdrop 7 Backdrops 7 BACKUP e 5 17 4 BACKUP IGNORE INTERLOCK 8 Bad Block Handling 2 BADLIB 9 BADTYPSTR 13 19 bash 5 Batch 9 BB WATCH 4 4 BC16E 14 48 14 51 BCC08 0 BCKTRNSFAIL 15 5 Berryman Mark 1 4 3 Bi Endian 4 Big Endian 4 BIND 15 5 bison 5 Blackbox 8 Bliss Architecture Flags 2 BLISS32E 2 BLISS32I 2 BLISS32V 10 12 BLISS64
18. DSC K_DTYPE_T DSC K_CLASS D NULL Jj int DynDscLen 255 DESCRIPTOR ConstDsc This is a string finish setting up a static descriptor StaticDsc dsc w length TXTSI Z StaticDsc dsc a pointer void TxtBuf finish setting up a dynamic descriptor RetStat lib sget1 00 amp DynDscLlen amp DynDsc if VMS STATUS 5066555 RetStat return RetStat release the dynamic storage RetStat gt lib sfreel dd amp DynDsc if VMS_ STATUS SUCCESS RetStat return RetStat Static descriptors reference storage entirely under application program control and the contents of the descriptor data structure can be modified as required by the application OpenVMS routines do not modify the contents of a static descriptor nor do they alter the address or length values stored in the static descriptor The term static refers to the descriptor data structure and not necessarily to the storage referenced by the descriptor Dynamic descriptors reference storage under the control of the run time library and the contents of a dynamic descriptor data structure once initialized can only be modified under control of run time library routines The dynamic storage referenced by the dynamic descriptor is allocated and maintained by the run time library routines Various OpenVMS routines do alter the contents of the descriptor data structure changing the value for the amount and the address of the storage
19. If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 6 1 MAIL keeps saying have new messages but don t What do I do if you see the MAIL W NONEWMAIL no new messages error reported when MAIL indicates you have messages then the NEWMAIL count has become skewed from reality The count of new mail messages is kept separately from your mail folder and is stored in VMSMAIL PROFILE DATA It sometimes happens that this count differs from what is stored in your mail folder If this arises invoke MAIL and repeatedly enter the READ NEW command or press the keypad hyphen key on an LK compatible keyboard until you see no new mail messages Then enter the command one more time This will resynchronize the counters If you are operating in a cluster and find your mail counts inconsistent across cluster members your customer is likely missing a definition of the VMSMAIL PROFILE logical name and is probably also missing definitions of other logical names associated with other shared files or has one or more inconsistent definitions of this and likely of other logical names For details on the configuration data files that must be shared within a cluster please see SYS STARTUP SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE on V7 2 and later 6 2 How do I send or read attachments VMS MAIL Is there any way to send or read mail with files as attachments from VMS Not directly with the OpenVMS MAIL facility but there are sever
20. Mi croVAX 3100 Model VAXserver 3100 Model VAXstation 3100 Mode VAXstation 3100 Mode VAXstation 3100 Mode Mi croVAX 3100 Model VAXstation 4000 Mode Mi croVAX 3100 Model VAXstation 4000 VLC VAXstation 4000 Mode VAXstation 4000 Mode VAXstation 4000 Mode Mi croVAX 3100 Mode Mi croVAX 3100 Mode VAX 4000 Model 100 VAX 4000 Model 105 VAX 4000 Model 106 Mi croVAX 3100 Mode Mi croVAX 3100 Mode VAX 4000 Model 108 Mi croVAX 3100 Mode lt I lt Hardware Information KA59 MicroVAX 3100 Model 98 KA85 VAX 8500 KA86 VAX 8600 KA88 VAX 8800 KA600 VAX 4000 50 aka VAXbri ck KA610 MicroVAX VAXstation aka KD32 KA620 rtVAX VAXel n KA62A VAX 6000 200 KA62B VAX 6000 300 KA630 MicroVAX VAXstation KA640 MicroVAX 3300 MicroVAX 3400 KA650 VAXstation 3200 MicroVAX 3500 MicroVAX 3600 MicroVAX III KA64A VAX 6000 400 KA655 MicroVAX 3800 MicroVAX 3900 MicroVAX 111 KA65A VAX 6000 500 KA660 VAX 4000 200 VAX 4 upgrade KA66A VAX 6000 600 KA670 VAX 4000 300 KA675 VAX 4000 400 KA680 VAX 4000 500 KA681 VAX 4000 500A KA690 VAX 4000 600 KA691 VAX 4000 605A KA692 VAX 4000 700A KA693 VAX 4000 605A KA694 VAX 4000 705A KA730 VAX 11 730 KA750 VAX 11 750 KA780 VAX 11 780 VAX 11 782 KA785 VAX 11 785 VAX 7000 600 KA7AB VAX 7000 700 VAX 7000 800 KA800 VAXrta KA820
21. Thus even though there are no inter record gaps on DAT larger savesets are still usually best 12 3 Miscellaneous Information The compression algorithms used on various devices are generally not documented further there is no way to calculate the effective data compression ratio the tape mark overhead and similar given just the data to be stored on tape short of actually trying it of course A typical compression ratio found with everyday data is somewhere around 1 1 8 to 1 2 Note OpenVMS often uses the term COMPACTION for compression control as in the qualifier MEDIA FORMAT COMPACTION 12 4 Correctly using license PAKs and LMF If you have multiple LMF LICENSE LDB databases in your OpenVMS Cluster then each and every PAK must be installed in each and every license database present in an OpenVMS Cluster Even if you use EXCLUDE or INCLUDE you need to have a consistent set of PAKs registered across all licensing databases present in the OpenVMS Cluster If your software license permits it you can use the following two commands to transfer license PAKs LICENSE COPY LICENSE 5545 PROCEDURE OUTPUT file To display the particular license s required such as when you receive a NOLICENSE error use the following DCL sequence SET PROCESS PRI VI LEGE ALL REPLY ENABLE DEFI NE SYSTEM EXECUTI VE LMF DISPLAY OPCOM MESSAGE This logical name will cause all license failures to gener
22. character processing and knowledge of the clock drift API mechanisms in OpenVMS there exists Freeware tools that could be used to learn how to tie into the clock drifting mechanisms of OpenVMS e http www spectracomcorp com http www spectracomcorp com Information on and experiences or recommendations for or against these or other similar devices is welcome 4 3 1 Why do my cluster batch jobs start early Your system time is skewed across your cluster members and the cluster member performing the queue management tasks has a system time set later than the system time of the member running the batch job This behaviour is most noticable when using SUBMIT AFTER TOMORROW and similar constructs and use of AFTER TOMMOROW 00 01 00 or such is often recommended as a way to avoid this The combination time value specified should be larger than the maximum expected time skew In the example shown the maximum cluster clock skew is assumed less than 1 00 Time and Timekeeping You can also maintain your system times in better synchronization with available tools described in Section 4 2 and elsewhere 4 3 2 Why does my OpenVMS system time drift Memory errors hardware problems or most anything operating at or above IPL 22 or IPL 24 clock IPL is system family dependent code executing at or above the clock IPL will block the processing of clock interrupts can cause the loss of system time Clock drift can also be caused b
23. customize DECwindows including the login screen To customize various DECwindows Motif characteristics including the defaults used by the SET DISPLAY command the DECwindows login screen background logo used the default is the DIGITAL Compaq or HP logo various keymaps also see Section 11 7 2 and Section 11 7 1 the FileView defaults session manager defaults the DECwindows login processing DECwindows log file processing and various other DECwindows attributes see the example file SYSSMANAGER DECWSPRI VATE APPS SETUP TEMPLATE This example template file is typically copied over to the filename SYS COMMON SYSMGR DECW PRIVATE APPS SETUP COM and then modified to meet site specific requirements Additionally various X tools such as xsetroot bitmap and xrdb some these can be useful in customizing the appearance of an application or of the DECwindows Motif display are provided in the DECW UTILS area When using DECwindows V1 2 4 and later on OpenVMS Alpha the default desktop is the Common Desktop Environment CDE You can select your preferred desktop CDE or DECwindows Motif when logging in or you can change the default to the DECwindows Motif desktop using the DCL symbol decw start new desktop in the DECwindows private application setup command procedure See 11 6 DECwindows SYSS MANAGER DECW PRIVATE APPS SETUP TEMPLATE for further details and how to create DECW PRIVATE APPS SETUP COM Note that with DECwi
24. e Get the most recent LDDRIVER available on the Freeware or activate and use the LD version latent in OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 1 and V7 3 2 by loading the LD command verb look within SYS MANAGER CDRECORD COM for related details or use the integrated LD found in OpenVMS V8 2 and later In particular you will want to use the current ECO kit for LDDRIVER as available or the version of LD distributed with V8 2 The OpenVMS V8 2 version of LDDRIVER was also kitted on Freeware V7 0 as LD071 If you are not running OpenVMS V8 2 the specified LD071 kit or later or a current ECO with the update you will want to upgrade or you will want to use the DCL command SET FI LE CACHI ATTRI BUTESZNO CACHI NG on the LD partition file This is a workaround for an incompatibility found between older LDDRIVER versions and the XFC caching support As an alternative to LD and LDDRIVER you can acquire and load the VD64 package from the Freeware e Use the COPY RECORDABLE MEDIA command available within OpenVMS V8 3 and later or use the version of CDRECORD built in V7 3 1 or later or obtain and utilize one of the open source or commercial versions of the CDRTOOLS CDRECORD or DVDRTOOLS CDRECORD tools or other similar recording tools Freeware V6 0 distribution http www hp com go openvms freeware An OpenVMS port of the CD audio ripper is also reportedly available http www amb org xmcd Versions of CDRECORD non DVD are latent in OpenVM
25. the following console command can be used to read the address directly off the DELQA DESQA or the not supported in V5 5 and later DEQNA Ethernet controller E P W N 5 20001920 Look at the low byte of the six words displayed by the above command The oldest VAX Q bus systems such as the KA630 processor module used on the MicroVAX II and VAXstation II series lack a console HELP command and these systems typically have the primary network controller installed such that the hardware address value is located at the system physical address 20001920 15 6 Information on Networks and Clusters If the system is a VAX system and another VAX system on the network is configured to answer Maintenance and Operations Protocol MOP bootstrap requests via DECnet Phase IV DECnet Plus or LANCP the MOMS SYSTEM READ ADDR EXE tool can be requested B R5 100 ddcu Bootfile READ ADDR Where ddcu is the name of the Ethernet controller in the above command The primarly local DELQA DESQA and DEQNA Q bus controllers are usually named XQAO An attempt to MOP download the READ ADDR program will ensue and if the download is successful READ ADDR will display the hardware address If the system is running you can use DECnet or TCP IP to display the hardware address with one of the following commands DECnet Phase IV RUN SYS SYSTEM NCP SHOW KNOWN LI NE CHARACTERI STI CS DECnet Pl us RUN SYSSSYSTEM NCL SHOW CSMA CD STATIO
26. undocumented build ident field in an OpenVMS Alpha image header is 16 bytes long and is used as a counted string of 0 15 characters ie as an ASCIC string a string with the character count in byte 0 and was originally introduced to provide information for use by VMSINSTAL patch kits to determine whether an image should be replaced or not Starting with OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 OpenVMS Engineering uses the PCSI utility to package and install ECO kits for OpenVMS PCSI uses the generation attribute a 32 bit unsigned integer specified for files in the product description file PDF of a PCSI kit as the basis for performing file conflict detection and resolution When a product is installed PCSI modifies the build ident field of Alpha image headers to store an encoded form of the generation number It also looks at the build ident field of previously installed images to obtain the generation information for those files as input to the file conflict processing algorithm Only images have this field obviously PCSI interprets the build ident field of a previously installed image as follows e if the string length is 15 the 5th character is a hyphen and the last ten characters are a ten digit number with leading zeros then the last ten characters are treated as a valid generation number e for V7 1 2 through V7 2 1 inclusive if the above test fails the information is obtained from the PCSI product database e in releases after V7 2 1
27. www compaq com support svctools Also see the tool that is available on V7 3 2 and later ANALYZE ERROR ELV 5 25 INITIALIZE ACCVIO and ANSI tape label support A change was made back in 1988 to as it was then known VAX VMS V5 1 1 that added support for the then new ANSI X3 27 1987 magnetic tape label standard Prior to the ANSI X3 27 1987 standard the date field in the ANSI HDR1 record permits dates only as far as the end of Year 1999 With ANSI X3 27 1987 dates through Year 1999 and dates from Years 2000 to 2099 are permitted Versions of INIT EXE and MTAACP EXE from VAX VMS releases prior to V5 1 1 will potentially have problems properly processing ANSI magnetic tapes when Y2K and later dates are involved the DCL INITIALIZE command is known to encounter access violation ACCVIO errors 5 33 System Management Information The available solutions include upgrades or setting the date back Direct initialization of the tape with the new headers via qio is also clearly possible though the limitation within the old MTAACP EXE magtape ACP image is not nearly so easy to bypass 5 26 How do recover from INSVIRMEM errors Prior to OpenVMS Alpha V7 0 and on all OpenVMS VAX releases VIRTUALPAGECNT and PGFLQUOTA limit the amount of virtual address space that is available to each process Further limiting the amount of address space is the size of system space SO and S1 space On OpenVMS Alpha versions prior to V7 0 and
28. 10 1 OpenVMS Programming Information process are intended solely for HP products and Partner Products and yes even OpenVMS Freeware packages that will be distributed across multiple OpenVMS customer sites For a list of common coding bugs please see the remainder of this section of the FAQ and specifically Section 10 22 please also see the Ask The Wizard topic 1661 and for information on debugging an OpenVMS application please see topic 7552 http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 10 2 I have a source code example of calling Please use the available SEARCH command on OpenVMS and please remember to search the available resources including the support databases and the newsgroup archives Please also realize that most OpenVMS system services use similar calling sequences meaning that an example of calling sys getjpi can be used as an example for sys getsyi and sys getdvi Students please do not expect folks to write your homework for you As for search resources e SEARCH SYS EXAMPLES target e SEARCH TCPIP EXAMPLES target e http www hp com go openvms freeware http www google com OpenVMS
29. 10ms and thus has a capacity of circa 497 days 4 6 Time and Timekeeping OpenVMS on the VAX platform stores system date information and in particular the current year in the system image SYS SYSTEM SYS EXE The TOY is used in conjunction with the base date that is stored and retrieved from the system image to initialize the interval clock value that is stored in EXE GQ SYSTIME Once the interval clock is loaded into the running system as part of the system bootstrap the system does not typically reference the TOY again unless a SET TIME with no parameters is issued The interval clock value is updated by a periodic IPL22 or IPL24 depending on the specific implementation interrupt When these interrupts are blocked as a result of the activity of higher IPL code such as extensive driver interrupt activity or a hardware error or a correctable soft memory error the clock will loose time and the time value reported to the user with appear to have slowed down When SET TIME is issued with no parameters the TOY clock is loaded into the system clock the running system clock is set to the time stored in the TOY clock This assumes the TOY clock is more accurate than the system clock as is normally the case On most all VAX systems the battery that is associated with the TOY clock can be disconnected and replaced if when it fails TOY clock failures are quite commonly caused by a failed nickel cadmium
30. 14 3 7 3 How do I switch between AlphaBIOS ARC and SRM consoles The specific steps required vary by system You must first ensure that the particular Alpha system is supported by OpenVMS see the SPD that all core I O components graphics disk controllers etc in the system are supported by OpenVMS see the SPD and that you have an OpenVMS distribution that you have the necessary license keys PAKs and that you have the necessary SRM firmware loaded A typical sequence used for switching over from the AlphaBIOS graphics console to the SRM console follows Press FJ to get to the AlphaBIOS setup menu Pick the CMOS Setup item Press Fa to get to the Advanced CMOS Setup menu Change the Console Selection to OpenVMS Console SRM Press Fio Fid then Ente to save your changes an A C N Power cycle the system Most Alpha systems support loading both the AlphaBIOS ARC console and the SRM console at the same time but systems such as the AlphaStation 255 are half flash systems and do not support the presence of both the AIphaBIOS ARC and SRM console firmware at the same time If you have a half flash system you must load the SRM firmware from floppy from a network download or from a firmware CD ROM Following the normal AlphaBIOS or ARC firmware update sequence to the APU prompt and then explictly select the target console In other words power up the system to the A
31. 2 4 2 5 2 7 2 8 2 8 2 10 2 10 2 10 2 10 2 11 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 16 2 18 Contents WHAT S IN A NAME TERMINOLOGY AND PRODUCTS 2 3 1 How do I port from VMS to OpenVMS WHICH IS BETTER OPENVMS OR UNIX IS HP CONTINUING FUNDING AND SUPPORT FOR OPENVMS WHAT OPENVMS DISTRIBUTION KITS ARE AVAILABLE 2 6 1 Where can download OpenVMS and Layered Product Kits IN WHAT LANGUAGE IS OPENVMS WRITTEN OBTAINING AND TRANSFERING OPENVMS LICENSES 2 8 1 Questions asked by Hobbyist OpenVMS licensees 2 8 1 1 Vendors offering Hobbyist Licenses 9 2 8 2 OpenVMS Educational and CSLG licenses 2 8 3 What developer and partner licensing programs are available 2 8 4 do I obtain or transfer an OpenVMS license DOES OPENVMS SUPPORT THE EURO CURRENCY SYMBOL OPENVMS PORTS ITANIUM PORTS TO IA 32 EM64T OR AMD64 SYSTEMS ARE THERE ANY NETWORK ACCESSIBLE OPENVMS SYSTEMS WHAT VERSION OF OPENVMS DO I NEED HOW CAN SUBMIT OPENVMS FREEWARE PORTING APPLICATIONS TO OPENVMS WHAT RESOURCES ARE AVAILABLE TO OPENVMS SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 2 11 2 12 2 13 2 14 2 15 Contents 2 16 MEMORY MANAGEMENT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PROCESS SCHEDULING ETC 2 18 2 17 BASIC UNITS OF MEASUREMENT 2 19 2 17 1 How many bytes are in a disk block 2 19 2 17 2 How many bytes are in a memory page 2 20 2 17 3 How do I convert Di
32. 9 11 14 16 8 SET BOOTBLOCK 9 11 14 16 8 SETCLOCK 1 SET DEVICE RESET EHROR COUNT 5 28 SET FILE CACHING_ATTRIBUTES NO__ CACHING 9 7 SET PREFERRED PATH 15 13 SET PREFERRED PATH command 15 13 SET PROCESS PARSE STYLE 9 3 SETTIM 0 SET TIME 4 4 4 6 4 7 4 10 4 20 2 SET TIME CLUSTER 4 10 SETTIME system parameter 4 3 4 4 3 950 system event 1 SFX 13 22 Shadowing 9 2 Quorum Disk 6 Shareable image 1 Shareable Image 7 shell 3 3 3 6 SHOW MEMORY CACHE command 9 13 Signature 14 18 SIG Tape collections DECUS 13 3 SIMH 13 23 SMB 13 9 smg create menu 3 SMG GET TERM DATA e 12 1 Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory 1 SMP e 14 12 SMTP 13 14 sndjbc 8 Index robomon 7 Rock Ridge ISO 9660 extension 8 Rocksoft 3 Royal Greenwich Observatory See Time RRD42 1 RS 232 14 48 rx2600 1 2620 8 Office Friendly 4 Quieter 4 RZDISK 5 RZTOOLS 5 51 S S3 Switch 14 5 SAIC 1 4 13 1 13 3 Saiga Systems 3 Samba 3 SAMBA 13 9 SAO 4 1 SCACP 3 Scaliger Julius Caesar 1 Scaliger Joseph 1 Scribe InfoServer 8 SCS 15 10 15 11 SCSI 9 12 14 2 14 23 14 26 14 28 14 34 14 41 14 44 14 45 6 14 47 14 53 14 54 SCSI 2 9 5 SCSI INFO 5 SCSNODE system parameter 5 10 5 11 15 23 SCSSYSTEMID system parameter 1 SDA TR 10 26 SDL 10 13 SDML 10 13 See DECdocument vi Search E
33. A A DEFINE EXECUTIVE UCXSNFS TIME DIFFERENTIAL f i nteger f element 0 f logical notes ti mezone 100 For information on modifying these timezone logical names and on managing the timezone rules see Section 4 4 1 4 18 Time and Timekeeping 4 4 8 How to troubleshoot TDF problems on OpenVMS This is an OpenVMS Alpha system prior to V7 0 and the startup is not invoking the procedure SYS MANAGER UTCSTI ME SETUP COM This is an OpenVMS system prior to V6 0 where there is no OpenVMS TDF nor UTC available The version of the application does not use the OpenVMS TDF This includes TCP IP Services prior to V5 0 applications using HP C built on or targeting OpenVMS prior to V7 0 and systems using the DECnet Plus DTSS mechanisms prior to the release associated with OpenVMS V7 3 DCE DTS TDF management details to be determined If you should find either of the following two timezone related database files located in SYS SPECIFIC SYSEXE e SYS SPECIFIC SYSEXE SYS TIMEZONE DAT e SYS SPECIFIC SYSEXE SYS TIMEZONE_SRC DAT These two files are in an erroneous location and must be recreated in the correct directory SYS COMMON SYSEXE If the DCL command DIRECTORY SYS SYSTEM SYS TI MEZONE DAT shows these files in SYS SPECIFIC SYSEXE then delete them and use SYS MANAGER UTC TIME_SETUP COM to recreate them On OpenVMS versions prior to V7 3 if the file SYSSSTARTUP DTSSSU
34. A FILE FOR SHARED ACCESS 10 13 10 18 HOW CAN 1 HAVE COMMON SOURCES FOR MESSAGES CONSTANTS 10 13 10 19 HOW DO I ACTIVATE THE OPENVMS DEBUGGER FROM AN APPLICATION 10 14 10 20 DEALING WITH ENDIAN NESS 10 14 10 21 HOW TO RESOLVE LINK I DATMISCH ERRORS 10 15 10 22 HP C AND OTHER OPENVMS C PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS 10 15 10 22 1 Other common C issues 10 18 10 22 2 Other common C issues 10 19 10 23 STATUS OF PROGRAMMING TOOLS ON OPENVMS VAX 10 21 10 24 CHOOSING A VERSION NUMBER FOR APPLICATION CODE 10 22 10 25 SELECTING A PROCESS DUMP DIRECTORY 10 23 10 26 ACCESS TO ITANIUM ASSEMBLER 10 23 10 27 KERNEL MODE CODING RESTRICTIONS 10 24 10 28 DECODING AN ACCESS VIOLATION ACCVIO ERROR 10 25 10 29 GENERATING AN AUTODIN II CRC32 10 26 10 30 ENABLING BUILT IN TRACING 10 26 10 31 ACCESSING A WEB SERVER FROM DCL 10 27 XV Contents 11 3 11 3 11 4 11 5 11 6 11 8 11 9 11 10 11 11 11 11 11 12 11 13 11 14 DECWINDOWS HOW DO LET SOMEONE ELSE DISPLAY SOMETHING ON MY WORKSTATION HOW DO CREATE A DISPLAY ON ANOTHER WORKSTATION HOW CAN I GET THE INFORMATION FROM SHOW DISPLAY INTO A SYMBOL HOW DO I GET A LOG OF A DECTERM SESSION WHY IS DECWINDOWS MOTIF NOT STARTING HOW DO I SET THE TITLE ON A DECTERM WINDOW HOW DO CUSTOMIZE DECWINDOWS INCLUDING THE LOGIN SCREEN 11 7 1 How do I customize DECwindows keymapping 11 7 2 Why does the DELETE key delete f
35. CHECKSUM kitname pcsi dcx_axpexe SHOW SYMBOL CHECKSUMSCHECKSUM See Section 5 17 for information on acquiring OpenVMS ECO patch kits 5 31 What and where is the OpenVMS Management Station For information and current kits for the OpenVMS Management Station OMS a PC based tool that permits you to manage an OpenVMS system please see http www openvms compaq com openvms products argus 5 32 How to determine current disk fragmentation level The HP OpenVMS Disk File Optimizer DFO defragmentation package provides a fragmentation monitoring tool and a DFO product authorization key PAK is not required for the fragmentation reporting tool DEFRAG SHOW VOLUME The DFU tool available on the OpenVMS Freeware can generate a report on the disk fragmentation DFU gt REPORT ddcu 5 38 System Management Information 5 33 SYSBOOT FILENOTLOC Unable to locate SYS CPU ROUTINES A message at the OpenVMS Alpha bootstrap such as the following SYSBOOT FILENOTLOC Unable to locate SYSS CPU ROUTI NES 1C02 EXE SYSBOOT E LDFAIL failed to load execlet status 00000910 indicates that the particular OpenVMS Alpha release does not contain support for the target platform In this case OpenVMS does not recognize Alpha family 1C member 02 as a supported platform A later version of OpenVMS might support the platform or there might be no support on any release Ensure that you have the most current firmware
36. DCL Details For information on logical name translation please see f trnInm lexical function and the DCL commands DEFINE and DEASSIGN as well as underlying system services such as sys trnlInm Logical name translation occurs when requested or as the file or I O operation is started Please see the OpenVMS User s Guide in the OpenVMS documentation set for a far more detailed description of these constructs For related materials please see Section 8 10 and Section 8 11 8 2 How dol run a program with arguments The RUN command does not accept arguments To pass arguments to a program you must use what is called a foreign command and either an explicit command as shown here or an automatic foreign command For example unzip disk dir unzi p exe unzip 1 The leading in the equivilence name for the symbol definition is what makes the DCL symbol a foreign command If the device and directory are omitted SYS SYSTEM is assumed Under OpenVMS V6 2 and later DCL supports automatic foreign command definition via the logical name DCL PATH An example of a definition of this logical name is DEFINE DCL PATH SYS DISK ddcu mytool dir SYSSSYSTEM DCL will first look for a command in the DCL command table and if no match is found and if DCL PATH is defined it will then look for command procedures and executable images with filenames matching the command specified in the directories specified via DCL PATH The
37. DESCRIPTION that specifies where various files should go For more details see the POLYCENTER Software Installation Developer s Guide for OpenVMS which can be found in the OpenVMS documentation on the Consolidated Online Documentation CD ROM 5 5 System Management Information 5 6 Emergency Conversational System Startup If you need to perform system management operations on an OpenVMS system and cannot access the system through normal means the password on the SYSTEM username was forgetten and no other privileged usernames are available or one or more core system product authorization key PAK software licenses are unavailable or expired then you must perform a conversational emergency bootstrap Here are the steps 1 Halt the system Exactly how this is done depends on the specific system model Depending on the model this can involve pressing the button entering CTRUP on the console or pressing the BREAK key on the console 2 At the console prompt use a console command to boot into the SYSBOOT utility SYSBOOT allows conversational changes to system parameters The console syntax for the conversational bootstrap varies by system model and by system architecture this typically involves specifying a flag with the lowest bit set See Section 14 3 5 for related details For example On VAX use one of the following three commands depending on the particular model of VAX system involved
38. Disk Mirroring is RAID Level 1 HBVS is capable of shadowing devices of different geometries of different block counts with dissimilar device shadowing allowing for mixtures of hardware and with dynamic volume expansion of growing volumes on the fly and HBVS is capable of shadowing mirroring raid 1 operations across cluster configurations up to the full span please see the Cluster SPD for the current supported span the supported span limit is currently multiple hundreds of kilometers of a cluster HBVS can be layered onto controller hardware RAID as well For information on host based striping please see the StorageWorks RAID product 5 46 Encryption and Compression To increase the difficulty of data decryption by an unintended recipient the process of encryption seeks to eliminate patterns such as repeated series of characters within the input data while compression is the process of locating and using patterns amd repeated sequences within the data in an attempt to reduce the aggregate volume of data encryption and compression are typically at odds As a rule encryption is not particularly sensitive to the particular input data and the process also tends to provide the same or an increased data volume out as the encrypted results while the efficiency of compression is sensitive to the input data You have likely already seen that some files compress better than others and some files and some BACKUP operations
39. For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 10 12 How do I do a file copy from a program There are several options available for copying files from within a program Obvious choices include using lib spawn system sys sndjbc or sys crepre to invoke a DCL COPY command Other common alternatives include using the callable convert routines and the BACKUP application programming interface V7 1 and later 10 13 What is a descriptor A descriptor is a data structure that describes a string or an array Each descriptor contains information that describes the type of the data being referenced the size of the data and the address of the data It also includes a description of the storage used for the data typically static or dynamic Descriptors are passed by reference The following are examples of creating and using descriptors in C with the use of the angle brackets normally expected by the C include statements deliberately altered in deference to HTML 10 8 OpenVMS Programming Information include descrip h include li b routines h include stsdef h int RetStat char Txt Buf TXTSIZ struct dsc descriptor StaticDsc 0 DSC K_DTYPE_T DSC K_CLASS S NULL struct dsc descriptor DynDsc 0
40. Generation Number Generation Number 0040100000 V7 1 2 004011xxxx V7 1 2 ECOs 0050100000 V7 2 005011 V7 2 ECOs 0050120000 V7 2 1 005013 V7 2 1 ECOs 0050140000 V7 2 1H1 00501 5 xxxx V7 2 1H1 ECOs 0050160000 V7 2 2 005017xxxx V7 2 2 ECOs 0060000000 V7 3 006001 V7 3 ECOs 0060020000 V7 3 1 006003 V7 3 1 ECOs 0060100000 V7 3 2 006011 V7 3 2 ECOs 0070040000 V8 2 007005xxxx V8 2 ECOs 0070060000 V8 2 1 007007xxxx V8 2 1 ECOs 5 36 Table 5 1 System Management Information 5 29 How can I tell what software and version is installed There is unfortunately no consistent nor single way to make this determination this is one of the reasons that a move to PCSI installations is underway On OpenVMS Alpha you can use VMSINSTAL HISTORY and PRODUCT SHOW PRODUCT to determine what packages have been installed via the VMSINSTAL and PCSI tools respectively To see which OpenVMS Alpha ECO kits have been applied look in VMSINSTAL HISTORY on OpenVMS Alpha prior to V7 1 2 and use PRODUCT SHOW PRODUCT FULL on OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and later On OpenVMS VAX you can use PRODUCT SHOW PRODUCT and for software that is installed via VMSINSTAL on V7 3 and later in VMSINSTAL HISTORY For products installed on OpenVMS VAX prior to V7 3 using VMSINSTAL there is no reliable way to determine what products have been installed If the product provides RELEASE NOTES file as many do you can look
41. MCR passes any optional command line arguments in a fashion similar to a foreign command In other words MCR FOO BAR is equivalent to FOO F00 FOO BAR MCR is not documented Use of a foreign command or the DCL PATH mechanism is preferred For details on this see Section 8 2 8 7 How dol change the OpenVMS system prompt You can use the SET PROMPT command for this purpose SET PROMPT sets the DCL prompt to the specified string When you want to display variable information you will need to establish a tie in that provides the information to the SET PROMPT command as required If you wish to display the default directory for instance you will have to establish a tie between the SET DEFAULT command and the SET PROMPT commands as there is no direct way to get the default directory as the DCL prompt You can easily acquire or create a set of DCL command procedures that perform the SET DEFAULT and SET PROMPT for you These DCL command procedures often use a command such as set promptz f environment default More advanced users could implement a system service or other intercept and use these tools to intercept the directory change and reset the prompt accordingly This approach likely involves some kernel mode programming and requires write access to various undocumented DCL Details There are related tools available from various sources including the following web sites e ftp ftp hhs dk pub vms s
42. MVAX MVAX_FAQ HTML 14 33 14 11 Hardware Information e The VAXstation 3100 Owner s Guide http www whiteice com williamwebb intro DOC i html e VAXstation 3520 and VAXstation 3540 Firefox Manual http starfish osfn org rcs VAX vs3540sg pdf e VAX Console information http www mcmanis com chuck computers vaxen panels htm e A field guide to PDP 11 and VAX Q bus and UNIBUS modules can be found at http metalab unc edu pub academic computer science history pdp 11 hardware field guide txt e Various VAX historical information also see Section 2 1 can be found at http telnet hu hamster vax e_index html 14 12 Where can find information on NetBSD for VAX systems Gunnar Helliesen maintains a NetBSD VAX FAQ at e http vaxine bitcon no 14 13 What system disk size limit on the MicroVAX and VAXstation 3100 System disks larger than 1 073 gigabytes GB 1fffff hexidecimal blocks are not supported on any member of the VAXstation 3100 series and on certain older members of the MicroVAX 3100 series and are not reliable on these affected systems See below to identify the affected systems the more recent members of the MicroVAX 3100 series systems are NOT affected Various of the SCSI commands used by the boot drivers imbedded in the console PROM on all members of the VAXstation 3100 series use Group 0 commands which allow a 21 bit block number field which allows access to the first 1fffff hexideci
43. MultiNet process com Info MultiNet request Q Info TCPware 6 process com Info TCPware request process com Info PMDF Q process com Info PMDF request process com CHARON VAX Users process com CHARON VAX Users request process com Info Zip wku edu Info Zip Request wku edu radius vms Q dls net radius vms request Q dls net vms isps Q dls net vms isps request dls net http wasd vsm com au http www neurophys wisc edu comp ava vms forum htmlx Documentation Table 3 4 Cont OpenVMS Mailing Lists Subscription OpenVMS Alpha Internals discussions BLISS discussions Process Software MultiNet mailing list news gateway Process Software TCPware mailing list news gateway Process Software PMDF mailing list news gateway The Software Resources International SRI CHARON VAX VAX emulator package Info Zip s Zip amp UnZip discussion list RADIUS VMS a RADIUS server for OpenVMS discussion forum Internet Service Providers ISPs running OpenVMS Users of Mark Daniel s WASD web server for OpenVMS VAX and Alpha exists Information about this list server and details on how to subscribe to the list are available at the referenced website VMS Forum This is the subscription address Usually you will want to send a mail message with no subject line and a SUBSCRIBE or HELP command in the body of the mail message Various OpenVMS discussion forums are available with
44. Multia nor on any other unsupported systems If such new versions do appear and do work please consider it as a pleasant surprise The Multia images are not included on the OpenVMS Freeware V4 0 CD ROM kit the kit that was distributed with OpenVMS V7 2 These images became available after Freeware V4 0 shipped Other sources of information for OpenVMS on Multia include http www djesys com vms hobbyist multia html http www djesys com vms hobbyist mltianot html http www djesys com vms hobbyist support html http www netbsd org Ports alpha multiafaq html http www brouhaha com eric computers udb html 14 22 Hardware Information 14 4 2 on AlphaPC 164LX AlphaPC 164SX OpenVMS Alpha is not supported on the AlphaPC 164LX and 164SX series though there are folks that have gotten certain of the LX series to load SRM and bootstrap OpenVMS The Aspen Durango II variant specifically One problem has been generally reported ATA IDE bootstraps will fail SCSI storage and a SCSI CD ROM device is required Also see Section 14 4 2 1 14 4 2 1 on the NoName AXPpci33 system Information on bootstrapping OpenVMS using the Multia files described in Section 14 4 1 on the unsupported NoName AXPpci33 module is available at http www jyu fi kujala vms in axppci33 txt Tips fott fi Hardware Information 14 4 3 the Alpha XL series No OpenVMS Engineering does not formally support the Alpha XL series
45. NAME OF AN OPENVMS SYSTEM 5 10 5 8 WHY DOESN T OPENVMS SEE THE NEW MEMORY I JUST ADDED 5 12 5 9 HOW DO 1 CHANGE THE TEXT IN A USER S UIC IDENTIFIER 5 12 vii Contents 5 10 WHAT ARE THE OPENVMS VERSION UPGRADE PATHS 5 13 5 10 1 OpenVMS Alpha Upgrade or Update Paths 1 5 13 5 10 2 OpenVMS 164 Upgrade Paths 5 15 5 10 3 OpenVMS VAX Release Upgrade Paths 5 16 5 10 4 OpenVMS Cluster Rolling Upgrade Paths 5 17 5 10 5 OpenVMS VAX Manual Organization 5 18 5 10 6 OpenVMS Product Version and Support Information 5 18 5 10 7 OpenVMS Alpha 164 Upgrade Terminology 5 19 5 11 WHY DO HAVE A NEGATIVE NUMBER IN THE PAGEFILE RESERVABLE PAGES 5 20 5 12 DO HAVE TO UPDATE LAYERED PRODUCTS WHEN UPDATING OPENVMS 5 21 5 13 HOW DO CHANGE THE VOLUME LABEL OF A DISK 5 22 5 14 HOW CAN I SET UP A SHARED DIRECTORY 5 22 5 15 WHY DO 1 GET EXTRA BLANK PAGES ON MY HP PRINTER 5 23 5 16 DRIVERS AND CONFIGURATION OF NEW GRAPHICS CONTROLLERS 5 24 5 16 1 The ELSA GLoria Synergy 5 24 5 16 2 PowerStorm 300 PowerStorm 350 5 25 5 16 3 PowerStorm 3030 PowerStorm 4020 5 25 5 16 4 Radeon 7500 5 26 5 17 HOW CAN I ACQUIRE OPENVMS PATCHES FIXES AND ECOS 5 26 5 18 HOW I MOVE THE QUEUE MANAGER DATABASE 5 27 5 19 HOW DO DELETE AN UNDELETABLE UNSTOPPABLE RWAST PROCESS 5 28 5 20 HOW DO I RESET THE ERROR COUNT S 5 28 viii 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 33 5 34 5 34 5 3
46. OpenVMS VAX system and both compilers can be enabled via the C license PAK Also see SYS EXAMPLES and if either is installed the DECW EXAMPLES and TCPIP EXAMPLES or prior to V5 0 UCX EXAMPLES areas The HP C Run Time Library documentation is now part of the OpenVMS Operating System Documentation and separate from the HP C compiler documentation http www hp com go openvms doc Additionally there have been large scale increases to the capabilities and features available within recent HP C compilers If you have not taken the opportunity to skim the current C compiler documentation you may well be surprised with the sheer volume of new C capabilities discussed there 13 2 2 X Windows utilities and routines Various X Windows utilities are available for DECwindows DECwindows is an implementation of the X Windows environment and libraries and provides various libraries and provides various desktop interfaces including COE Motif and XUI 13 13 Finding and Using Software xwd xev mosaic web browser xrdb bmtoa and atobm xpr ico etc are available Look in DECW UTILS in DECwindows Motif V1 2 3 and later Also see DECW EXAMPLES for example X and C programs Miscellaneous tools and examples are also available Examples include the older DWAUTH X Windows SYSUAF authorize like tool tool various versions of grep fgrep yacc vmstar uuencode gawk etc html tools the mx SMTP mail exchange package X wi
47. OpenVMS was conceived as a 32 bit virtual memory successor to the RSX 11M operating system for the PDP 11 Many of the original designers and programmers of OpenVMS had worked previously on RSX 11M and many concepts from RSX 11M were carried over to OpenVMS OpenVMS VAX is a 32 bit multitasking multiprocessing virtual memory operating system Current implementations run on VAX systems from HP and other vendors as well as on hardware emulators for additional information on emulators please see Section 13 12 and OpenVMS Alpha is a 64 bit multitasking multiprocessing virtual memory operating system Current implementations run on Alpha systems from HP and other vendors OpenVMS has also been ported to the Intel IA 64 architecture and specifically to HP Integrity systems using microprocessors from the Intel Itanium Processor Family This implementation of OpenVMS is officially known as HP OpenVMS for Integrity Servers and more commonly as OpenVMS 164 and it operates in the native Itanium IA 64 architecture 2 1 General Information and 64 bit environment OpenVMS I64 provides support for applications requiring 32 or 64 bit virtual addressing capabilities entirely within the 643 uurs General Information the high degree of support for industry standards such as POSIX which provides many features of UNIX systems For those versions with POSIX an OpenVMS license allows you to install and run POSIX for OpenVMS at no ad
48. QSYSSUPDATE AUTOGEN GETDATA REBOOT FEEDBACK This AUTOGEN command will reset various system parameters based on recent system usage FEEDBACK and it will reset the value for the PHYSICALPAGES parameter to the new value It will also reboot the OpenVMS system PHYSICALPAGES and PHYSICAL MEMORY can also be used to deliberately lower the amount of memory available for use by OpenVMS This ability can be useful in a few specific circumstances such as testing the behaviour of an application in a system environment with a particular lower amount of system memory available PHYSICALPAGES and PHYSICAL MEMORY can be set to 1 on OpenVMS Alpha or better and simpler the entry can be removed from the MODPARAMS DAT file to indicate that all available memory should be used 5 9 How dol change the text in a user s UIC identifier The text translations of the numeric User Identification Code UIC are based on identifiers present in the OpenVMS rightslist Documentation on this area is included in the Guide to OpenVMS System Security manual To control the identifiers shown for a user s UIC you use AUTHORIZE Each user has an associated group identifier and an identifier specific to the user And each user should have a unique UIC To alter the text of a user or group identifier use commands such as RUN SYS SYSTEM AUTHORIZE UAF rename ident oldgroupid newgroupi d UAF rename ident olduserid newuserid 5 12 System Management I
49. SESSION This command is the equivilent of the operations performed in LTLOAD COM or LAT SYSTARTUP COM There is no TELNET equivilent to the sys qio w control interface for LTDRIVER as documented in the I O User s Reference Manual available though standard sys qio w calls referencing the created TN device would likely operate as expected 15 2 6 Why can t use PPP and RAS to connect to OpenVMS Alpha OpenVMS Alpha IP PPP does not presently support authentication and the Microsoft Windows NT option to disable authentication during a RAS connection apparently doesn t currently work RAS connections will require authentication and this will thus prevent RAS connections Future versions of OpenVMS and TCP IP Services may add this and future versions of Microsoft Windows may permit operations with authentication disabled 15 3 OpenVMS and DECnet Networking The following sections contain information on OpenVMS and DECnet networking 15 3 1 DECnet Plus operate over IP Yes To configure DECnet Plus to operate over IP transport and over IP backbone networks install and configure DECnet Plus and install and configure the PWIP mechanism available within the currently installed IP stack Within TCP IP Services this is PWIPDRIVER configuration option within the UCX CONFIG versions prior to V5 0 or TCPIP CONFIG with V5 0 and later configuration tool 15 4 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 3 2 What does
50. SET BOOTBLOCK command and the SYS SETBOOT EXE image in Section 9 7 3 in Section 14 3 9 and in the OpenVMS documentation for related details If you have 8 full flash system and want to select the SRM console from the AlphaBIOS or ARC console environment select the Switch to OpenVMS or Tru64 UNIX console item from the set up the system submenu Then power cycle the system If you have a full flash system with the SRM console and want to select AlphaBIOS ARC use the command gt gt gt set os_type NT and power cycle the system For information on acquiring firmware see Section 14 3 7 1 For information on OpenVMS license PAKs for hobbyist use see Section 2 8 1 For information on the Multia see Section 14 4 1 14 16 Hardware Information Information on enabling and using the failsafe firmware loader for various systems this tool is available only on some of the various Alpha platforms is available in the hardware documentation for the system This tool is used needed when the firmware has been corrupted and cannot load new firmware The full list of AlphaBIOS key sequences these sequences are needed when using an LK series keyboard with AlphaBIOS as AlphaBIOS expects a PC style keyboard F1 Ctrl A F2 Ctrl B F3 Ctrl c F4 Ctrl D F5 Ctri F 6 7 Ctrl p F8 Ctrl R F9 Ctrl T F10 0 Insert Ctri V Delete Ctrl W Backspace Ctrl H Escape Ctrl Return Ctrl M Li neFee
51. System Manager s Manual If the firmware and ECO levels are current the best approach is to take a system crashdump and pass a copy of the dump file along to whomever is maintaining the device driver for the particular device widget driver involved with any details on how you got into this situation The reboot involved with taking the crashdump will obviously clear the problem There was some kernel mode code typically for OpenVMS VAX that can reset the device ownership field but that is rather obviously only an interim solution the real fix is avoiding the loss of the IRP the process quota leak or whatever else is jamming up this particular process 5 20 How do reset the error count s The system reboot is the only supported approach prior to V7 3 2 but a reboot is obviously undesirable in various situations there is presently no supported mechanism to reset error counts once the error s have been logged on these older releases On V7 3 2 and later you can use the DCL command SET DEVI CE RESET ERROR_ COUNT 5 28 System Management Information As for an unsupported approach and be aware of the potential for triggering a system crash you need to determine the system address of the error count field For a device this is at an offset within the device s UCB structure On VAX the field is at an offset symbolically defined as UCB W_ERRCNT On Alpha this field s offset is symbolically defined as UCB L_ERR
52. TCP IP transport for DECwindows first ensure that a TCP IP package is installed and configured Then set the DCL symbol DECW SERVER_TRANSPORTS in SYS MANAGER DECW PRIVATE_ SERVER_SETUP COM to the appropriate local value based on the comments in that file If you do not have a copy of SYS STARTUP DECW PRIVATE_SERVER_SETUP COM the use the following COPY command to create this file based on the provided template file COPY SYS MANAGER DECWSPRI VATE SERVER SETUP TEMPLATE SYSS COMMON SYSMGR DECWSPRI VATE SERVER SETUP COM 11 15 Can I use DECwindows 1 2 on OpenVMS V7 3 2 or later The short answer is no OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 2 only supports DECwindows Motif V1 3 and later If you require DECwindows V1 2 6 or earlier then you are limited to operations on OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 1 and earlier releases 11 14 DECwindows The central technical reason involves depdendencies among the parts of the X11 subsystem that are delivered with the base OpenVMS operating system including the X Windows display server and the transport images and the parts of the DECwindows product that are delivered within the DECwindows installation kits including the client libraries and the DECwindows applications DECwindows V1 3 and later made substantial changes to the transport layer and these required corresponding changes to both the associated client and server code OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 2 includes the server and transport with the V1 3 modifications The
53. TRUETYPE is recommended for TrueType TTF fonts Fonts placed in this directory should be in the Windows Linux format The directory will contain the font files themselves and a data file that describes each font in the directory This file is named DECW FONT_ DIRECTORY DAT or DECW FONT DIRECTORY extension DAT where extension is replaced by the type of font 100DPI SPEEDO TRUETYPE TYPE1 etc Make sure that the file protection on the font files is set to allow world access to the fonts For example to add TrueType fonts to DECwindows place the font files in SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER_TRUETYPE A directory listing might look like this Directory SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER_ TRUETYPE BN 1 46KBJ 48KB 5 MAR 1995 04 00 00 backstage ttf 1 55KB 56KB 19 UL 2004 09 42 20 DAutomati onHC39M Free ttf l 27KB 32KB 29 01 2003 11 25 48 texsi ttf l 133KB 136KB 25 MAY 2003 15 31 11 texw ttf 1 150KB 152KB 25 MAY 2003 15 32 33 Total of 37 files 3 09MB 3 23 The case of the filename is not important TrueType fonts should be in Stream_LF file format To generate the appropriate DECW FONT_DIRECTORY DAT file for most font formats issue the command FONTCOMPILER DI RECTORY The above may or may not operate with TrueType files and you will likely have to generate the DECW FONT_DIRECTORY_TRUETYPE DAT file manually A sample file follows 11 16 DECwindows 37 BACKSTAGE ttf
54. The search is case insensitive The maintainer of the site stfp roipb cs ipb ro requests that anyone submit notifications of FTP servers with OpenvMS software that are not listed on the site e The Levitte extended Family and OpenVMS website http Awww levitte org http AWwww levitte org ava e Robert Alan Byer s OpenVMS Hobbyist Systems including OpenVMS public domain software and various ports http Avwww ourservers net e CalTech Software Archives e http saf bio caltech edu pub software openvms aaa contents txt e DJE Systems Website David J Dachtera e http Awww djesys com freeware vms e Web Servers Apache Web server HP Secure Web Server SWS formerly CSWS http Awww openvms compaq com ebusiness Technology html e http www er6 eng ohio state edu jonesd apache 1_3_9 The SOAP Toolkit is available at the OpenVMS website OSU Web server 13 7 Finding and Using Software http www er6 eng ohio state edu ww w doc serverinfo html http www kjsl com archives email list VMS WEB daemon Request KJSL COM WASD Web server e http Avasd vsm com au wasd Purveyor Web server e email list listserv cjis ci lincoln ne us no subject one line message SUBSCRIBE PURVEYOR FastCGI software is available from e http www DigitalSynergyInc com e CD R CD Recordable media tools are available please see Section 9 7 e Grace WYSIWYG 2D plotting tool e http plasma
55. This means that OpenVMS Alpha systems will need to have the TDF value reset manually usually within SYSTARTUP_VMS COM ocn reboots prior to V7 0 During OpenVMS Bootstrap the SYSINIT module reads SYS TIMEZONE DAT to acquire the TDF for use in the system global cell EXE GQ_TDF This is done to ensure that the system boots with a valid TDF a value which may be zero The UTC system services get the TDF from this cell These services as well as the HP C RTL must have a valid TDF Prior to OpenVMS V7 3 if either DECnet Plus or DECnet VAX Extensions is configured and run the image DTSS SET_ TIMEZONE EXE is invoked and can override the TDF and timezone rule settings from SYSINIT or from UTC TIME_SETUP COM this image runs even if DTSS is disabled If the settings do not match due to inconsistencies in timezone specification in UTC TIME_SETUP COM and NET CONFIGURE COM DTSS will reset the values to match its definitions Prior to OpenVMS V7 3 daylight saving time DST switchover is handled automatically only when DCE DTS or DECnet Plus DTSS is in use In V7 3 OpenVMS can be configured to automatically switch over to daylight time and also generates an event that interested applications can use to detect the switch over between standard time and daylight time The manual switchover between daylight time and standard time is correctly accomplished via the SYS EXAMPLES DAYLIGHT_ SAVINGS COM command procedure procedure Note NTP alo
56. VAX 8200 VAX 8300 KA825 VAX 8250 VAX 8350 KA865 VAX 8650 For console commands associated with certain MicroVAX 3100 series and VAX 4000 model 10x series motherboard personality settings see Section 14 32 14 15 Where can get software and hardware support information Please contact the HP Customer Support Center Services and information manuals guides downloads and various other information is available via the support link at e http www hp com products openvms 14 36 Hardware Information Various hardware and system documentation is available at e http www hp com go services TSM Terminal Server Manager DEChub DECserver etc information http www compaq com support digital networks archive The owner and maintainer of current DECserver and related hardware is DIGITAL Network Products Group DNPG e http www dnpg com 14 16 Where can get hardware self maintenance support assistance The HP Parts Directory and the HP Parts Reference Guide arguably the most direct descendents of the HP Assisted Services program of the Compaq Assisted Services program and of the now ancient DECmailer program are available to customers that wish to maintain their own system s self maintenance but that wish some level of assistance in acquiring specific parts hardware diagnostics and hardware manuals for the system s and that wish to have access to spares and module level repairs for customer performe
57. a terminal log in interactively and look at the output of SHOW TERMINAL Device names can vary by OpenVMS version as well as by the SRM console environment variable selection For serial console hardware and related information and for pin outs and related information please see Section 14 3 and Section 14 26 14 4 Hardware Information 14 3 3 2 Which serial port is the console on the MicroVAX 3100 Just to keep life interesting the MicroVAX 3100 has some interesting console ports behaviours based on the setting of the BREAK enable switch When the console is not enabled to respond to BREAK MMJ 1 is the console port MMJ 3 will confusingly output the results of the selftest in parallel with MMJ 1 When the console is enabled to respond to BREAK MMJ 3 becomes the console port and MMJ 1 will confusingly output the results of selftest in parallel with MMJ 3 14 3 3 3 How can I set up an alternate console on a VAXstation Most VAXstation series systems and a few Alpha series systems have a switch most often labeled S3 largely for historical reasons that enables one of the serial lines as the system console device as OPAO This disables console output to the graphics display For a related behaviour please see Section 11 10 All VAXstation 3100 series systems provide a S3 slide switch though the oldest may be missing the cut out through the enclosure that provides access to the switch The slide switch is locat
58. approach decw utils decw define_utils xset b 1 100 100 The numerics are the volume pitch and duration respectively Why When OpenVMS first started supporting the PC style keyboards the X Windows Server and the keyboard driver interface did not support the pitch and duration and neither did DECwindows Motif The DECwindows keyboard driver was accordingly changed to use the volume from the keyclick setting keyclick is not available in a PC style keyboard and the bell volume setting to control the pitch and duration 11 13 DECwindows DECwindows CDE does provide sliders for setting pitch and duration so the keyboard driver and X Windows Server were modified to provide all of the information and now the DECwindows CDE sliders work This change is unfortunately incompatible with the old scheme used on the pre CDE desktops and the volume controls are now incompatible with the current keyboard drivers Hence the use of xset 11 13 How can I alter the DECwindows CDE backdrop To select a separate backdrop to be displayed on each screen using DECwindows CDE e Click on the Application Manager This is the drawer icon on the CDE toolbar e Click on Desktop Tools e Click on Set Default Screen and select the required screen e Click on the Style Manager This is the one containing the mouse and ttt on the CDE toolbar e Now change the background 11 14 How can I enable the DECwindows TCP IP Transport To configure the
59. arguably an essential component of any non trivial application and to use the OpenVMS Debugger The debugger can also be activated from within a signal handler and commands to generate a traceback can be generated directly or through the invocation of a procedure containing a series of debugger commands Details on the debugger are in the OpenVMS Debugger Manual and also see the discussion of dyanmically activating the Debugger in Section 10 19 10 25 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 29 Generating an AUTODIN II CRC32 The following code can be used to generate an AUTODIN II 32 bit Cyclic Redundency Check CRC32 value from an input string descriptor similar to that used by the HP C compiler for its NAMES SHORTENED mechanism and by various other applications requiring a CRC32 The routine uses the OpenVMS library routine lib crc table to generate a sixteen longword array of data from the specified encoded polynomial coefficient AUTODIN II in this case and then lib erc to generate the CRC32 value from the array and the input data static int CreateCRC32 struct dsc descriptor InputDataDesc ui nt32 AUTODI N2 ui nt32 Seed 0UL ui nt32 Coefficient 0x0EDB88320UL ui nt32 CRCArray 16 ib establish lib sig to ret ib crc table void amp Coefficient void CRCArray UTODIN2 lib crc void CRCArray void amp Seed InputDataDesc UTODI N2 Seed return AUTODI N2
60. bootstrap loads diagboot exe Stop at bootstrap breakpoints APB and Sysboot Secondary bootstrap does not have an image header Inhibit memory test Prompt for secondary bootstrap file Halt before transfer to secondary bootstrap Boot from shadow set LAD LAST bootstrap Disable PAL rev check halt Transfer to intermediate primary bootstrap Mark CRD pages bad Report unaligned data traps in bootstrap 14 9 Mnemonic CONV DEBUG INIBPT DIAG BOOBPT NOHEADER NOTEST SOLICIT HALT SHADOW ISL PALCHECK DEBUG BOOT CRDFAIL ALIGN FAULTS Bit 0 1 2 10 11 12 13 14 Table 14 2 Hardware Information Table 14 2 Cont Alpha Conversational Bootstrap Flags Bit Mnemonic Description 15 REM DEBUG Allow remote high level language debugger 16 DBG INIT Enable verbose boot messages in EXEC INIT 17 USER MSGS Enable subset of verbose boot messages user messages 18 RSM Boot is controlled by RSM 19 FOREIGN Boot involves a foreign disk If you want to set the boot flags permanently use the SET BOOT FLAGS command e g lt lt lt SET BOOT OSFLAGS 0 1 14 3 5 3 What are the VAX VMB boot flag values The flags described in Table 14 3 are passed via register R5 to the OpenVMS VAX primary bootstrap image VMB EXE These flags control the particular behaviour of the bootstrap VAX Conversational Bootstrap Flags Bit Mnemonic Description 0 CONV Conversational boot At various points in th
61. cannot PRODUCT REMOVE a PCSI patch ECO kit In order to remove an ECO kit PCSI would have to have copies of all the other version of the files from all other patches and products that previously were installed This can clearly involve a large number of files and a large archive of old file versions and a substantial quantity of disk space While removal is clearly theoretically possible it is not currently implemented The following is the supported mechanism to remove a PCSI patch kit 1 Execute a PRODUCT SHOW PRODUCT product name FULL command The maintenance column 132 column width shows the patches that have been installed Keep a copy of this listing Acquire kits for all of the maintenance kits listed 3 Re install the prior FULL version of the product This will remove all patch kits setting to product back to original condition 4 Re install all the patches in the list from step 1 except those patches which you have determined you do not want The above information also applies to PCSI PARTIAL kits 5 38 SYSINIT E error mounting system device status 0072832C This message can arise during an OpenVMS system bootstrap MOUNT F DI FVOLMNT different volume already mounted on this device For details and further information use the DCL command HELP MESSAGE STATUS X72832C 5 41 System Management Information 5 39 Resolving License PAK Problems The PAK release date the PAK termination dat
62. connect OpenVMS to the Internet Some tutorial information and tips for connecting OpenVMS systems to the Internet are available at http www tmesis com internet 15 1 15 2 1 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 2 2 Connecting to an IP Printer To connect a printer via the IP telnet or protocols you will need to install and configure an IP stack on OpenVMS and configure the appropriate print queue With current OpenVMS IP implementations the choice of telnet or really amounts to determining which of these works better with the particular printer involved To support network printing the printer must include an internal or external NIC or JetDirect an adapter connecting the network and the printer While it is normally possible to use a host connected printer when the host supports an LPD or telnet daemon and OpenVMS and most other operating systems have the ability to serve locally attached printers to other hosts on the network it is generally far easier and far more effective to use a printer that is directly attached to the network If your present printer does not have a NIC or a JetDirect acquire an internal Gf available or external NIC or JetDirect Or replace the printer And obviously most any operating system that can serve its local printers usually also provides a client that can access remote network connected printers Please see the Ask The Wizard ATW area topics
63. copyrighted material HTML format on line product documentation sets for specific HP OpenVMS products are presently available at http www hp com go openvms doc Documentation is offered on separately orderable CD ROM media through a subscription to the Consolidated On Line Documentation ConOLD product see Section 2 6 ConOLD manuals are readable with BNU a viewer that is supplied with the documentation distribution BNU can display HTML Bookreader and documentation in other formats MGBOOK a viewer for Bookreader format documentation is available for character cell terminals eg VTxxx via the WKU VMS Freeware file server see question Section 13 1 for details Information on the XPDF DECwindows PDF viewer for OpenVMS is available in Section 13 1 and XPDF kits are available on various Freeware distributions An alternative on OpenVMS Alpha uses the Adobe Java PDF viewer though this viewer is generally considered to be both slower and more resource intensive when compared to the XPDF viewer Where 3 1 3 2 What online information and websites are available On your OpenVMS system the HELP command can provide a wealth of information not only on DCL commands but on system services HELP System Services and Run Time Library routines HELP RTL Routines The introduction displayed when you type the HELP command with no additional keywords provides further pointers OpenVMS Marketing runs web server at http
64. fashion The persona services can be used as a wrapper around a sys creprc process creation call as well this will create a seperate process entirely under the assumed persona Information on the persona system services is included in the OpenVMS V6 2 new features documentation and in the OpenVMS V7 1 and later system services documentation These system services exist and are supported in OpenVMS V6 2 and later releases Typical mechanisms for creating a process under another username include e personna services around a sys creprc call See above e via DECnet task to task using explicit specification of username and password or using a DECnet proxy This creates a network mode job under the target user The network mode job might do little more than a RUN DETACH of an image passed in via task to task task to task communications are fully available using strictly DCL to DCL processing or using a compiled language and DCL etc 10 10 OpenVMS Programming Information e SUBMIT USER or the username argument on the sys sndjbc call This creates a batch mode job under the specified username The batch mode job might do little more than a RUN DETACH of an image passed in via a parameter e the UIC argument on the sys creprc call This mimics the UIC of the target user and is certainly not the prefered mechanism for this task e Via pseudo terminals There are likely a few other mechanisms around There are various to
65. first match found is invoked and under OpenVMS the DCL PATH support will cause a command procedure to be activated in preference to an executable image For more information on foreign commands or on automatic foreign command support see the OpenVMS User s Manual See also Section 10 3 If you want to create a detached process that takes arguments from a command line it must be run under the control of a command line interpreter CLI typically DCL This is done by placing the command line in a file specifying SYS SYSTEM LOGINOUT EXE as the image to run and the command file as the input For example 8 3 DCL Details OPEN WRITE CMD TEMP COM WRITE CMD MYCOMMAND arguments CLOSE CMD RUN DETACHED SYS SYSTEM LOGI NOUT I NPUTZTEMP COM Various OpenVMS library calls such as lib spawn 6115061 parse and the C library system call require access to a command line interpreter such as DCL to perform requested actions and will not operate if a CLI is not available When a CLI is not available these calls typically return the error status SS NOCLI And as mentioned above invoke the image LOGINOUT to cause a CLI such as DCL to be mapped into and made available in the context of the target process For examples of how TCP IP Services sets up its foreign commands which includes tools such as uuencode and uudecode please see the DCL command procedure SYS STARTUP TCPIP DEFINE_ COMM
66. following locations http www hp com go openvms faq ftp rtfm mit edu pub usenet comp os vms e comp answers e news news answers http www faqs org http www google com http eisner decus org vms faq htm http www hoffmanlabs org Other internet FAQs are generally available in these locations e comp answers e news news answers ftp rtfm mit edu pub usenet http www faqs org http www google com OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ FAQ File Formats and Production Information This FAQ is available in ASCII text Postscript Bookreader and HTML and potentially in other file formats Certain formats such as the Adobe Acrobat PDF conversion from the Postscript format are provided downstream from the FAQ text formatting and are provided and maintained by others As the HTML format FAQ is not a single monolithic and accordingly large HTML file it is the most difficult format to search using the most common standard platform local tools Accordingly the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org recommends downloading using and searching the ASCII text FAQ format The OpenVMS FAQ is maintained in DECdocument SDML format and all FAQ maintenance and the primary output file format conversions are performed on OpenVMS systems For information on the DECdocument product please contact Touch Technologies Old FAQ Section Notations Available in Index For the folks that
67. for the list of these files via DIRECTORY SYS HELP RELEASE NOTES Again this approach is NOT reliable some kits do not provide release notes some system managers will install only the release notes some system managers will delete release notes and release notes for multiple versions can be present On most packages you can generally use ANALYZE IMAGE on one of the core images looking at the image identification area Some of the product specific mechanisms available are DQS DQS VERSION logical name e C CC VERSION e C CXX VERSION e TCP IP TCPIP SHOW VERSION command 5 37 System Management Information 5 30 What file checksum tools are available for OpenVMS The undocumented prior to V8 2 DCL command CHECKSUM is the usual means and provides a rather simple minded checksum suitable to detect basic file corruptions Starting with V8 2 additional algorithms beyond the classic XOR scheme are available One of the most common schemes beyond the CHECKSUM XOR scheme is MD5 and information and a source code example are available via the MD5 RFC Pre built versions of MD5 are available at the OpenVMS Freeware website http Awww hp com go openvms freeware and on the OpenVMS Freeware V8 0 distribution Also see the CHECKSUM ALGORITHM MD5 command available on OpenVMS V8 2 and later The OpenVMS Alpha ECO patch kit checksums available at the ECO website are determined using the following DCL command sequence
68. higher level operating system or application software functions which may not be directly available in Alpha hardware PALcode is implemented using available Alpha instructions and using the Alpha processor though PALcode operates in a mode which simplifies programming PALcode is also permitted access to processor specific and otherwise internal features of a particular Alpha microprocessor implementation microprocessor specific features which are not easily accessable to operating system or application code 14 3 3 Alpha COM ports and VAX console serial line information This section contains information on the Alpha COM communication ports and related settings as well as on the VAX console bulkhead and VAX console serial line connection 14 3 3 1 Which terminal device name is assigned to the COM ports is normally TTAO COMI is normally TTBO if the Alpha workstation is booted with the SRM console environment variable set to graphics and is OPAO if the console is set to serial On the DEC 2000 series sometimes incorrectly known by the name of the system as sold for Microsoft Windows NT Alpha as the DECpc 150 AXP series on older OpenVMS Alpha releases COMI through COM4 are known as through OPA3 On all current OpenVMS releases these ports are serviced by the terminal driver and not by the console OPDRIVER driver Often the easiest way to determine the OpenVMS terminal name assigned to the port is to connect
69. in Section 14 15 information on third party devices and unsupported hardware in Section 14 25 and the many other sections of this document Please remember to review and to bookmark the following support URLs e http www hp com go openvms e http www2 itrc hp com service james CPQhome do http www hp com go openvms wizard reference only use ITRC forums for new questions ftp ftp itrc hp com openvms patches 1 7 2 General Information If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 2 1 What is OpenVMS What is its history OpenVMS originally called VMS Virtual Memory System was first conceived in 1976 as a new operating system for the then new 32 bit virtual memory line of computers eventually named VAX Virtual Address eXtension The first VAX model the 11 780 was code named Star hence the code name for the VMS operating system Starlet a name that remains to this day the name for the system library files STARLET OLB etc VMS version X0 5 was the first released to customers in support of the hardware beta test of the VAX 11 780 in 1977 VAX VMS Version V1 0 shipped in 1978 along with the first revenue ship 11 780s OpenVMS was designed entirely within HP and specifically within the former Digital Equipment Corporation DIGITAL Two of the principal designers were Dave Cutler and Dick Hustvedt though with a wide variety of other contributors
70. is no easy way to get these logical names Also any logical names that are used in the target image file specification must also be in a logical name table accessible by default by the newly created detached process Shared tables include the group if the process is in the same UIC group and the system table If the target process is to be in another UIC group a suitablly privileged user or application can create the necessary logical name s directly in the other group logical name table When in doubt create a short DCL command file as input and use a SHOW LOGICAL and similar commands to examine the context And use physical device and directory references on the RUN DETACH of the LOGINOUT image when specifying this command file as INPUT Also remember to check both security auditing and system accounting when troubleshooting problems with the RUN DETACH Also see Section 8 2 8 13 How to use escape and control characters in DCL To write a message and then the bell character use bell 0 7 7 write sys output Hello bell DCL Details To write blinking text use esc 0 7 gt 27 text Blinking Text write sys output esc 5m text esc m Also see sections Section 11 6 Section 12 1 8 10 9 Files If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 9 1 How can I undelete a file OpenVMS doesn t have an undelete function However if you are quick to
71. jobs start early _ 4 9 4 3 2 Why does my OpenVMS system time drift 4 10 4 3 3 Resetting the system time into the past 4 10 4 3 4 can drift the OpenVMS system time gt 4 11 4 3 5 How can configure TCP IP Services NTP as a time provider 4 11 4 4 MANAGING TIMEZONES TIMEKEEPING UTC AND DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME 4 13 4 4 1 Creating Updating and Managing Timezone Definitions _ 4 15 4 4 1 1 Customizing or Updating your TDF Timezone Setting 6 4 4 1 2 US Daylight Time Changes Starting 1 Mar 2007 7 4 4 2 Timezones and Time related Logical Names 4 18 4 4 3 to troubleshoot TDF problems on OpenVMS 4 19 4 5 WHY DOES THE SET TIME COMMAND FAIL HELP MANAGING DTSS 4 20 vi Contents 4 6 SETTING TIME ON ALPHASERVER ES47 ES80 GS1280 CONSOLE 4 22 4 7 UTC VS GMT VS VS UT1 UT1 UT2 TDF WHAT ARE THESE ACRONYMS 4 24 4 8 USING W32TIME OR AN SNTP AS A TIME PROVIDER 4 25 CHAPTER 5 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 5 1 5 1 WHAT IS AN INSTALLED IMAGE 5 1 5 2 ARE THERE ANY KNOWN VIRUSES FOR OPENVMS 5 2 5 3 SOURCES OF OPENVMS SECURITY INFORMATION 5 3 5 4 HOW DO MOUNT AN ISO 9660 CD ON OPENVMS 5 4 5 5 HOW DO I EXTRACT THE CONTENTS OF A PCSI KIT 5 5 5 6 EMERGENCY CONVERSATIONAL SYSTEM STARTUP 5 6 5 6 1 forgotten the SYSTEM password what canldo __ 5 9 5 6 2 product licenses have expired what can I 40 _ 5 9 5 7 HOW DO CHANGE THE NODE
72. nor will OpenVMS informally bootstrap on the Alpha XL series OpenVMS can not will not and does not bootstrap on the Alpha XL series The Alpha XL series was targeted for use only with the Microsoft Windows NT operating system The Alpha XL platform does not resemble other supported platforms 14 4 A OpenVMS on the Personal Workstation a and au series Though OpenVMS is not supported on the Personal Workstation a series platforms OpenVMS might or might not bootstrap on the platform If you wish to attempt this you must ensure that all graphics and all I O controllers in the system are supported by OpenVMS You must also ensure that you have the most current firmware loaded Here are some salient differences within the various Personal Workstation series e The a series was designed and was tested for Windows NT use Only It is not supported for use with OpenVMS e The au series was designed and tested for Windows OpenVMS and Tru64 UNIX compatibility and is considered a supported system e There are at two different and distinct variants of the family and usually refered to by their internal hardware project names e The Miata MX5 The Miata MX5 variant has no USB ports and no on board SCSI The on board Intel SIO chipset is not supported by OpenVMS and thus OpenVMS cannot bootstrap ATAPI CD ROM devices That said the Miata MX5 a series typically came with DEC branded Adaptec 2940UW SCSI controllers Matrox Mi
73. of the health of hardware environment including such constructs as fans power supplies and environmental and temperature values e Remote server management tasks e The connection to the virtual SRM console e Set and show the base system time 4 22 Time and Timekeeping You can use the MBM commands SHOW TIME and SET TIME to view and to manipulate the base system time The delta time value for the primary MBM will be indicated and it is this value in conjunction with the base time that is used to generate the time available to OpenVMS via the SRM console If you issue a SET TIME time command from OpenVMS the delta time will change but not the MBM base system time If you change the MBM base system time the calculated time available to OpenVMS via the SRM console s will change Resetting the base time thus involves changing the base system time and then issuing SET TIME time command s to each of the OpenVMS vPars or nPars environments to adjust the respective delta time values Rebooting resetting or issuing an MBM SET TIME will reset the system time Typically you will want to establish the MBM time value once and probably setting it to UTC or such and you will then want to boot each partition conversationally setting the SETTIME system parameter to force the entry of the time within each booting system environment Once the MBM time value has been set once you will typically not want to alter it again You will typically wa
74. on all OpenVMS VAX releases VIRTUALPAGECNT and MAXPROCESSCNT together determine the size of the page table data structures that occupy large tracts of system space When no system virtual address space is available for the stuff that needs it this includes the page tables non paged pool and various other structures then the values of VIRTUALPAGECNT and MAXPROCESSCNT cannot be increased In OpenVMS Alpha V7 0 and later the page table data structures have been moved out of SO and S1 space and into page table space In OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 and later certain large data structures found in non paged pool eg lock management structures have been moved into 64 bit space thus freeing up room in non paged pool and in SO and 1 space where non paged pool resides while also permitting much larger data structures 5 27 can prevent a serial terminal line from initiating a login In SYSTARTUP_VMS COM issue the command SET TERMI NAL NOTYPEAHEAD PERMANENT ddcu This will prevent any unsolicited terminal input on ddcu and this unsolicited input is what triggers JOB CONTROL to start up LOGINOUT on the terminal Once LOGINOUT starts up on the serial line you can see interesting behaviour eg audits process creations etc as LOGINOUT tries to chat with whatever device is hooked onto the remote end of the serial terminal line 5 34 System Management Information 5 28 How does PCSI use the image BUILD IDENT field The
75. pin out For information on registering software license product authorization keys PAKs please see Section 5 6 2 For a related behaviour of DECwindows please see Section 11 10 For information on the VAXstation alternate console mechanisms please see Section 14 3 3 3 14 3 7 Downloading and using SRM console Firmware This section discusses downloading and using Alpha console firmware sometimes called PALcode 14 3 7 1 Where can I get updated console firmware for Alpha systems Firmware updates for HP Alpha systems are available from e ftp ftp digital com pub Digital Alpha firmware index html e ftp ftp digital com pub Digital Alpha firmware e ftp ftp digital com pub Digital Alpha firmware readme html The latest and greatest firmware if updated firmware has been released after the most recent firmware CD was distributed is located at wid tp ftp digital com pub Digital Alpha firmware interim 14 13 Hardware Information For information on creating Alpha bootable floppies containing the firmware and for related tools please see the following areas wid tp ftp digital com pub DEC Alpha firmware utilities mkboot txt wid tp ftp digital com pub DEC Alpha firmware utilities mkbootarc txt wid tp ftp digital com pub DEC Alpha firmware utilities mkntboot txt The SROM firmware loader expects an ODS 2 formatted floppy see mkboot As for which image to use the ROM image uses a header and the file e
76. some of the available lists detailed in Table 3 5 3 9 Documentation Table 3 5 OpenVMS Discussion Forums Description Forum Location The comp os vms newsgroup news comp os vms HP ITRC Forums http forums itrc hp com service forums familyhome do familyld 288 Hunter Goatley The HG OpenVMS Message Board http Awww goatley com scripts vmsboard view com Computing Net OpenVMS Message Area http Awww computing net openvms wwwboard wwwboard html Tek Tips DEC HP Compaq OpenVMS Forum http www tek tips com gthreadminder cfm lev2 3 lev3 19 pid 951 OpenVMS Org forums http www openvms org OpenVMSHobbyist Org forums http www openvmshobbyist org Encompasserve DECUSserve Notes Conferences telnet www encompasserve org 3 8 What is this Ask The Wizard website I ve heard about The HP OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW website was an informal area discussing OpenVMS containing questions and answers on a wide variety of topics http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference To access a cited topic directly use the URL filename WIZ_topic number HTML or use the topic search engine Cited topics are shown in parentheses and act as unique topic a
77. starting with topic 1020 for additional information on IP based network printing http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference Please see Section 15 2 3 for information on Postscript printing 15 2 3 How do I connect a PostScript printer via TCP IP Using TCP IP Services UCX as the TCP IP stack it is possible to configure queues using the UCX TELNETSYM TCP IP Services prior to V5 0 or TCPIP TELNETSYM with V5 0 and later in order to print to Postscript printers This assumes however that the printer itself can convert whatever is passed to it into something intelligible As an example if the printer has an IP address of 123 456 789 101 and jobs should be passed to port 9100 then 15 2 Information on Networks and Clusters INI TI ALL ZE QUEUE ON 123 456 789 101 9100 PROCESSORZUCXSTELNETSYM my ip queue INI TI ALI ZE QUEUE 0 123 456 789 101 9100 PROCESSOR TCPI PSTELNETSYM my ip queue The port number of 9100 is typical of HP JetDirect cards but may be different for other manufacturers cards As a better alternative DCPS Version 1 4 and later support IP queues using either HP TCP IP Services for OpenV
78. that don t compress particularly efficiently with drive level compression Disabling the BACKUP XOR redundancy blocks can sometimes assist with the efficiency of zip compression too Encrypted data is often basically uncompressible the better the encryption the worse the achievable compression Put another way always compress before you encrypt If you are using encryption with drive level compression drive level compression is commonly found on magnetic tape devices including DAT DDS and DLT devices do not expect the compression to provide any significant reduction in the volume of data as the drive level compression is obviously further along in the I O pipe and downstream from the encryption Don t expect to achieve a 2 1 compression ratio for an encrypted file You may see an increase in output size with compression enabled and entirely disabling drive level compression may be a reasonable course This 5 56 System Management Information assumes the drive compression logic doesn t itself notice this and disable its own compression 5 47 Collecting PC Samples Before Crash The following assumes there is an OpenVMS system level problem whether a hang or otherwise and that you are going to generate a crashdump as part of debugging this To collect PC samples before forcing the system crash most OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems can be halted and then continued from the console basically a 6 Information on Mail
79. the dictionary attack the mechanism that makes this attack somewhat more difficult on OpenVMS is the hashing scheme used on OpenVMS and the file protections used for the SYSUAF authorization database Given a dictionary of words and the unprotected contents of the SYSUAF file a search for obvious passwords can be performed Interestingly a dictionary attack also has the unfortunate side effect of exposing the password to the user while this is clearly the goal of a system cracker authorized privileged and non privileged system users should not know nor have access to the cleartext passwords of other users Accordingly OpenVMS does not store the cleartest password Further OpenVMS uses a password hashing algorithm not an encryption algorithm This means that storage of a cleartext password is deliberated avoided and the cleartext value is deliberately very difficult to obtain The hash is based on a Purdy Polynomial and the hash itself includes user specific values in addition to the password values that make the results of the password hash unique to each user 5 44 System Management Information Regardless of the use of a password hashing scheme if a copy of your password file should become available to a system cracker you will want to force all users to use new passwords immediately If you should require a user to verify a password use the username the user s salt value this value is acquired via getuai an
80. the Freeware e An OpenVMS port of the ht Dig web search engine is available at e ftp ftp pdv systeme de vms e A mySQL database client is available at http mysql holywar net Downloads MySQL 3 22 mysql 3 22 25 clients vms zip e http mysql holywar net Downloads MySQL 3 22 mysql 3 22 25 clients vms readme For additional information related to the mySQL port please search the comp os vms newsgroup archives A MySQL port is also available on the OpenVMS Freeware e http www hp com go openvms freeware e If you need to change the file modification date and are looking for a utility such as the UNIX touch tool look at DFU on the OpenVMS Freeware DFU SET or simular or use an existing DCL commands such as SET FILE PROTECTz current protection mask Atable listing translations between UNIX shell and OpenVMS DCL commands was posted to comp os vms by Christopher Smith some time ago This page should be available from the google newsgroup archives For information on and the status of the OpenOffice port for OpenVMS please see e http www oooovms dyndns org 13 11 Finding and Using Software e The UNIX touch tool is available via various means RENAME filename ext version e http nucwww chem sunysb edu helplib Ghvmsapps TOUCH MadGoat FILE tool see the MadGoat archives e use REVISION_DATE or CREATION_DATE e The DFU tool see the OpenVMS Freeware e The pair pl acl ide
81. the most significant fraction bits Each successive higher addressed word contains the next 16 lesser significant fraction bits Bit 15 of the first word is the sign 1 for negative 0 for positive Zero is represented by a biased exponent value of zero and a sign of zero the fraction bits are ignored but on Alpha non zero fraction bits in a zero value cause an error A value with biased exponent zero and sign bit 1 is a reserved operand touching it causes an error fraction bits are ignored There are no minus zero infinity denormalized or NaN values For all formats the fraction is normalized and the radix point assumed to be to the left of the MSB hence the following range 0 5 less than or equal to f and less than 1 0 The MSB always being 1 is not stored The binary exponent is stored with a bias varying with type in bits 14 n of the lowest addressed word Exponent Exponent Mantissa Fraction bits Bits Bias including hidden bit 8 128 24 8 128 56 11 1024 53 15 16384 113 The layout for D is identical to that for F except for 32 additional fraction bits Example 1 5 in F float is hex 0000406020 fraction of 11 base 2 biased exponent of 129 Where can find more info about VAX systems e HP provides limited VAX platform information via links at the AlphaServer website itself available via http www hp com go server e Jim Agnew maintains a MicroVAX VAXstation FAQ at http www people vcu edu agnew
82. the available connections depending on the controller Fast Ethernet can thus be half or full duplex depending on the configuration and the capabilities of the network controller and the Ethernet network plant Some Fast Ethernet controllers can also operate at traditional Ethernet speeds these controllers are thus often refered to as 10 100 Ethernet controllers 14 43 LANCP DEFI Hardware Information 14 24 How do I set the speed and duplex on OpenVMS 164 OpenVMS 164 on Integrity servers does not provide a console level environment variable akin to the SRM console variables used to manage the network speed and duplex settings on OpenVMS Alpha and Alpha systems On OpenVMS 164 on Integrity servers LANCP is used to manage the speed and the duplex setting of the network controllers RUN SYS SYSTEM LANCP LANCP SET DEVICE EWA0 SPEED 10 LANCP DEFINE DEVICE EWAQ SPEED 10 LANCP SET DEVICE EWAO SPEED 100 full duplex LANCP DEFINE DEVICE EWA0 SPEEDz100 full duplex The EFI level network bootstrap operations for a network based upgrade or a network based installation of OpenVMS 164 require the use of autonegotiation and a switch capable of supporting it See Section 14 23 for a related discussion 14 25 Third party or Unsupported disk tape controllers SCSl widgets A wide variety of third party and formally unsupported widgets SCSI and ATA ATAPI IDE disks and tapes graphics controllers etc are obviously widely a
83. the block binary ISO or raw mode operations appropriate for the particular chosen recording package The following directions assume use of OpenVMS and native CD R capabilities please see Section 9 7 for associated details 1 First you must acquire the Integrity server firmware from the above URL Select the platform and navigate to the supporting information and specifically to the Download Drivers and Software link Select Cross operating system BIOS Firmware etc 3 Locate the appropriate ISO format firmware file There are several firmware file formats available and there are also various off line diagnostic images choose the ISO format firmware file 4 Read the directions for the firmware file then download the ISO format firmware zip compressed file A binary mode FTP transfer should be used 5 Unzip the file into the corresponding ISO data file Somewhat confusingly the ISO extension can indicate either a block oriented raw image of a disk or a disk with the ISO 9660 volume structure In this case the former is intended and this file contains a a block copy or disk image of the firmware disk for the platform and may or may not be an ISO 9660 volume structure The unzip tool is available on the OpenVMS Freeware and elsewhere please see Section 13 11 for details and locations 6 Use CDRECORD or other available recording tool please see Section 9 7 for related details to burn a CD R or CD RW disk specifying the IS
84. the disk and mount it privately If the disk is mounted by more than one node in an OpenVMS Cluster dismount it from all other nodes If this disk is an OpenVMS system disk shut down all other nodes that are bootstrapped from this disk Issue the SET VOLUME LABEL command specifying the new label On OpenVMS V6 0 and later issue the following PCSI command to reset the label information stored within the PCSI database to reflect the new disk volume label PRODUCT REGISTER VOLUME old label device Locate any references in the system startup typically including the disk MOUNT commands and any DISK label references in application files and change the references appropriately If this is a system disk for the host or for a satellite also check the DECnet MOP or LANCP boot database as well as any references to the disk created by CLUSTER CONFIG COM If Compaq Analyze is in use check the system startup procedures for the Compaq Analyze tool Certain versions of Compaq Analyze will record specific disk volume labels within the startup procedures Remount the disk appropriately 5 14 How can set up a shared directory To set up a shared directory where all files created in the directory are accessible to the members of specified group of users you can use an access control list ACL and an identifier The following also shows how to set up a resource identifier which further allows the disk resources to be charged to t
85. the quorum disk also has one vote EXPECTED VOTES is set to three Using a quorum disk on a non shared interconnect is unnecessary the use of a quorum disk does not provide any value and the votes assigned to the quorum disk should be assigned to the OpenVMS host serving access to the disk For information on quorum hangs see the OpenVMS documentation For information on changing the EXPECTED VOTES value on a running system see the SET CLUSTER EXPECTED VOTES command and see the documentation for the AMDS and Availability Manager tools Also of potential interest is the OpenVMS system console documentation for the processor specific console commands used to trigger the IPC Interrrupt Priority Level x0C IPL C handler IPC is not available on OpenVMS 164 V8 2 AMDS Availability Manager and the IPC handler can each be used to clear a quorum hang Use of AMDS and Availability Manager is generally recommended over IPC particularly because IPC can cause CLUEXIT bugchecks if the system should remain halted beyond the cluster sanity timer limits and because some Alpha consoles and most all Integrity consoles do not permit a restart after a halt The quorum scheme is a set of blade guards deliberately implemented by OpenVMS Engineering to provide data integrity remove these blade guards at your peril OpenVMS Engineering did not implement the quorum mechanism to make a system manager s life more difficult the quorum mechanism wa
86. the system management and performance management manuals in the OpenVMS documentation set With OpenVMS V7 3 and later the displays have been changed and these negative values are no longer visible 5 12 Do I have to update layered products when updating OpenVMS The Software Public Rollout Reports for OpenVMS list the current and future availability of HP software products shipping on the OpenVMS Software Products Library kits CDROM consolidations for OpenVMS Alpha and or OpenVMS VAX Specifically the required minimum versions for product support are listed Comprehensive Public Rollout Information listing previous product versions as well as currently shipping versions has been compiled into a separate set of reports The product information is grouped to show Operating System support You may or may not be able to use older versions of local applications third party products and various HP OpenVMS layered products with more recent versions of OpenVMS User mode code is expected to be upward compatible Code executing in a privileged processor mode typically either executive or kernel mode may or may not be compatible with more recent OpenVMS versions These Software Rollout SWROLL Reports are updated regularly Please See http h71000 www7 hp com openvms os swroll For related information see Section 2 6 1 5 21 System Management Information 5 13 How do I change the volume label of a disk Dismount
87. timers available within certain terminal servers and similar devices and there is an integrated time of day mechanism that provides control over when a user can access OpenVMS 5 32 System Management Information As for available tools there are DECUS freeware and third party tools known variously as idle process killers IPK or terminal timeout programs as well as various other names Examples include Saiga Systems Hitman Watchdog MadGoat Watcher via the MadGoat site or the OpenVMS Freeware Kblock the Networking Dynamics tool known as Assassin and the Zap tool Also available is the XLNperformance system management utility from XLNsystems A related package for DECwindows sessions is xtermlock If the forgetful users are in an application menu environment the menu can potentially be extended to provide this capability 5 24 Do I need a PAK for the DECevent HP Analyze tool DECevent and HP Compaq Analyze are available to customers with support contracts The PAK is required only for the advanced functions of DECevent the basic bits to text translation of the error log does not require a license PAK Ignore the prompt in other words The PAK should be available to you if you have a hardware support contract or warrantee and the PAK enables the use of the advanced error analysis and notification capabilities within DECevent Please see the following website for details and downloads Analyze http
88. value __CEIL or a new seed __SEED 1 RAND returns a positive random number RANDOM between 0 and 1 GENG d sharris at sdsdmvax fb3 noaa gov RAND IF F TYPE SEED EQS THEN seed the random number generator NOW F CVTI ME HOUR FS EXTRACT 11 2 MINUTE FS EXTRACT 14 2 SECOND gt F EXTRACT 17 2 NOW TICK FS EXTRACT 20 2 NOW _SEED _ TICK 100 SECOND 6000 MINUTE 360000 HOUR the generator tends to do better with a large odd seed SEED SEED OR 1 clean up DELETEX SYMBOL __ NOW DELETEX SYMBOL HOUR DELETEX SYMBOL __ MINUTE DELETEX SYMBOL SECOND DELETEX SYMBOL __TICK ENDIF IF F TYPE _ CEIL EQS THEN CEIL X3FFFFFFF SEED SEED 69069 1 RANDOM SEED AND WX3FFFFFFF 99X40000000 CEIL RETURN DCL Details 8 6 What does the MCR command do The MCR is an artifact of RSX compatibility mode the operating system from which OpenVMS is descended MCR is the Monitor Console Routine and the command is intended to activate RSX compatibility mode utilities When used on OpenVMS the command is most commonly used to run the specified image and because the tool detects the image is not a compatibility mode image it acts as a form of RUN command with the default file specification of SYS SYSTEM EXE
89. ways if a DCL verb isn t used to invoke the image the application parses the command line itself One way to do this is to call CLISGET VALUE for a required parameter If it is not present or you get an error call LIB GET FOREIGN to get the command line and do the manual parse See also Section 8 2 10 4 How do I get a formatted error message in a variable Use the SYS PUTMSG system service with an action routine that stores the message line s in the variable of your choice Be sure the action routine returns a false low bit clear function value so that SYS PUTMSG doesn t then try to display the message unless you want it to See the description of PUTMSG in the System Services Reference Manual for an example of using an action routine 10 5 How dol link against SYS SYSTEM SYS STB on an Alpha system LINK SYSEXE is the OpenVMS Alpha equivalent of linking against SYS STB This links against the base image SYS BASE IMAGE EXE Also see Section 10 11 particularly for pointers to the details on shareable images and shareable image creation and see Section 10 22 for details of inner mode floating point requirements of data alignment requirements for use of NOSYSLIB and other related inner mode programming details and see Section 10 11 for image related information 10 4 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 6 How do I do a SET DEFAULT from inside a program The problem is that SYS SETDDIR only changes the default direc
90. wire or the 5 BNC signaling common on many PCs or other connections such as the 12215 video connector or USB connector used on various systems BNC signaling is comparatively old but prevalent with many older hobbyist AlphaStation or VAXstation configurations If there are no matches you will likely need to change the hardware at one or both ends of the video cable The refresh frequencies for many devices have been posted to comp os vms and or other newsgroups Search the archives for details Also see e http www repairfaq org e http www mirage mmc com faq e http www geocities com SiliconValley Foothills 4467 fixedsync html http saturn tlug org sunstuff ffmonitor html http hawks ha md us hardware monitor html LCD based and plasma based flat panel displays are generally compatible with all recent OpenVMS Alpha systems and supported graphics controllers For best results you should generally set the graphics controller to match the native LCD or plasma display resolution and for LCD displays also set the controller refresh rate to 60112 Check your graphics controller and your display documentation for any device specific requirements and or configuration recommendations Some of the older graphics controllers around do not necessarily generate stable signals at 60 Hz if the controller can even generate that refresh rate you may end up upgrading to a less old controller At least some of the PowerStorm 3
91. with the incremental BACKUPs particularly on system disks and any other disks with directory aliases See the OpenVMS documentation for additional details Ignoring hardware performance and process quotas the performance of BACKUP during a disk saveset creation is typically limited by three factors 1 Default extend size The default behavior can have poor performance as the extend operation can involve extensive additional processing and I O operations Consider changing the default extend value on the volume or change the extend for the process set rms extend 65000 2 Output IO size The default IO size for writing an RMS sequential file is 32 blocks an increase from the value of 16 blocks used on earlier versions Setting this to the maximum of 127 can reduce the number of IOs by almost a factor of 4 set rms blockz127 5 46 System Management Information Note that the performance might be better on some controllers if the block count is a multiple of 4 e g 124 3 Synchronous writes to the saveset Starting with OpenVMS V7 3 you can now persuade RMS to turn on write behind for sequential files opened unshared Please see the V7 3 release notes or more recent documentation for details Enabling the write behind operations involves setting the dynamic system parameter RMS SEQFILE WBH to 1 This parameter is dynamic and it can be enabled and disabled without a reboot and changes in its setting can and will dir
92. write protect the disk or if you can guarantee that no new files get created or existing files extended your data is still on the disk and it may be possible to retrieve it The FLORIAN tool available from various websites can potentially recover the file see question Section 13 1 for pointers Other alternatives here include the DFU tool available on the OpenVMS Freeware CD ROM distribution If you are setting up a user environment for yourself or for others it is quite easy to use DCL to intercept the DELETE command using a symbol DEL ETE SYS LOGIN MYDELETE COM The DELETE symbol will cause the procedure to be invoked whenever the user enters the DELETE command and it can copy the file s to a trashcan subdirectory before issuing a real DELETE on the files Other procedures can retrieve the file s from the trashcan subdirectory and can and should clean out the trashcan as appropriate Realize that this DELETE symbol can interfere with DELETE GLOBAL and other similar DCL commands 9 2 Why does SHOW QUOTA give a different answer than DIR SIZE DIRECTORY SIZE doesn t take into account the size of file headers which are charged to your quota Also unless you use DIRECTORY SIZE ALL you will see only the used size of the file not the allocated size which is what gets charged against your quota Also you may have files in other directories Files DIRECTORY SIZEZALL GRAND username
93. www cs wisc edu ghost gnu e XPDF a DECwindows viewer for PDF Adobe Acrobat files is available from http www foolabs com xpdf Software and installation kits for XPDF are also available on the Freeware Beware the XPDF tool included on OpenVMS Freeware V4 0 is dated and has been found to have various bugs Use the Freeware V5 0 version of the XPDF kit or better later A Java based PDF viewer is available from Adobe and is known to operate on recent OpenVMS Alpha releases e http www adobe com e Various OpenVMS related tools both freeware and shareware such as txt2pdf are available from at http Awww sanface com 13 6 Finding and Using Software e The MPEG library version 1 1 is available for OpenVMS VAX and Alpha at ftp ftp x org contrib vms mpeglib 11 vms readme e ftp ftp x org contrib vms mpeglib 11 vms zip Various MPEG players and related tools are available on the Freeware An Archie clone is available at INFO CS PUB RO Telnet to that machine and login as VMSARCI It contains now listings for over 30 ftp servers with over 14 gigabytes of OpenVMS software The most useful commands are LIST which generates a list of scanned ftp servers and FIND string whichs looks for a file containing string in the name the search modes are only substring default and exact and regex search is not supported so FIND EMACS will work but FIND EMACS or FIND EMACS will not
94. 1 on the Alpha Multia Yes there are a set of unsupported images that permit specific OpenVMS Alpha versions to bootstrap on the Multia UDB system These images and the associated instructions are available at the OpenVMS Freeware website e http www hp com go openvms freeware Look in the Freeware V5 0 multia directory Instructions are included IN the kits READ THE INSTRUCTIONS PLEASE 14 21 Hardware Information Some of the restrictions involved when running OpenVMS on the Multia system include but may well not be limited to the following The PCMCIA support was completely removed because the Intel chip on the Multia was not compatable with the Cirrus chip on the Alphabook This means of course that you will not see and cannot use any PCMCIA cards on a Multia The Multia uses shared interrupts and as a result a special ZLXp E series graphics device driver one that does not use interrupts is needed This driver is provided in the kit The serial lines don t work If you have a Multia with a PCI slot you can t use any PCI card that requires interrupts The SRM console on this system is very old and very fragile This SRM console was designed only and strictly for diagnostic use and was not particularly tested or used with OpenVMS If things don t work for you don t expect to see any OpenVMS updates nor SRM console updates nor any support Do not expect to see any new versions of OpenVMS on the
95. 2 sys getenv 7 sys getjpi 2 sys getsyi e 2 21 2 SYS GKDRIVER 4 SYS LIB C TLB 10 18 10 24 SYSS LOGIN Logical Name 8 9 SYSS LOGIN DEVICE Logical Name 9 sys parse 3 SYSS PIPE 8 SYS PROCDMP 10 23 SYS PROTECTED PROCDMP 10 23 sys putmsg 4 sys qio 10 8 11 10 SYS REGISTRY 1 SYS SCRATCH Logical Name 9 SYS SETBOOT EXE 9 11 14 16 14 18 sys setddir e 10 5 SYS SETTIM 0 sys set system event 4 15 sys sndjbc 8 SYS STARTUP DTSS STARTUP COM 0 SYS TIMEZONE DAT 4 14 9 SYS TIMEZONE DAYLIGHT SAVING Logical Name 4 18 SYS TIMEZONE DIFFERENTIAL Logical Name 4 18 SYS TIMEZONE NAME Logical Name 4 17 4 18 SYS TIMEZONE RULE 4 15 SYS TIMEZONE SRC DAT 9 sys trninm 3 SYS WSDRIVER 11 3 Index 18 Time cont d Julian Calendar 1 Julian Date 1 Julian Day 1 NIST 7 NOTSET 4 20 NTP 4 8 Off By One Hour 4 20 4 24 8 Prime Meridian 4 4 SETCLOCK 1 SET TIME Command 0 TDF 3 TIMENOTSET 0 Time service enabled 0 Timezone Rules 4 17 TODR 4 4 4 6 TOY 4 4 4 6 UTO 4 24 UT1 4 24 UT2 4 24 UTC 4 13 4 20 4 24 10 18 TIMENOTSET 4 20 TIMEPROMPTWAUT system parameter 4 3 4 4 Timezones SYS TIMEZONE_NAME 4 17 2 4 17 zic compiler e 4 15 6 TMSCP 15 11 2 TMSCP LOAD system parameter 1 TODR 4 4 4 6 Tomcat 6 Too Few Servers Detected 1 Touch 1 Touch
96. 5 5 37 5 38 5 38 5 38 5 39 5 39 Contents HOW DO FIND OUT IF THE TAPE DRIVE SUPPORTS COMPRESSION CAN I COPY SYSUAF TO ANOTHER VERSION TO VAX TO ALPHA HOW DO I DELETE TIMEOUT IDLE PROCESSES DO NEED A PAK FOR THE DECEVENT HP ANALYZE TOOL INITIALIZE ACCVIO AND ANSI TAPE LABEL SUPPORT HOW DO 1 RECOVER FROM INSVIRMEM ERRORS HOW CAN I PREVENT A SERIAL TERMINAL LINE FROM INITIATING A LOGIN HOW DOES PCSI USE THE IMAGE BUILD IDENT FIELD HOW CAN I TELL WHAT SOFTWARE AND VERSION IS INSTALLED WHAT FILE CHECKSUM TOOLS ARE AVAILABLE FOR OPENVMS WHAT AND WHERE IS THE OPENVMS MANAGEMENT STATION HOW TO DETERMINE CURRENT DISK FRAGMENTATION LEVEL SYSBOOT I FILENOTLOC UNABLE TO LOCATE SYS CPU ROUTINES HOW CAN I CUSTOMIZE THE DCPS DEVICE CONTROL FOR A NEW PRINTER 5 21 5 22 5 23 5 24 5 25 5 26 5 27 5 28 5 29 5 30 5 31 5 32 5 33 5 34 5 40 5 41 5 41 5 41 5 42 5 43 5 44 5 45 5 45 5 46 5 47 5 49 5 50 5 51 5 52 5 54 5 54 5 56 Contents WHY DO GETDEV MOUNTCNT AND SHOW DEVICE MOUNT COUNTS DIFFER WHAT SOFTWARE IS NEEDED FOR POSTSCRIPT PRINTERS HOW REMOVE A PCSI INSTALLED PATCH ECO KIT SYSINIT E ERROR MOUNTING SYSTEM DEVICE STATUS 0072832C RESOLVING LICENSE PAK PROBLEMS CHANGING THE OPENVMS VERSION NUMBER HOW TO PREVENT USERS FROM CHOOSING OBVIOUS PASSWORDS PLEASE HELP ME WI
97. 6 1 The ELSA GLoria Synergy On OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 V7 2 and V7 2 1 acquire the appropriate GRAPHICS PCSI kit and all prerequisite OpenVMS ECO kits e VMS712_GRAPHICS V0300 or later e VMS72_GRAPHICS V0100 or later e VMS712_GRAPHICS V0300 or later The ELSA GLoria Synergy is the PBXGK BB the PowerStorm 3D10T Please ensure you have the most current ECOs for this and other graphics controllers installed check for and install the current GRAPHICS kit See Section 4 3 2 for some unexpectedly related details On OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 1 the files necessary for this graphics controller are located in the distribution CD ROM directory DI SK ALPHA0721 ELSA KI T Also check for any available later ECO kits An earlier kit ALPA4D20TO1 071 for V7 1 V7 1 1H1 and V7 1 1H2 was once available but has been superceded and is not recommended Use of V7 1 2 or later and use of one the above GRAPHICS kits as required is typically the best approach OpenVMS V7 2 2 and later mainline releases directly support the controller Additional information is available in topics 3419 and 5448 in the Ask The Wizard area http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums 5 24 System Management Information For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discus
98. 64 architectures is IEEE e Data alignment is extremely important for best performance on OpenVMS Alpha and on OpenVMS I64 This means that data items should be allocated at addresses which are exact multiples of their sizes Quadword alignment will offer the best performance especially for character values and those smaller than 32 bits Compilers will naturally align variables where they can and will issue warnings if they detect unaligned data items e HPC is the only C compiler HP offers on OpenVMS Alpha and on OpenVMS 164 and is a direct descendant of Compaq C and DEC C on OpenVMS Alpha HP C is highly compatible with DEC C on OpenVMS VAX but does differ somewhat in its syntax and support 14 1 Hardware Information when compared with the older VAX C compiler most OpenVMS VAX programmers are traditionally familiar with Read up on the EXTERN MODEL and STANDARD qualifiers to avoid the most common problems and see the documentation in the DEC C for OpenVMS VAX manuals around migrating from VAX C to DEC C In addition to HP C there have been open source ports such as Gnu C available for OpenVMS e The page size on Alpha and IA 64 systems is variable but is at least 8 kilobytes This can have some effect on applications which use the CRMPSC system service as well as on the display of available memory pages The page size is available from GETSYI using the SYI PAGE SIZE itemcode There are also a number of manuals which dis
99. 64 itself does not require and does not plan to utilize the Itanium IA 32 32 bit environment for the operation of OpenVMS itself OpenVMS 164 V8 0 and later run natively on the Itanium processor family with no use of IA 32 instructions While OpenVMS can and does support 32 bit OpenVMS applications and addressing on Itanium this is done with sign extension addressing techniques entirely analogous to what was done with 32 bit applications operating in the 64 bit Alpha environment Both OpenVMS 32 bit and 64 bit applications operate 2 12 General Information within the native Itanium instruction set and run time environment and do not use the Itanium IA 32 environment But yes a native 18 32 port or a native AMD AMD64 or Intel EM64T port of OpenVMS would certainly be nice to have this of course following the traditional Linux preference for having a Linux port available for most all computer architectures known and even for certain high end refrigerators and toasters and similar appliance like devices The downside of this all encompassing approach this requires near infinite engineering and support costs from the various vendors involved and the qualification efforts and costs of most everything everywhere Or reduced or eliminated testing and support efforts Or an unfortunate combination of these two These costs are huge and the benefits derived from the work are comparatively small when given the comparable costs of more ta
100. AF to be located in an arbitrary position or even an arbitrary filename a construct similar to the following is used UAF gt FSPARSE SYSUAF SYSSSYSTEM DAT This design allows the logical name SYSUAF to be optionally defined and when present to specify the particular location and name of the file Portions of the full file specification that are omitted are retrieved using the default translation of SYS SYSTEM and the file type of DAT Logical names also have assigned processor modes as some translations must be trustworthy In the example above only trusted and privileged system users should be able to redirect the SYSUAF authorization database so any definition of the SYSUAF logical name must be made in EXECUTIVE mode in a trusted logical name table As for common OpenVMS terminology logical names are defined and the associated processing is refered to as translation while symbols are equated and the associated processing is refered to as substitution Lexical functions are processing routines built into DCL and typically prefixed with f Many of the lexical functions are built upon correspondingly named system services though not all Symbol substitution occurs only when the DCL command interpreter is reading and processing the command input for information on DCL symbol substitution see Section 8 10 For program access see the RTL routines lib set symbol and lib get symbol 8 2
101. ANDS COM Also see Section 8 12 8 3 How clear the screen in DCL The simplest way is the TYPE PAGE NLAO command You can set up a symbol to clear the screen in your LOGIN COM CLS TYPE PAGE 8 4 Using REPLY LOG from DCL Disabling Console OPCOMs Your terminal must be enabled as an operator terminal before the REPLY LOG command can be used but a DCL procedure batch command file system startup etc does not have an associated terminal To make this work use the following sequence to enable the OPAO console as the operator terminal then the REPLY LOG command will be accepted DEFINE USER SYS COMMAND REPLY LOG DEFINE USER SYS COMMAND REPLY ENABLE To disable the system console terminal OPAO as an operator terminal use the following command DEFINE USER SYS COMMAND REPLY DISABLE 8 4 DCL Details Also see SYLOGICALS COM and SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE for information on configuring the behaviour of OPCOM including the default use of the system console OPAO as an operator terminial and the specific contents and behaviour of the system operator log file OPERATOR LOG 8 5 How dol generate a random number in DCL With V7 3 2 and later f unique can be useful here Alternatively here is a pseudo random number generator just do a GOSUB RAND and the global symbol RANDOM will contain a randomly generated number You can feed the generator a ceiling
102. APACITY extension to SCSI specs This problem also applies to VAX V7 1 and later Disks with SCSI disk sizes past 8 58 GB and or with the SET CAPACITY extension require ALPSCSIO7 ECO or the OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 or later release See Section 9 5 for further details Based on the displays of the undocumented SYS ETC SCSI INFO tool this tool is present in OpenVMS V6 2 and later Issuing 6 byte MODE SENSE QI OW to d current values for page 018 Page COC pugan eguei dead 01h Pag Mame cose eg mm xs Read Write Error Recovery Savea DI 600 Yes 10 8 Hex Data sue 56 08 50 00 00 00 08 00 00 00 The E6 shown indicates that the AWRE and ARRE bits are set and this is incompatible with OpenVMS versions prior to V6 2 Further along in the same SCSI INFO display if you also see Issuing 6 byte MODE SENSE QI OW to D changeable values for page 81h 01h Page Page Mame Read Write Error Recovery SAVE ADI cuu s Yes SIZE sve weve wee beh a 10 Hex Data gime snie ed wed C0 08 50 00 00 00 08 00 00 00 The CO value means that the AWRE and ARRE values can be changed on this particular SCSI device This is not always the case If the bits are set you can use RZDISK from the OpenVMS Freeware and can reset the E6 flag byte to hexadecimal 26 or whatever the remaining mask when you remove bits C0 on page one Each SCSI and ATA ATAPI IDE host contains non trivial SCSI a
103. ARLET L32 10 12 STARLET L64 10 12 STARLET R64 10 12 STARLET REQ 2 Storage ATA 7 1 9 4 14 23 14 26 14 44 14 45 14 46 7 CD R 14 46 CD R RW gt 9 6 9 9 CD Recordable 7 Disk Settings 1 DVD R RW 9 6 9 9 DVD R RW 9 6 9 9 DVD Recordable 7 FAT Formate 7 2 Floppy 7 2 Free Space 12 3 SYS STB 4 SYSALF 15 21 SYSAP 15 11 SYSBOOT 5 6 5 9 8 SYSGEN 5 9 SYSLOG 13 8 System Disk VAXstation 3100 4 System Image 7 System parameters ALLOCLASS 15 23 DEVICE NAMING 15 18 EXPECTED VOTES 15 14 LOAD PWD POLICY 5 44 MAXBUF 9 12 MAXPROCESSCNT 9 MSCP LOAD 15 11 NISCS LOAD 15 22 PHYSICALPAGES 5 12 PHYSICAL MEMORY 5 12 SEQFILE WBH 5 47 SCSNODE 5 10 5 11 3 SCSSYSTEMID 5 11 SETTIME 4 3 4 4 3 TIMEPROMPTWAIT 4 3 4 TMSCP LOAD 15 11 UAFALTERNATE 5 8 VAXCLUSTER 15 22 VOTES 15 14 WINDOW SYSTEM 5 7 11 4 11 12 WRITESYSPARAMS 5 7 Systems and Options Catalog 4 System Service 7 SYSUAF 5 44 1 Bypass 8 Corrupt 8 SYSUAFALT 15 21 SYSUAFALT DAT 8 T TAP 15 9 TAPECOPY 7 3 Index SYS DNDRIVER 14 54 SYS DQDRIVER 7 1 9 4 14 26 14 47 14 59 4 SYSS EFI SYS 9 11 7 sys erapat 5 51 SYS EXAMPLES DAYLIGHT SAVINGS COM 4 13 4 14 SYS EXAMPLES GKTEST C 14 54 sys filescan 3 sys flush 9 2 sys getdvi
104. AT IS BYTE SWIZZLING 14 31 14 10 WHAT IS THE LAYOUT OF THE VAX FLOATING POINT FORMAT 14 33 14 11 WHERE CAN I FIND MORE INFO ABOUT VAX SYSTEMS 14 33 14 12 WHERE CAN I FIND INFORMATION ON NETBSD FOR VAX SYSTEMS 14 34 14 13 WHAT SYSTEM DISK SIZE LIMIT ON THE MICROVAX AND VAXSTATION 3100 14 34 14 14 WHAT ARE THE VAX PROCESSOR CPU CODES 14 35 14 15 WHERE CAN I GET SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE SUPPORT INFORMATION 14 36 14 16 WHERE CAN I GET HARDWARE SELF MAINTENANCE SUPPORT ASSISTANCE 14 37 14 17 WHY DOES MY SYSTEM HALT WHEN 1 POWER CYCLE THE CONSOLE TERMINAL 14 37 14 18 I REUSE OLD KEYBOARDS MICE AND MONITORS WITH A PC 14 38 14 19 WHICH VIDEO MONITOR WORKS WITH WHICH GRAPHICS CONTROLLER 14 39 Contents 14 20 WHERE CAN I GET INFORMATION ON STORAGE HARDWARE 14 41 14 21 WHY DOES MY LK401 KEYBOARD UNEXPECTEDLY AUTOREPEAT 14 41 14 22 PROBLEM MY LK411 SENDS THE WRONG KEYCODES OR SOME KEYS ARE DEAD 14 42 14 23 WHICH DE500 VARIANT WORKS WITH WHICH OPENVMS VERSION 14 42 14 24 HOW DO I SET THE SPEED AND DUPLEX ON OPENVMS 164 14 44 14 25 THIRD PARTY OR UNSUPPORTED DISK TAPE CONTROLLERS SCSI WIDGETS 14 44 14 25 1 Lists of third party widgets on OpenVMS 6 14 25 2 Are the 2X KZPCA AA and SN KZPCA AA LVD Ultra2 SCSI 14 47 14 25 3 Resolving DRVERR fatal device error 14 47 14 20 LOOKING FOR CONNECTOR WIRING PIN OUTS 14 47 14 27 WHAT CONNECTORS AND WIRING ADAPTERS ARE AVAILABLE 14 50 14 28 WH
105. AT IS FLOW CONTROL AND HOW DOES IT WORK 14 52 14 29 CD AND DVD DEVICE REQUIREMENTS 14 53 14 80 OFFICE FRIENDLY QUIETER INTEGRITY RX2620 SERIES 14 54 14 31 SWITCHES FOR ALPHASERVER AND INTEGRITY SERVERS 14 55 14 32 CHANGING PROCESSOR CPU IDENTIFICATION CODES 14 55 xxi Contents CHAPTER 15 INFORMATION ON NETWORKS AND CLUSTERS 15 1 15 1 HOW TO CONNECT OPENVMS TO A MODEM 15 1 15 2 OPENVMS AND IP NETWORKING 15 1 15 2 1 How to connect OpenVMS to the Internet amp 15 1 15 2 2 Connecting to an IP Printer 15 2 15 2 3 How do 1 connect a PostScript printer via TCP IP 15 2 15 2 4 How do I set a default IP route or gateway on OpenVMS 15 3 15 2 5 How can I set up reverse telnet like reverse LAT _ 15 4 15 2 6 Why can t use PPP and RAS to connect to OpenVMS Alpha 15 4 15 3 OPENVMS AND DECNET NETWORKING 15 4 15 3 1 Can DECnet Plus operate over IP 15 4 15 3 2 What does failure on back translate address request mean 15 5 15 3 3 Performing SET HOST MOP in DECnet Plus 15 5 15 3 4 How to flush the DECnet Plus session cache 15 6 15 4 HOW TO DETERMINE THE NETWORK HARDWARE ADDRESS 15 6 15 4 1 How do I reset the LAN DECnet Plus NCL error counters 1 1 0 0 15 8 15 4 How dol install DECnet Phase IV on VMS 7 1 15 8 15 5 HOW CAN I SEND RADIO PAGES FROM MY OPENVMS SYSTEM 15 9 15 6 OPENVMS CLUSTERS VOLUME SHADOWING 15 10 15 6 1 OpenVMS Cluster Communications Protocol Detai
106. B because obviously most I O operations are substantially less than that OpenVMS can handle larger transfers if the driver and the device can handle it Also see Section 9 4 Section 9 5 9 9 Can I use ODBC to connect to OpenVMS database files Yes you can use various available third party packages that permit remote ODBC clients to access RMS files and various commercial databases via the network For RMS consider acquiring one of the packages available from EasySoft Attunity Connect formerly known as ISG Navigator Oracle DB Integrator SolutionsIQ OpenLink Software OpenLink Universal Data Access and Synergex The unixODBC package available at http www unixodbc org has variously been found to operate on OpenVMS as well For specific commercial databases other than RMS of course contact the database vendor directly for assistance 9 12 Files If my disks are shown as VIOC Compatible am using XFC Yes you are using XFC caching Disks that are using XFC caching use communication and coordination protocols that are compatible with the older VIOC caching implementation With the initial implementation of XFC on OpenVMS you can use the command SHOW MEMORY CACHE to see no disks reported in full XFC mode all disks shown will be listed in VIOC Compatable Mode If you have the OpenVMS system parameter VCC FLAGS set to 2 and are using OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 1 or later or are using OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 with
107. BNCs with VGA SVGA or to 15 pin VGA SVGA This adapter will allow PC multisync monitors with the needed frequency specifications to be used with the VAXstation series synch on green video connection It may well also work with a VAXstation 2000 series systems but specifics and performance of that combination are not immediately known at this writing The protocol definition for the old DIGITAL keyboard and mouse interfaces is buried at the back of the QDSS section in the old VAXstation II manual specifically in the back of the VCB02 Video Subsystem Technical Manual EK 104AA TM The keyboard wiring and protocol is in appendix B and occupies circa 44 pages The mouse is in appendix C circa 12 pages Also see Section 14 19 14 19 Which video monitor works with which graphics controller To determine the answer to the will this video monitor or this LCD panel work with this graphics controller question please first locate the resolution s and the frequencies that are possible supported at both ends of the video cable on the display and on the graphics controller in other words and then determine if there are any matching settings available 14 39 Hardware Information If there are multiple matches you will need to determine which one is most appropriate for your needs You will also need to determine if the video monitor or graphics controller requires the 3 BNC signaling with the synchronization signals on the green
108. BOOT 9 11 9 8 WHAT I O TRANSFER SIZE LIMITS EXIST IN OPENVMS 9 12 9 9 CAN USE ODBC TO CONNECT TO OPENVMS DATABASE FILES 9 12 9 10 IF MY DISKS ARE SHOWN AS VIOC COMPATIBLE AM USING XFC 9 13 9 11 RMS SEQUENTIAL FILES AND PLATFORM PORTABILITY 9 13 9 12 HOW TO READ LOCKED FILES 9 14 CHAPTER 10 OPENVMS PROGRAMMING INFORMATION 10 1 10 1 MODULAR PROGRAMMING FACILITY PREFIXES AND SYMBOL NAMING 10 1 10 2 CAN HAVE A SOURCE CODE EXAMPLE OF CALLING 10 2 xiii Contents 10 3 HOW DO 1 GET THE ARGUMENTS FROM THE COMMAND LINE 10 4 10 4 HOW DO I GET A FORMATTED ERROR MESSAGE IN A VARIABLE 10 4 10 5 HOW I LINK AGAINST SYS SYSTEM SYS STB ON AN ALPHA SYSTEM 10 4 10 6 HOW DO I DO A SET DEFAULT FROM INSIDE A PROGRAM 10 5 10 7 HOW DO I TURN MY FORTRAN COMMON INTO A SHAREABLE IMAGE ON ALPHA 10 5 10 8 HOW DO CONVERT BETWEEN IEEE AND VAX FLOATING DATA 10 5 10 9 HOW DO I GET THE ARGUMENT COUNT IN A FORTRAN ROUTINE 10 6 10 10 HOW DO I GET A UNIQUE SYSTEM ID FOR LICENSING PURPOSES 10 6 10 11 WHAT IS AN EXECUTABLE SHAREABLE SYSTEM OR UWSS IMAGE 10 7 10 12 HOW DO I DO A FILE COPY FROM A PROGRAM 10 8 10 13 WHAT IS A DESCRIPTOR 10 8 10 14 HOW DO I CREATE A PROCESS UNDER ANOTHER USERNAME 10 10 10 15 WHY DO LIBSSPAWN LIBSSET SYMBOL FAIL IN DETACHED PROCESSES 10 11 10 16 WHERE CAN I OBTAIN BLISS AND THE LIBRARIES AND SUPPORTING FILES 10 12 xiv Contents 10 17 HOW CAN I OPEN
109. CNT The former is a word in size the latter is a longword You now need to locate the system address of the 008 ERRCNT field of the device you wish to reset Enter SDA In the following you will see designations in separated by a The first item in braces is to be used on the VAX and the second item should be used on an Alpha ie VAX Alpha ANALYZE SYSTEM SDA READ SYSS SYSTEM LOADABLE I MAGES SYSDEF STB SDA gt SHOW DEVICE the device with the error s SDA gt SHOW DEVICE lt ddnc gt SDA EVALUATE UCB UCB WL _ERRCNT Hex hhhhhhhh Decimal dddddddddd UCBtoffset Record the hexadecimal value hhhhhhhh returned You can now exit from SDA and RUN SYS SHARE DELTA or do what I prefer to do issue the following SDA SPAWN RUN SYSSSHARE DELTA On both VAX and Alpha the DELTA debugger will be invoked and will ident ify itself On Alpha there will be an Alpha instruction decoded For those unfamiliar with DELTA it does not have a prompt and only one error message Eh Well for sake of argument there might be another error produced on the console if you re not careful This second error is more commonly known as a system crash If you are on a VAX enter the command W If you are on Alpha enter the command L These set the prevailing mode to word and longword respectively Remem ber the ERRCNT differences Now issue the command 1 M DELTA will respond with 00000001 You are n
110. D ROM set contains a large assortment of freeware and is a good starting point if looking for utilities Many of the packages listed below are also on the Freeware CD Some of the most oft requested OpenVMS tools on the Freeware CD include ZIP and UNZIP and GZIP please see Section 13 11 MMK make PINE PERL TAR UUENCODE and UUDECODE Many other tools are available on the Freeware 13 1 Finding and Using Software e The UUENCODE and UUDECODE tools and various other tools are also available as part of TCP IP Services package Use the DCL command procedure SYS STARTUP TCPIP DEFINE_ COMMANDS COM available on V5 0 and later to set up the necessary DCL foreign command symbols used for these and for various other tools provided by TCP IP Services e OpenVMS software formerly at Western Kentucky University WKU is now available via Madgoat and via Process Software archives http www process com openvms index html http www madgoat com e The FILESERV packages are also available via anonymous FTP from e ftp ftp process com vms freeware e ftp process com under WKU VMS FILESERV e ftp vms stacken kth se under MIRRORS WKU VMS FILESERV e ftp ctrl c liu se under WKU VMS FILESERV e ftp riken gojp e ftp vsm com au under kits and kits decwindows e ftp vsm com au via the WWW instead of FTP The packages are also available via e mail from FILESERV PROCESS COM Send the commands HELP and DIR ALL
111. D30 and PowerStorm 4D20 series controllers for instance are not necessarily the best choice for 60 Hz operations with an LCD based on empirical testing with an AlphaStation XP1000 PowerStorm 3D30 and a TFT2025 series LCD Degraded or mismatched signals produce degraded displays obviously The newest graphics controllers compatible with your particular system are generally better choices here for use with LCD the Radeon 7500 series is a good choice for most EV6 class AlphaStation systems for instance Also see Section 14 18 14 40 Hardware Information 14 20 Where can get information on storage hardware Information on various HP Compaq DIGITAL OpenVMS and other disk storage hardware and controllers and related technical information on SCSI device jumpers etc is available at e http theref aquascape com Note the aquascape website appears to have become unavailable and the FAQ maintainer is unaware of a new or replacement server You may or may not have some success looking for this or of any other now unavailable sites using the world wide web archives at e http www archive org 14 24 Why does my LK401 keyboard unexpectedly autorepeat There are several modes of failure e Pressing 2 and 3 keys at the same time causes one key to autorepeat when released Check the hardware revision level printed on the bottom of the keyboard If the revision level is C01 the keyboard fi Hardware Information 14 22
112. DIC TAPES ON OPENVMS 7 3 7 5 HOW CAN I PATCH AN OPENVMS ALPHA IMAGE 7 3 CHAPTER8 DCL DETAILS 8 1 8 1 DCL SYMBOLS AND OPENVMS LOGICAL NAMES 8 1 xi Contents 8 2 HOW 1 RUN A PROGRAM WITH ARGUMENTS 8 3 8 3 HOW CAN I CLEAR THE SCREEN IN DCL 8 4 8 4 USING REPLY LOG FROM DCL DISABLING CONSOLE OPCOMS 8 4 8 5 HOW DO 1 GENERATE A RANDOM NUMBER IN DCL 8 5 8 6 WHAT DOES THE MCR COMMAND DO 8 6 8 7 HOW DO CHANGE THE OPENVMS SYSTEM PROMPT 8 6 8 8 CAN DO DECNET TASK TO TASK COMMUNICATION WITH DCL 8 7 8 9 HOW CAN GET THE WIDTH SETTING OF A TERMINAL 8 7 8 10 WHY DOESN T DCL SYMBOL SUBSTITUTION WORK 8 8 8 11 HOW CAN I SUBSTITUTE SYMBOLS IN A PIPE 8 8 8 12 USE OF RUN DETACH LOGINOUT AND LOGICAL NAMES 8 9 8 13 HOW TO USE ESCAPE AND CONTROL CHARACTERS IN DCL 8 9 CHAPTER 9 FILES 9 1 9 1 HOW CAN I UNDELETE A FILE 9 1 9 2 WHY DOES SHOW QUOTA GIVE A DIFFERENT ANSWER THAN DIR SIZE 9 1 9 3 HOW DO MAKE SURE THAT MY DATA IS SAFELY WRITTEN TO DISK 9 2 xii Contents 9 4 WHAT ARE THE LIMITS ON FILE SPECIFICATIONS AND DIRECTORIES 9 3 9 5 WHAT IS THE LARGEST DISK VOLUME SIZE OPENVMS CAN ACCESS 9 4 9 6 WHAT IS THE MAXIMUM FILE SIZE AND THE RMS RECORD SIZE LIMIT 9 6 9 7 HOW DO 1 WRITE CD RECORDABLE OR DVD MEDIA ON OPENVMS 9 6 9 7 1 CD and DVD notation terminology 9 9 9 7 2 Use of RRD42 and other older embossed media CD drives 9 11 9 7 3 Creating Bootable OpenVMS 164 CD or DVD Media SYS SET
113. E 2 BLISS64l 2 Compiler 2 Rebuilding System Libraries 2 Block Disk 1 BMC 14 27 BN24H 14 49 BN24J 14 49 BNC 9 BNU Bookreader 1 Bookreader BNU 1 MGBOOK 1 Boot Alias 14 8 8 Index 2 COPY RECORDABLE MEDIA 9 6 9 7 CPAN 13 21 CRAM 14 32 CRASH 5 57 CRC32 6 creprc 8 CSA See DSPP CSLG 2 10 CSMA CD 2 CSWB 13 4 See SWB cURL 7 Cyclic Redundency Check 6 D 4D20 0 3030 14 40 Dachtera David J 13 7 Data Remanence 5 51 Datatrieve 4 DATMISCH 10 15 Daylight Saving Time 4 13 4 20 4 10 18 US Changes 1 Mar 2007 7 DAYLIGHT SAVINGS COM 4 13 4 14 DB9 14 48 14 50 1 DCE DTS 4 8 4 DCL 3 3 3 6 Automatic foreign command 3 Foreign command 3 Lexical functions 2 PIPE 8 8 Symbols 1 DCL PATH 3 DCPS 2 DCX 13 23 DDB 10 8 DEASSIGN 3 Deathrow Cluster 4 Debugger Signalling 55 DEBUG 10 14 Index 3 Index CGI 10 27 8 CHARON VAX 3 9 3 CHECKSUM 5 38 CHECKSUM ALGORITHM MD5 5 38 Clam 3 cli get value 4 Clock TODR 4 4 6 TOY 4 4 4 6 Clockmeister Ulysses T See Time CLUEXIT 15 15 Cluster Disk 1 Cluster Load Balancing 2 Cluster Terminology 15 11 CMASRTL EXE 10 21 CMS 13 19 OOCMS 13 19 01CMS 13 19 Columbia University 2 COM 14 4 3 COM 14 4 3 COMMON 10 5 Compaq 3 Compaq Secure Web Browser See SWB Composer Mozill
114. ER 13 17 13 5 WHERE CAN I GET JAVA FOR OPENVMS 13 17 13 6 OBTAINING USER INPUT IN DCL CGI SCRIPT 13 18 13 7 HOW CAN A BATCH JOB GET ITS OWN BATCH ENTRY NUMBER 13 19 13 8 HOW DO CONVERT TO NEW CMS OR DTM LIBRARIES 13 19 13 9 WHERE CAN I GET PERL FOR OPENVMS 13 20 13 10 OBTAINING THE DECMIGRATE AEST OR VEST AND TIE TRANSLATOR 13 21 13 11 WHERE CAN I GET ZIP UNZIP SELF EXTRACTING ZIP ETC 13 22 13 12 ARE VAX HARDWARE EMULATORS AVAILABLE 13 23 CHAPTER 14 HARDWARE INFORMATION 14 1 14 1 WHAT ARE THE OPENVMS DIFFERENCES AMONG VAX ALPHA AND IA 64 14 1 14 2 SEEKING PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR ALPHA AND VAX SYSTEMS 14 2 14 3 CONSOLE COMMANDS SERIAL LINES AND CONTROLS 14 3 14 3 14 What commands are available in the Alpha SRM console 14 3 14 3 2 What does SRM mean What is PALcode _ 14 4 xviii 14 4 Contents 14 3 3 Alpha COM ports and VAX console serial line information 14 3 3 1 Which terminal device name is assigned to the COM ports 4 14 3 3 2 Which serial port is the console on the MicroVAX 3100 5 13 How can set up an alternate console a VAXstation 5 14 3 3 4 Please explain the back panel of the MicroVAX 6 14 6 14 7 14 12 14 13 14 17 14 18 14 18 14 18 14 20 14 21 14 23 14 24 14 24 14 27 14 28 xix 14 3 4 What are Alpha console environment variables 14 3 5 What are the boot control flag values 14 3 5 1 What are
115. G a binary signal containing the current time in hours minutes seconds and days since the start of the current year IRIG can also contain the time of day as the number of seconds since midnight HP Custom Systems and third party vendors have variously offered IRIG based reader generator modules for OpenVMS systems One of the easiest approaches is a network based GPS or other similar receiver Basically this is a network server box that provides an NTP server with the necessary hardware for external synchronization In addition to the antenna and the receiver and processing components these devices provide a network interface NIC and support for an NTP time server and applications including the NTP support within TCP IP Services and within various third party IP stacks can then be used to synchronize with the the NTP information provided by time base receivers No other host software is required and no host configuration steps and no host software beyond NTP are required See Section 4 3 for a few potential hardware options Differing time servers DECnet Plus DTSS DCE DTS NTP etc do not coexist particularly well particularly if you try to use all these together on the same node Please pick and use just one If needed you can sometimes configure one package to acquire its timebase from another protocol but one and only one time server package should have direct control over the management of and drifting of the local OpenVMS sy
116. Grand total of D1 directories files 81 82 blocks DIRECTORY SIZZzALL GRAND username DIR Grand total of 1 directory 1 file B3 B4 blocks SHOW QUOTA User username has B5 blocks used B6 available of B7 authorized and permitted overdraft of B8 blocks on disk If the user has no files in other directories and all file headers are only 1 block then the following should apply 85 1 If the diskquota has drifted out of synchronization then the system manager can force a quota rebuild due to various factors the quota file can potentially drift from the actual use over time and a periodic rebuild can be performed at appropriate intervals Also be aware that the DIRECTORY SIZE command can report larger values than might otherwise be expected when used to evaluate files and or directories that are alias links such as the system roots on OpenVMS system disks as the command reports a total that is cumulative over all of the files and directories examined without regard for which ones might be alias entries and which are not In other words a DIRECTORY SIZE of an entire OpenVMS system disk will report a disk useage value larger than the usually more accurate value reported by the SHOW DEVICE command This as a result of the alias entries linking each SYS SYSDEVICE SYSCOMMONISYS DIR directory file and the SYS SYSDEVICE 000000 VMS COMMON DIR file together 9 3 How do sure that my data is safely written t
117. Grfonts Backstage bold r normal 0 0 0 0 p 0 i1508859 1 DAutomationHC39M Free ttf DAutomati on HC39M ium r normal 0 0 0 0 m 0 misc Barcode39 SUSESerif Bold ttf Suse Suse bold r normal 0 0 0 0 p e 1 SUSESerif Roman ttf Suse Suse medi um r normal 0 0 0 0 p 0 i1508859 1 SUSESans Bold ttf Suse Suse bold r normal sans 0 0 0 0 p 0 i508859 1 SUSESans BoldOblique ttf Suse Suse bold o normal sans 0 0 0 0 p 0 i508859 1 SUSESans Oblique ttf Suse Suse medi um o normal 0 0 0 0 0 1 508859 1 SUSESans Roman ttf Suse Suse medi um 0 0 0 0 0 1 SUSESansMono Bold ttf 5056 20 0 0 0 0 0 508859 1 MCTI MEBI UOregon C Times bold i normal 0 0 0 0 p 0 macedonian 0 MCTI MEI TTF UOregon C Ti mes medium i normal 0 0 0 0 p 0 macedoni 0 The first line of this data file is the number of font file entries which follow Each entry consists of the font file name and a font description There are fourteen fields in the description separated by hyphens dashes 4 Fields may contain embedded spaces The fields are e Foundry the name of the company or person which produced the font e Family the name of the Typeface what most people will call the font e Weight How heavy the type appears Normal fonts are medium or regular variations include bold d
118. IMP GUI Tookit for OpenVMS http www openvms compaq com ebusiness Technology html e The OpenVMS Porting Library now available and is intended to permit easier porting of C and C applications from UNIX systems to OpenVMS http www openvms compaq com ebusiness Technology html GTK is also available e Mlucas specialized FFT e ftp hogranch com pub mayer README html e Tools to monitor the terminals and the activity of other OpenVMS users in addition to existing auditing capabilities in OpenVMS are available Peek and Spy Networking Dynamics and Contrl Raxco are two of the commercial packages while the freeware Supervisor package is available on OpenVMS VAX http www networkingdynamics com e http www raxco com e Python for OpenVMS e http www python org Also see the OpenVMS Freeware e Various packages for OpenVMS e http richj home mindspring com richware index html e http www3 sympatico ca n rieck links cool vax vms html 13 10 Finding and Using Software e TSM Terminal Server Manager is available via e Look at Freeware V5 0 at http www hp com go openvms freeware e Beware The TSM saveset shipped on the Freeware V5 0 disk media is known to be corrupted Download a new copy of the saveset from the Freeware V5 0 FTP server or from the Freeware V5 0 website e TCL for OpenVMS e ftp sapodilla rsmas miami edu pub V MS tcl e make gmake mmk and other build tools are available on
119. LB e Supply DCPS 1124050 LIB as the library parameter in the queue startup for this printer this is the P3 parameter to the command procedure SYS STARTUP DCPS EXECUTION_QUEUE COM e The 4050 DEVCTL library may will need to be recreated and modules re edited and replaced with each DCPS upgrade particularly if any modules are updated in the original library You will also want to determine if the upgraded version of DCPS directly supports the particular printer e To customize the processing of file extensions within DCPS to enable or disable graybar output for instance use the information available in SYSSLI BRARY DCPSSFI LE EXTENSI ON DATA DEFAULT to create your own site specific SYSSLI BRARY DCPSSFI LE EXTENSION DATA TYPE DAT Also see Section 5 15 5 35 Why do GETDEV MOUNTCNT and SHOW DEVICE mount counts differ MOUNTONT returns the local mount count while SHOW DEVICE returns the cluster wide mount count 5 40 System Management Information 5 36 What software is needed for Postscript printers The NorthLake PrintKit www nls com and DECprint Supervisor DCPS are common choices for support of Postscript printers on OpenVMS http www nls com http www openvms compaq com openvms Print print sw prods html You may also require the installation of an IP transport stack Also please see Section 15 2 2 and Section 15 2 3 5 37 How do remove a PCSlI installed patch ECO kit You
120. MS software or Process Software Multinet for OpenVMS The usage of this type of interface is documented in the DCPS documentation or release notes and the DCPS STARTUP TEMPLATE startup template file For general and additional non Postscript IP printing information please see topic 1020 and other topics referenced in that topic elsewhere within the Ask The Wizard area http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference Also see e http www wotsit org Please see Section 15 2 2 for pointers to an introduction to IP printing 15 2 4 How do I set a default IP route or gateway on OpenVMS If you have TCP IP Services then use the command for TCP IP Services V5 0 and later TCPIP SET ROUTE GATEzx x x DEFAULT PERMANENT And for earlier TCP IP Services versions use the command UCX SET ROUTE GATEzx x x DEFAULT PERMANENT 15 3 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 2 5 How set up reverse telnet like reverse LAT Though it may seem obvious Telnet and LAT are quite different with differing capabilities and design goals Please see the documentation around the TCP IP Services for OpenVMS TELNET command CREATE
121. MScluster The VMScluster connection manager uses the concept of votes and quorum to prevent disk and memory data corruptions when sufficient votes are present for quorum then access to resources is permitted When sufficient votes are not present user activity will be blocked The act of blocking user activity is called a quorum hang and is better thought of as a user data integrity interlock This mechanism is designed to prevent a partitioned VMScluster and the resultant massive disk data corruptions The quorum mechanism is expressly intended to prevent your data from becoming severely corrupted On each OpenVMS node in a VMScluster one sets two values in SYSGEN VOTES and EXPECTED_VOTES The former is how many votes the node contributes to the VMScluster The latter is the total number of votes expected when the full VMScluster is bootstrapped Some sites erroneously attempt to set EXPECTED_VOTES too low believing that this will allow when only a subset of voting nodes are present in a VMScluster It does not Further an erroneous setting in EXPECTED_VOTES is automatically corrected once VMScluster connections to other nodes are established user data is at risk of severe corruptions during the earliest and most vulnerable portion of the system bootstrap before the connections have been established One can operate a VMScluster with one two or many voting nodes With any but the two node configuration keeping a subset of
122. N ALL STATUS TCP IP versions prior to V5 0 UCX SHOW NTERFACE FULL TCP IP versions V5 0 and later TCPIP SHOW NTERFACE FULL A program can be created to display the hardware address reading the necessary information from the network device drivers A complete example C program for reading the Ethernet or IEEE 802 3 network controller hardware address via sys qio calls to the OpenVMS network device driver s is available at the following URL e http www hp com go openvms wizard To use the DECnet Phase IV configurator tool to watch for MOP SYSID activity on the local area network RUN SYS SYSTEM NCP SET MODULE CONFIGURATOR KNOWN CIRCUIT SURVEILLANCE ENABLED 15 7 Information on Networks and Clusters Let the DECnet Phase IV configurator run for at least 20 minutes and preferably longer Then issue the following commands RUN SYS SYSTEM NCP SHOW MODULE CONFIGURATOR KNOWN CIRCUIT STATUS TO filename txt SET MODULE CONFIGURATOR KNOWN CIRCUIT SURVEILLANCE DISABLED The resulting file named filename txt can now be searched for the information of interest Most DECnet systems will generate MOP SYSID messages identifying items such as the controller hardware address and the controller type and these messages are generated and multicast roughly every ten minutes Information on the DECnet MOP SYSID messages and other parts of the maintenance protocols is included in the DECnet network architecture specific
123. NETNODE UPDATE 15 21 NETOBJECT 15 21 NETPROXY 15 21 Netscape Navigator 6 2 7 Networking Dynamics 5 33 13 10 9 New Mail Count 1 NIC 15 2 NISCS LOAD PEAO system parameter 15 22 NIST 7 NOCLI 8 4 NODEOW e 11 12 NODEVICE 11 12 NOLICENSE 8 NONEWMAIL 61 NOTESS TIMEZONE Logical Name 8 NOTSAVESET 9 NOTSET 0 17 Nov 1858 1 Index 13 Index 7 2 microfortnight 2 MIME 13 8 Minicopy 2 Minimerge 5 52 Mini Merge 5 53 Minor Version 2 Mirroring 9 2 See Volume Shadowing MISCA 14 48 0 Mission Critical Operating Environment See MCOE Mlucas 13 10 MMJ gt 14 47 14 48 0 mmk e 1 MMOV e 7 2 Modified Modular Jack 7 See MMJ MODPARAMS DAT 15 22 15 23 Montagar 1 MOP e 15 5 Mosaic 13 4 Mozilla 6 2 13 4 13 17 Also see SWB Composer 7 IRC Client 7 Netnews Client 13 17 MP 14 27 DECconnect MMJ Adapter 1 MPEG 7 2 mpi 8 MS780 14 12 15 12 MSCP DISK 15 11 MSCP TAPE 15 11 LOAD system parameter 1 MTAACP e 5 33 MTEXCH 3 MUA4224 5 28 Multia 1 Multimedia Services 7 2 Multinet 3 Pagelet defined 1 Pager Plus 15 9 Page Size 2 PAGE SIZE 1 Paging 15 9 PAK gt 2 9 2 10 5 10 10 6 11 5 12 4 PAKGEN 2 10 10 6 12 4 PALcode 14 4 14 13 PA RISC 2 parse 3 Parse Style 3 Partitioning Hard 7 Logical 7 Soft 14 7 Virtua
124. NiCd or lithium battery or by a failed Dallas chip 4 2 Keeping the OpenVMS system time synchronized To help keep more accurate system time or to keep your system clocks synchronized TCP IP Services NTP DECnet Plus DTSS sometimes known as DECdtss DCE DTS and other techniques are commonly used If you do not or cannot have IP access to one of the available time base servers on the Internet then you could use dial up access to NIST or other authoritative site or you can use a direct connection to a local authorative clock There exists code around that processes the digital ie binary format time that is available via a modem call into the NIST clock the Automated Computer Telephone Service ACTS service and code that grabs the time off a GPS receiver digital link or a receiver effectively a radio and a codec that processes the time signals from radio stations WWV WWVH WWVB or similar Time and Timekeeping Processing the serial or hardware time protocols often involves little more than reading from an EIA232 RS232 serial line from the receiver something that is possible from most any language Information on correctly drifting the OpenVMS system clock to match the time base time is available within the logic of at least one OpenVMS Freeware package See Section 4 3 for a few potential hardware options One example of acquring a time base through local integrated hardware involves the IRIG time format IRIG A B
125. O file as the source for the burn operation 7 Shut the Integrity Server system down to the EFI console level 8 Unload the recorded CD media from the CD R drive label it and load it into the Integrity console drive This assuming the disk was not generated directly on an Integrity CD R RW capable drive of course 9 Using the EFI shell display the current firmware version using the command info fw 10 Exit the EFI shell and select the boot options maintenance menu create a boot alias for the removable media drive for the CD for the newly created firmware disk 14 19 Hardware Information 11 Boot it Follow the directions displayed by the firmware loader and related documentation heeding the release notes that were reviewed earlier 12 Perform a cold restart of the Integrity server For information on Alpha SRM console firmware upgrades please see Section 14 3 7 14 4 What platforms will OpenVMS operate For the list of boxes that are officially and formally supported by OpenVMS Engineering please see the OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx Sometimes a particular and officially unsupported Alpha box or Alpha motherboard will sufficiently resemble a supported box that the platform can effectively mimic and can bootstrap OpenVMS Alternatively somebody usually one or more engineers within the
126. OOT R5 flags 14 3 6 How do I boot an AlphaStation without monitor or keyboard The AlphaStation series will boot without a keyboard attached To use a serial terminal as the console issue the SRM console command SET CONSOLE SERIAL followed by the console INIT command Once this SRM command sequence has been invoked and the CONSOLE environment variable is set to SERIAL the Alpha system will use the serial terminal Set the environment variable to GRAPHICS to select the console display output via the graphics display 14 12 Hardware Information The DEC 3000 series has a jumper on the motherboard for this purpose Various older Alpha workstations generally will not automatically bootstrap without a keyboard connected due to the self test failure that arises when the missing keyboard test fails The usual settings for the console serial terminal or PC terminal emulator acting as a serial console are 9600 baud 8 bits no parity one stop bit 9600 baud 8801 AlphaServer 4100 and derivative series platforms and AlphaServer GS80 GS160 and GS320 series system consoles are capable of 57600 baud See the COM2 BAUD console environment variable and ensure that you have current SRM firmware version loaded The AlphaStation and AlphaServer series use a PC compatible DB9 serial connector for the COM1 and COM2 serial lines and for the OPAO console line if that was configured via SRM please see Section 14 26 for details and
127. OpenVMS Engineering group will have put together a bootstrap kit such as the kit for the Alpha Multia which permits OpenVMS to bootstrap on the platform Contrary to the assumptions of some folks there are platform level differences even within the VAX and within the Alpha platforms hardware level differences that can require moderate to extensive new coding within OpenVMS Within a platform series and particularly within Alpha platforms and those few VAX systems that support Dynamic System Recognition DSR OpenVMS can usually bootstrap DSR is a mechanism by which OpenVMS can gather platform specific information and DSR is the reason why newer Alpha systems can be more easily and more commonly supported on older OpenVMS Alpha releases DSR is implemented with OpenVMS Alpha code with SRM console code and with platform non volatile memory OpenVMS users with experience on older OpenVMS VAX releases and VAX hardware will recall that then new VAX systems either required an OpenVMS VAX upgrade or that earlier releases would mis identified then newer VAX systems such as the case of the VAX 7000 model 800 being mis identified as a VAX 7000 model 600 when bootstrapped on OpenVMS VAX V5 5 2 This mis identification was the outcome of 14 20 Hardware Information a deliberate engineering effort to permit the VAX 7000 model 800 to bootstrap on V5 5 2 the system manager could configure the VAX 7000 model 800 to mis identify
128. OpenVMS Alpha starting with the OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 and later releases Java download kits are available for OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 and later releases Java is not available on OpenVMS VAX As for why the Java language definition requires a floating point format IEEE that is not native to VAX and this would require the emulation of all floating point operations within Java applications Further the C source code used to implement for Java itself is heavily dependent on passing IEEE floating point values around among the many internal subroutines and adding support for 13 17 Finding and Using Software VAX would entail changes to the HP C compiler for OpenVMS VAX and specifically to the VAX VCG code generator that is used by HP C on OpenVMS VAX systems in order to add support for passing IEEE format floating point doubles around Alternatively extensive changes to the Java source code to remove the assumption that the double is an IEEE floating point value There are currently no plans to make a version of Java available for OpenVMS VAX A prototype version of Java was created for OpenVMS VAX and performance was found to be inadequate At best If Java2 or other environment lifts the requirements for IEEE floating point as part of the language definition this decision may be revisited If you are having problems with Display Postscript you need to upgrade your Java kit 1 2 2 3 and later remove the requirement for Display Post
129. OpenVMS version upgrade paths 5 10 1 OpenVMS Alpha Upgrade or Update Paths Note Upgrade path information here has occasionally been found to be wrong Information here does not reflect cluster rolling upgrade requirements see Section 5 10 4 for related rolling upgrade information versions permissible for rolling upgrades can be and often are more constrained When upgrade information here conflicts with the official documentation please assume that the information here is wrong Corrections and updates to this material are welcome 5 13 System Management Information From V1 0 you can upgrade to V1 5 From V1 5 0 1 you can upgrade to V6 1 From V6 1 you can upgrade to V6 2 From V6 1 or V6 2 you can upgrade to V7 0 From V6 1 V6 2 V6 2 1H 1 2 3 or V7 0 you can upgrade to V7 1 From V6 2 you can update to V6 2 1H1 V6 2 1H2 or V6 2 1H3 From V6 2 V6 2 1H 1 2 3 V7 1 V7 1 1H 1 2 or V7 2 to V7 2 1 From V6 2 or V7 2 to V7 2 1H1 to 7 3 From V7 1 you can update to V7 1 1H 1 2 to V7 2 1H1 to 7 3 From 7 2 7 2 1 7 2 1Hl 7 2 2 7 3 or 7 3 1 you can upgrade to V7 3 2 From V7 3 V7 2 2 V7 2 1H1 V7 2 1 and V7 1 2 you can upgrade to V7 3 1 From 7 3 1 you can upgrade to V7 3 2 or to V8 2 1 u 7 u From V7 3 1 or V7 3 2 you can upgrade to V8 2 From V7 3 2 or V8 2 you can upgrade to V8 3 Some typical OpenVMS Alpha upgrade or update paths are V1 0 gt V1 5
130. PSECT ATTR statement to set the COMMON PSECT attribute to SHR For further information see the Linker manual 10 8 How convert between IEEE and VAX floating data In OpenVMS V6 1 and later the routine CVT CONVERT FLOAT is documented in the LIB Run Time Library Reference Manual and can perform floating point conversions between any two of the following floating datatypes VAX F D G H little endian IEEE single double quad big endian IEEE single double quad CRAY and IBM System 370 etc 10 5 OpenVMS Programming Information HP Fortran all OpenVMS platforms has a feature which will perform automatic conversion of unformatted data during input or output See the HP Fortran documentation for information on non native data in I O and the CONVERT OPEN statement keyword There are floating point conversion source code packages available for various platforms For further floating point related information see e http www hhs dk anonymous pub vms collection ieee zip 10 9 How do get the argument count in a Fortran routine On VAX many programmers would use a MACRO routine which accessed the AP register of the caller to get the address of the argument list and hence the argument count This was not guaranteed to work on VAX but usually did However it doesn t work at all OpenVMS Alpha as there is no AP register On Alpha systems you must use a language s built in function to retrieve the argum
131. Problem My LK411 sends the wrong keycodes or some keys are dead Check the firmware revision on the keyboard Hardware revision B01 introduced an incompatability with the device driver which causes the keyboard to not be recognized correctly There is a patch available to fix this problem AXPDRIVOG 061 the fix is also included in OpenVMS V6 2 The rev A01 keyboard and the LK450 should work without problems If you are working from another operating system platform please see the DECxterm tool and related information on OpenVMS Freeware V5 0 14 28 Which DE500 variant works with which OpenVMS version Ensure you have a version of the Alpha SRM console with support for the 500 series device Apply ALL mandatory ECO kits for the OpenVMS version in use and also apply the CLUSIO ALPBOOT and ALPLAN kits and apply any available ALPCPU ECO kit for the platform e DE500 XA auto detection no auto negotiation OpenVMS V6 2 1H1 and ALPBOOT ECO also V7 0 and later and ECO Device hardware id 02000011 and 02000012 Component part number 54 24187 01 e DE500 AA auto detection auto negotiation OpenVMS V6 2 and ALPBOOT and ALPLAN ECOs or V7 1 and later and ECO Device hardware id 02000020 and 20000022 Component part number 54 24502 01 8 auto detection auto negotiation OpenVMS V6 2 1H3 and CLUSIO ALPBOOT ALPLAN and ALPCPU ECOs or V7 1 1H1 or later and ECO Device hardware id 02000030 check connector vs DE500 FA other val
132. RIBUTES 600 bck BACKUP LIST saveset bck SAVE Listing of save set s Save set saveset bck Written by username This tool is available on the OpenVMS Freeware in the O00TOOLS directory The Freeware is available at various sites see the Freeware location listings elsewhere in the FAQ and other similar tools are also available from various sources In various cases a SET FILE ATTRIBUTES command can also be used As the parameters of this command must be varied as the target BACKUP saveset attributes vary this approach is not recommended Also see the SITE VMS FDL and various other file attributes options available in various FTP tools Not all available FTP tools support any or all of these options Browser downloads via FTP and incorrect binary or ascii FTP transfer modes are notorious for causing RMS file corruptions and particularly BACKUP saveset corruptions You can sometimes help encourage the browser to select the correct FTP transfer type code via RFC1738 e ftp host urlname ext type i request ftp image binary transfer e ftp host urlname ext type a request ftp ascii text transfer 5 49 System Management Information You can also often configure the particular web browser to choose the appropriate transfer mode by default based on the particular file extensions using a customization menu available in most web browsers You can select that the specific file extentions involved use
133. S An OpenVMS certification testing program is also available http Awww jcameron com vms An OpenVMS Quiz http Awww CCSScorp com CCSS Interactive Learning has OpenVMS training materials http www acersoft com AcerSoft Training information and Shannon Knows Punditry 3 6 Documentation Table 3 2 Cont OpenVMS Tutorial and Documentation Websites URL Sponsor http Awww mindiq com training information http www quadratrix be Quadratrix OpenVMS training products and services affiliated with Global Knowledge and KeyJob 3 6 2 Books and Tutorials Some of the OpenVMS books that are now or that have been available ISBN 1 55558 279 6 1 55558 243 5 1 55558 194 3 1 878956 61 2 1 55558 156 0 1 55558 120 X 1 55558 143 9 1 55558 203 6 from the Elsevier Digital Press imprint e http www digitalpressbooks com are listed in Table 3 3 Table 3 3 DP Books Title and Author Getting Started with OpenVMS Michael D Duffy Getting Started with OpenVMS System Management 2nd Edition David Donald Miller et al Introduction to OpenVMS 5th Edition Lesley Ogilvie Rice Introduction to OpenVMS David W Bynon OpenVMS Alpha Internals Scheduling and Process Control OpenVMS AXP Internals and Data Structures Version 1 5 OpenVMS System Management Guide Baldwin et al The OpenVMS User s Guide Second Edition Patrick Holmay Documentation Table 3 3 Cont DP Books Title an
134. S Alpha V7 3 1 and later Commercial versions of CODRECORD with DVD capabilities are also available for various platforms and particularly a variant of CDRECORD known as CDRECORD ProDVD COPY RECORDABLE MEDIA is built into OpenVMS V8 3 and later Beware the tool chosen some versions and configurations of CDRECORD can record DVD media as can the DVDRECORD package as can the commercial DVDwrite package Many versions of CDRECORD cannot record DVD media including the version 9 7 Files of CDRECORD latent within OpenVMS and the version found on Freeware V6 0 these versions cannot record DVD media e Build the contents of the disk on the LD or VD64 device partition e Use the chosen recording tool to record the contents of the LD or VD64 partition directly onto the optical medium Alternatively consider the following command on OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 1 and later SYS MANAGER CDRECORD COM HELP While folks have had success getting PC based CD R RW or DVD R RW or DVD R RW tools to work with OpenVMS partitions it is far easier and more reliable to use the OpenVMS based versions of these tools and directly attached devices If you use a Windows based tool you will want to specifically select its raw mode image mode or block copy mode depending on the terminology within the particular tool The transfer mode and selections is variously refered to as a disk at once DAO 2048 byte block ISO Mode 1 raw image block data disk recordi
135. S DECW CDPLAYER C example and please see the various associated sections of the OpenVMS I O User s Reference Manual For information on creating bootable optical media on OpenVMS please see Section 9 7 3 14 30 Office Friendly Quieter Integrity rx2620 series The part number for the so called Office Friendly or Office Environment Integrity rx2620 series is AD244A The AD244A option is incompatible with and eliminates the redundant cooling and power supply capabilities of but greatly reduces the sound output from the Integrity rx2620 rack mount computer room variant Server rack mount configurations are rated for sound output in the range of 70dB per the HP QuickSpecs Suitable for the intended installation into a computer room of course but likely rather loud for an office environment installation If you wish to retrofit this option into an existing Integrity rx2620 series you must also order the HA113A1 53E installation service the option reportedly can not be installed by an end user Also reportedly the option can be factory ordered on custom configurations If configuring for or converting an existing rack mount configuration for the office environment also consider acquiring the available pedestal mounting option for the series 14 54 Hardware Information 14 31 KVM switches for AlphaServer and Integrity Servers Various folks have reported success with the Raritan series KVM and specifically APKME the and wit
136. SCREEN screen e If you have verified the command is correct and things are still not working ensure the Security settings on the OpenVMS host side will allow the incoming connection Pull down the Options menu in the Session Manager and select Security If you do not find your host Table 11 1 DECwindows and username and transport listed among the authorized users you will need to add an entry e There are various transports available including LOCAL DECNET LAT and TCPIP You must Select the transport appropriate to the incoming connection e Ifthe transport is DECnet do NOT add the double colon to the node name e Ifthe transport is TCPIP Username must be an asterisk Why Because unlike DECnet the TCP IP protocol does not provide the remote username information in the incoming connection e If the connection is TCPIP it is best to use a full domain name e g Node Subd Domain However you may have to use the IP address itself if your host does not have a way to resolve the address via DNS If you have the luxury of fixed addresses eg you are not using DHCP then it can be helpful to add two entries for each TCP IP host one that specifies the host name and one that specifies the host address e There are various TCP IP packages for OpenVMS and you must use syntax appropriate to the transport installed e Ifa TCP IP connection is still not working ensure that the tran
137. SSHARE DECW I CBM INSTALL REPLACE SYS SHARE DECW I CBM EDIT SYS MANAGER SYCONFI G COM The following line was added to install support for the Mach64 Graphics Card INSTALL REPLACE SYSSSHARE DECW I CBM L Then reboot the system The ICBM mechanism is not used on and not needed by more recent DECwindows versions 11 12 DECwindows e Ifthe system still complains DECW W NODEVICE No graphics device found on this system then e Boot the system as normal e Login as SYSTEM e Create the file SYS COMMON SYSMGRIDECWS USER AUTOCONFIG DAT Protection must permit world read access e Add the following string on the very first line CLEAR PFLAG 15 A4BYTE e Save the file e Set the file protections SET PROTECTI ON W RE SYS MANAGER DECWSUSER AUTOCONFI G DAT e Reboot the system Also see Section 11 5 11 12 How can I reset the warning bell volume With DECwindows CDE drivers and ECOs starting with ECOs for the DECwindows keyboard driver SYS IKBDRIVER EXE in OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and V7 2 1 and with the SYS IKBDRIVER EXE included in OpenVMS V7 2 1H1 and later the DECwindows CDE controls will now correctly manage the setting of the warning bell volume Unfortunately the equivalent controls in the older DECwindows Motif interface are not compatible and can no longer manage the warning bell volume If you need to manage the volume with DECwindows Motif consider using the following
138. STEM on UNHEDI Event Too Few Servers Detected from Node LOCAL mynode DTSS at 1999 09 02 19 41 20 296 04 001 i nf Number Detected 0 Number Requiredzl event Ui d 5FA7OF4F 616E 11D3 A80E 08002BBEDBOF entityUid DE9E97DE 6135 11D3 8004 AA000400BD1B streamUid D6513A46 6135 11D3 8003 AA000400BD1B You can either configure the appropriate number of time servers or you can disable DTSS or you can ignore it and if OPCOM is set to write to the log via via the logical names in SYLOGICALS COM SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE clean out OPERATOR LOG regularly You can also simply disable the display of these messages run sys system ncl block event dispatcher outbound stream local stream global filter Node DTSS Too Few Servers Detected If you wish to disable the automatic TDF adjustment for the daylight time switch over on OpenVMS versions prior to V7 3 you can use the command run sys system ncl set dtss automatic TDF change false or alternatively you can set the local timezone to one that does not include the automatic daylight time change over OpenVMS V7 3 and later simplify time and timezone management 4 21 Time and Timekeeping 4 6 Setting time on AlphaServer ES47 ES80 GS1280 console To set the base system time on an member of the AlphaServer ES47 AlphaServer ES80 or AlphaServer GS1280 series system family you must access the Platform Management Utility PMU The PMU is implemented within this family of
139. Sequential and indexed formats do not have a record limit Also see Section 2 17 1 Section 14 25 9 7 How dol write CD Recordable or DVD media on OpenVMS How to create CD R CD RW DVD R DVD R DVD RW or DVD RW media on OpenVMS For information on CD and DVD optical media drives on OpenVMS please see Section 14 29 For information on the creation of OpenVMS media and of OpenVMS bootable media a full step by step sequence is documented in the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard topic 9820 An abbreviated version of the sequence is included here Recording writing of CD and DVD optical media requires a recording or media mastering application or tool and both commercial and non commercial options are available For OpenVMS V8 3 and later see the COPY RECORDABLE_MEDIA command available within OpenVMS itself Alternatively please see CDRECORD both non DVD and DVD versions are available and at least one commercial version is available and also see DVDwrite commercial or DVDRECORD open source A port of CDRECORD is present in OpenVMS V7 3 1 and later e Acquire a comparatively recent SCSI based or ATAPI IDE CD R or DVD R RW or DVD R RW drive Older drives can be very 9 6 Files problematic while newer drives are readily available and are cheap and very fast and tend to have better compliance with current standards Use of older drives is not recommended Related device requirements information is available in Section 14 29
140. System Management Information If you have erroneously deleted or duplicate the identifier you can locate existing references to the binary identifier value using the Freeware DFU package and specifically the commands SEARCH ACE and OWNER You must re create the correctly named identifier using the binary value that is often stored in various Access Control List Entry ACE structures and object owner fields associated with files and objects present in the OpenVMS system e Reset any license PAKs that are restricted to the old node name to the new node name e Ifthe node name is part of a disk volume label see Section 5 13 e Reboot the node or if in a VMScluster reboot the whole VMScluster This tends to catch any errors immediately e Modify the IP node name The TCP IP Services tool is UCX CONFIG prior to V5 0 and is TCPIP CONFIG in V5 0 and later releases Note that TCP IP Services ties the IP host name to the current SCSNODE value within its UCX CONFIGURATION DAT or TCPIPSCONFIGURATION DAT database Thus if SCSNODE is changed the IP host name reconfiguration must occur and the required reconfiguration can occur only after a system reboot Accordingly it is best to perform the TCP IP Services host name reconfiguration step after the reboot There are likely a few other areas where the nodename will be stored Local procedures and data files are one such example and various sites will have the system name loaded in the o
141. T file that is initially created based on the contents of the NETPROXY DAT during the OpenVMS VAX V6 1 upgrade and during the OpenVMS Alpha V6 2 upgrade This file is maintained in parallel with NETPROXY DAT e the RIGHTSLIST identifier values and UIC values that end up scattered around the target system must be rationalized with the contents of the new RIGHTSLIST and SYSUAF files The lattermost case resolving the identifier values is often the most interesting and difficult part If you find that an identifier value or identifier name from the source RIGHTSLIST collides with that of an identifier existing on the target system you must first determine if the two identifiers perform the same function In most cases they will not As such you will have to find and chance all references to the identifier value s or name s to resolve the collision 5 31 System Management Information If you encounter a collision changing both of the identifier binary values or names involved in the collision to new and unique values can prevent security problems if you should miss a couple of identifiers embedded somewhere on the target system during the whole conversion process rather than the wrong alphanumeric value for the identifier being displayed you ll simply see the binary format for the identifier displayed and no particular access will be granted And any DCL commands or such that reference the old alphanumeric name will fai
142. TB 10 4 SYSEXE 4 LINKER 10 15 Linux shell 3 3 6 LISPS DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME P Logical Name 4 18 Index 11 Index Jouk 13 2 Julian Day 1 Jumpers 14 41 K KA630 6 KA650 6 KA655 6 Kb 2 22 KB 2 21 2 22 Kednos 2 9 13 16 Kerberos 5 45 11 15 Kermit 13 2 Kernel mode 0006 4 Keyboard Dvorak 8 Key Mapping 8 ki e 14 17 Kilobit 2 22 Kilobyte 2 21 2 KI Products 14 17 Kits 7 KVM switch 14 38 14 39 5 L LANSNODE DATABASE 15 21 LANCP 14 43 4 LAVC START_BUS 3 LAVC STOP BUS 3 LBX 5 LCD 0 LCD flat panel display 8 Levitte 7 Lexical functions 8 2 LHR 5 20 2 lib crc 6 lib crc table 6 lib amp find image symbol 7 lib free efe 11 10 libSget ef 11 10 Logical Partitioning 7 LOGINOUT 5 8 IPars 7 15 2 lpr 15 2 LRAO 2 LTO 1 14 46 LURT 2 8 5 43 LVD 14 47 1641 14 23 Lynx 10 27 4 MA780 2 MadGoat 5 33 7 2 13 2 13 12 MAILSTIMEZONE Logical Name 8 MAIL10 6 2 MAIL7 6 1 6 1 Mail Count 6 1 Maintenance Version 10 22 Majordomo 8 Major Version 2 13 11 Malmberg s Ftp Service 13 15 Management Processor DECconnect MMJ Adapter 1 Mature Product Support 8 MAXBUF system parameter 2 MAXPROCESSONT system parameter 9 Mb 2 22 MB 2 21 2 22 MBM 4 22 MCOE 2 5 MD5
143. TC STARTUP COM is present on your system then you may need to invoke QSYSSUPDATE DTSSSI NSTALL TI MEZONE RULE COM to recreate the timezone files correctly Invoke this command immediately after relexecuting SYS MANAGER UTC TIME SETUP COM If SYS UPDATE DTSS INSTALL TIMEZONE RULE COM is not present on your system then you may need to execute the following commands 4 19 Time and Timekeeping DELETE SYS STARTUP DTSSSUTC STARTUP COM DEASSIGN SYSTEM EXEC SYS TI MEZONE RULE If your system time is being reported as being off by one hour or whatever the local DST change please see sections Section 4 7 Section 4 4 and Section 10 22 1 4 5 Why does the SET TIME command fail Help managing DTSS If you try to set the system time with the SET TIME command and see one of the following messages WSET E NOTSET error modifying ti me SYSTEM F IVSSRQ invalid system service request WSET E NOTSET error modifying ti me SYSTEM E MENOTSET time service enabled enter a ti me service command to update the ti me This occurs if the time on the local system is controlled by a time service software for example the distributed time service software DTSS provided as part of the DECnet Plus installation The DTSS software communicates with one or more time servers to obtain the current time It entirely controls the local system time for DECnet Plus there is a process named DTSS CLERK for this therefore th
144. TEM SYSUAFALT DAT When the authorization database cannot be located access will be granted from the console only For further information on emergency startup and shutdown as well as for the official OpenVMS documentation on how to change the SYSTEM password from the console in an emergency please see the OpenVMS System Manager s Manual in the OpenVMS documentation set For information and recommendations on setting up OpenVMS system security please see the NCSC Class C2 appendix of the Guide to OpenVMS System Security manual also in the OpenVMS documentation set 5 8 System Management Information You can also use the conversational bootstrap technique shown earlier the steps until SET STARTUP to alter various system parameters as well At the SYSBOOT prompt you can enter new parameters values SHOW MAXPROCESSCNT SET 64 CONTI NUE The j is a shorthand notation used for the last parameter examined within SYSGEN and SYSBOOT 5 6 1 I ve forgotten the SYSTEM password what can do If you have forgotten or do not have the password for the SYSTEM username you must perform the conversational bootstrap as described in Section 5 6 and must enter the following commands once you have reached the dollar prompt SET DEFAULT SYS SYSTEM or wherever your SYSUAF DAT resides RUN SYS SYSTEM AUTHORI ZE MODIFY SYSTEM PASSWORD newpassword EXIT You have now reset the password on the SYSTEM username 5 6 2 My pro
145. TH THE OPENVMS BACKUP UTILITY Why isn t BACKUP SINCE BACKUP working _ 5 42 1 1 Why has OpenVMS gone through the agony of this change 5 2 Can you get the old BACKUP behaviour back 6 What can I do to improve BACKUP performance Why is BACKUP not working as expected How do fix a corrupt BACKUP saveset How do I write a BACKUP saveset to a remote tape gt How to perform a DoD security disk erasure How to enable telnet virtual terminals 5 42 7 1 Volume Shadowing MiniCopy vs MiniMerge 2 5 42 7 1 1 3 5 42 7 1 2 4 5 42 1 5 42 2 5 42 3 5 42 4 5 42 5 5 42 6 5 42 7 PLEASE EXPLAIN DELETE ERASE AND FILE LOCKS MANAGING FILE VERSIONS HOST BASED VOLUME SHADOWING AND RAID 5 35 5 36 5 37 5 38 5 39 5 40 5 41 5 42 5 43 5 44 5 45 Contents 5 46 ENCRYPTION AND COMPRESSION 5 56 5 47 COLLECTING PC SAMPLES BEFORE CRASH 5 57 CHAPTER 6 INFORMATION ON MAIL 6 1 6 1 MAIL KEEPS SAYING 1 HAVE NEW MESSAGES BUT DON T WHAT DO I DO 6 1 6 2 HOW SEND OR READ ATTACHMENTS IN VMS MAIL 6 1 6 3 HOW CAN I BLOCK SMTP MAIL RELAY SPAM 6 2 CHAPTER 7 INFORMATION ON UTILITIES 7 1 7 1 HOW DO I PLAY AN AUDIO CD ON MY WORKSTATION 7 1 7 2 HOW DO 1 ACCESS A MICROSOFT WINDOWS FLOPPY DISK FROM OPENVMS 7 2 7 3 HOW DO PLAY SOUND FILES ON AN ALPHASTATION DECSOUND DOESN T WORK 7 2 7 4 HOW DO READ IBM EBC
146. Technologies vi TOY Clock 4 4 6 TPAMAC REQ 10 13 TRS DEBUG 10 26 Trailing Edge 3 Tripp Lite 9 TrueType 6 _ 10 27 TS10 13 23 Index 19 Index Tapes Compaction 12 4 Compression 4 Conversion 3 EBCDIC 7 3 Free Space 12 3 tare 13 14 5 Target Systems 15 9 TB 2 21 tcgmsg 8 TCL 13 11 TCOPY 7 3 TCPIP CONFIGURATION DAT 5 11 14 2 TDF 4 13 TECsys 7 telnet e 15 2 Telnet 5 52 Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol 9 Terabyte 1 Terminal emulator VTstar 3 Terminal Server Manager 1 Test Drive 4 Test Manager e 0 Text 10 13 Text editor 13 15 Text editors 3 TFT2025 0 TIE 13 21 Time ACTS 4 7 AlphaServer ES47 2 AlphaServer ES80 2 AlphaServer GS1280 2 Clock Drift 4 10 1 Dial up 7 DST 4 20 4 24 8 DTSS 4 8 4 Error modifying time 0 GMT 4 Greenwich 4 IPL 4 10 IRIG 8 Julian 1 user written system services 1 UTO 4 24 UT1 4 UT2 4 24 UTC 4 13 4 24 UTC CONFIGURE_TDF COM 3 UTC TIMEZONE SETUP COM 4 13 UTC TIME SETUP COM 4 13 4 14 6 4 18 4 19 uudecode 2 uuencode 13 2 13 14 UWSS 5 1 7 V Vajhej Arne 2 VAKSAT 7 2 VAX Terminology 3 VAX VMS Terminology 3 VAX 11 782 2 VAXBACK 7 VAXcluster Console System 8 VAXCLUSTER system parameter 2 VAXCRTL EXE 10 21 Emulator 13 23 8 VAXstation 3100 Conso
147. The OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ ABSTRACT This document contains answers to many common questions on the OpenVMS operating system and covers OpenVMS and OpenVMS running on Itanium Alpha and VAX hardware While this document is available in multiple formats the text format version is far and away generally the easiest format to search Revision Update Information OpenVMS V8 3 Revision Update Information Revision Date September 2006 FAQ Contents PREFACE i OPENVMS FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS FAQ iii CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 1 WHAT CORE OPENVMS URLS DO YOU NEED TO KNOW 1 1 1 2 WHAT ARE THE OPENVMS USENET NEWSGROUPS 1 2 1 2 1 What is the scope of the comp os vms newsgroup 1 2 1 2 2 What newsgroups carry VMS related information 1 1 2 1 2 3 What newsgroup archives are available 1 3 1 2 4 What is the INFO VAX mailing list 1 3 1 2 4 1 How do subscribe to or unsubscribe from INFO VAX 3 1 3 WHAT IS NJETIQUETTE 1 4 1 4 WHAT OPENVMS USER GROUP S ARE AVAILABLE 1 5 1 5 OPENVMS SUPPORT QUESTIONS AND COMMENTS 1 5 1 5 1 Corporate contacts for OpenVMS Business Issues 1 6 1 5 2 OpenVMS Ambassadors 1 6 1 5 3 Contact for OpenVMS Marketing Issues and Questions 1 6 1 5 4 Contact URLs for OpenVMS Technical Issues _ 1 7 CHAPTER 2 GENERAL INFORMATION 2 1 2 1 WHAT IS OPENVMS WHAT IS ITS HISTORY 2 1 2 2 WHAT IS THE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN VMS AND OPENVMS 2 2 2 4
148. VMS e History of Compaq and or of Digital Equipment Corporation DEC 2 18 General Information Any particular presentation or research paper and particularly a scholastic presentation can have many different potential target audiences and very different presentation levels Further the usual underlying reason for scholastic presentations and scholastic research projects really has little to do with the subject matter it is a task specifically intended to teach the student s eg you how to perform the research The instructor already knows most of all of the information that you have been asked to collect For very technical details on OpenVMS and OpenVMS internals the book you want is the Internals and Data Structures Manual IDSM available in your school or computing center library and the IDSM can also be purchased Additional technical details of the Alpha microprocessor are available in the Alpha Architecture Reference Manual documentation that is available for download Pointers to Alpha technical documentation are available in Section 14 6 and elsewhere For higher level less technical details the OpenVMS documentation set is available on line The Programming Concepts and the File Systems manual are probably the best manuals to start with depending on the particular level of detail the research requires And please understand the hesitation of various folks to provide you with a completely written research repo
149. VMS Mailing Lists 3 8 3 5 OpenVMS Discussion Forums 3 10 5 1 PCSI Generation Number 5 36 11 1 X Windows Display Commands 11 1 14 1 164 Conversational Bootstrap Flags 14 8 14 2 Alpha Conversational Bootstrap Flags 14 9 14 3 VAX Conversational Bootstrap Flags 14 10 14 4 DE500 Speed and Duplex Settings 14 43 14 5 DEC MMJ Pin out 14 47 14 6 DB9 Pin out 14 48 14 7 MicroVAX 9 Pin out 14 49 14 8 DECconnect MMJ Connectors and Adapters 14 50 xxiii Contents 14 9 Shared paired VAX Boards 14 55 15 1 Cluster Common Shared Files 15 20 xxiv Preface OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ This is the OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ posting for the comp os vms and comp sys dec usenet newsgroups Suggestions and Updates Welcome Please send your suggestions for changes additions or corrections directly to FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org No Support Questions Please Please do not send technical questions to the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org The FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dotjorg is not a position to answer general questions nor to provide general product support Rather please post your questions to the appropriate newsgroup or please contact your preferred hardware and or software support organization s directly Your understanding in this ma
150. YS SYSTEM DAT SYS SYSTEM DATA SYS SYSTEM this is a set of related Information on Networks and Clusters Table 15 1 Cont Cluster Common Shared Files Filename NET PROXY NETOBJECT NETNODE_REMOTE QMANS MASTER LMF LICENSE VMSMAIL_PROFILE VMS OBJECTS VMS AUDIT_SERVER VMS PASSWORD_HISTORY NETNODE_UPDATE VMS PASSWORD_POLICY LANSNODE DATABASE VMS CLASS SCHEDULE SYSSREGISTRY files In addition to the documentation also see the current version of the file SYS STARTUP SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE Specifically please see the most recent version of this file available starting on or after OpenVMS V7 2 A failure to have common or in the case of multiple SYSUAF files synchronized files can cause problems with batch operations with the SUBMIT USER command with the general operations with the cluster alias and with various SYSMAN and related operations Object protections and defaults will not necessarily be consistent as well This can also lead to system security problems including unintended access denials and unintended object accesses should the files and particularly should the binary identifier values become skewed 15 21 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 6 7 How can I split up an OpenVMS Cluster Review the VMScluster documentation and the System Management documentation The following are the key points but are likely not the only things you will need to change OpenVMS Cluster support is directly inte
151. YSGEN SYSGEN CONNECT FYAO NOADAPTER Alternatives to the DCL SET HOST DUP command include the console SET HOST command available on various mid to recent vintage VAX consoles Access to Parameters on an Embedded DSSI controller SET HOST DUP DSSI BUS 0 1 dssi node number PARAMS Access to Directory of tools on an Embedded DSSI controller SET HOST DUP DSSI BUS 0 1 dssi node number DIRECT Access to Parameters on a KFQSA DSSI controller SHOW UQSSP to get port controller number PARAMS SET HOST DUP UQSSP port controller number PARAMS These console commands are available on most MicroVAX and VAXstation 3xxx series systems and most all VAX 4xxx series systems For further information see the system documentation and on most VAX systems see the console HELP text 15 18 Information on Networks and Clusters EK 410AB MG DSSI VAXcluster Installation and Troubleshooting is a good resource for setting up a DSSI VMScluster on OpenVMS VAX nodes This manual predates coverage of OpenVMS Alpha systems but gives good coverage to all hardware and software aspects of setting up a DSSI based VMScluster and most of the concepts covered are directly applicable to OpenVMS Alpha systems This manual specifically covers the hardware which is something not covered by the standard OpenVMS VMScluster documentation Also see Section 15 3 3 and for the SCS name of the OpenVMS host see Section 5 7 15 6 4 How do I ren
152. a 13 17 Compression 6 Computer Associates 5 3 14 17 Connection Manager 15 16 console 14 5 14 12 Console e 4 VAXstation 3100 4 Console Backdoor 8 CONSOLE environment variable 2 CONTINUE 5 57 Contrl e 13 10 Conversational bootstrap 5 6 14 8 14 9 14 12 COPY 10 8 DEVICE NAMING system parameter 8 DFU 5 55 9 1 9 3 13 11 DIAGBOOT EXE 14 11 DIAGNOSE 5 33 Dictionary attack Password 5 44 DIGITAL Network Products Group 7 Digital Synergy 8 Digital Versatile Disk 0 Discounts See DSPP Disk Block 1 Cluster 1 Data Remanence 5 51 Erasure e 5 1 Sector 1 Security 5 1 Disk Mirroring 9 2 See Volume Shadowing Disks ATA 7 1 9 4 14 23 14 26 14 44 14 45 14 46 7 Bad Block Handling 2 CD R 14 46 CD R RW gt 9 6 9 CD Recordable 7 DVD R RW gt 9 6 9 dvd200i 14 47 DVD R RW 9 6 9 DVD Recordable 7 FAT Formate 7 2 Floppy 7 2 IDE 7 1 9 4 14 23 14 26 14 44 14 45 14 46 14 47 Jumpers e 14 41 9 2 PC Format 7 2 PlexWriter 14 47 3 SCSI 9 2 9 12 14 2 14 23 14 26 14 28 14 34 14 41 14 44 5 14 46 7 SCSI 2 9 5 Volume Set 6 Zip 14 46 7 Index DEC 423 7 DECalert 15 9 DECCSCRTL EXE 10 21 DECconnect 14 47 DECdns 15 5 DECdocument vi DECDTLOGO 8 001858 7 DECevent 3 DECmigrate 13 16 13 21 3 DECnete 14 53 6 Asynchronous
153. a 10X drive records at 1500 kilobytes 1 5 megabytes per second 600 MB 70 minutes and 700 MB 80 minutes recording capacities are both widely available The minutes designation is derived from the traditional audio format recording capacity of the particular media DVD R RW is the older of two common Digital Versatile Disk recording formats and the DVD R Recordable or DVD RW ReWritable media can be read by many DVD drives As with CD R formats in older CD drives older DVD and particularly first generation DVD players may have problems reading this media format DVD R RW is the newer of the two common Digital Versatile Disk recording formats and the DVD R Recordable or DVD RW ReWritable media can be read by many DVD drives Akin to DVD R RW media older and particularly first generation DVD drives can have problems reading this media format The DVD Plus series drives and media tend to record faster than Minus drives as as of this writing the Plus drives do not require an initial media formatting pass and the Minus drives do While the appropriate Plus or Minus DVD raw media must be chosen for the particular DVD recorder and DVD recording drives that are compatible with and capable of using both Plus and Minus media are available the resulting recorded media is generally readable playable in all recent DVD drives and DVD players regardless of type Compatibility is best within the same media series devices of cours
154. a system with VAX C and a C programmer can explicitly select the required compiler for a any particular compilation A current C license PAK allows access to both VAX C and HP C on the same OpenVMS VAX system Various HP C versions can be installed on OpenVMS VAX V5 5 2 and later OpenVMS VAX releases such as V5 5 2 and V6 0 will require the installation of a HP C RTL kit a kit that is included with the HP C compiler OpenVMS VAX versions V6 1 and later do not require a seperate RTL kit but HP C RTL ECO kits are available to resolve problems found with the C RTL on various OpenVMS releases 10 15 OpenVMS Programming Information With HP C for automatic resolution of the standard C library routines by the LINKER utility use the PREFIX qualifier such as PREFIX ALL_ ENTRIES If a particular application program replaces an existing C library routine use PREFIX ALL ENTRIES EXCEPT VAX C required explicit specification of an RTL shareable image or C object library during the link When the PREFIX is requested the compiler generates a decc prefix on the specified symbols This prefix allows the LINKER to resolve the external symbols against the symbols present in the DECC SHR library The DECC SHR library is included in the IMAGELIB OLB shareable image library and IMAGELIB is searched by default when any program written in any language is LINKed Because the standard C library routine names are very likely to match app
155. ably comparing OpenVMS to UNIX It was once certainly true that OpenVMS and UNIX were quite different In more recent times there are tools and C APIs on OpenVMS that directly provide or that easily support porting UNIX programs and commands and there are equivalent packages bringing various OpenVMS features and mechanisms to UNIX platforms If you seek UNIX tools on OpenVMS rather than the more philosophical discussion found in this section please see the GNV package and other GNU discussions in Section 13 2 6 and please see the plethora of C calls currently available in the HP C Run Time Library documentation briefly discussed over in Section 13 2 1 2 4 Which 2 5 Is HP continuing funding and support for OpenVMS Yes Active development of new OpenVMS releases is underway as well as the continuation of support Please see the following URLs for details roadmaps and related information http www hp com go openvms General Information 2 6 What OpenVMS distribution kits are available Various distributions are available For the most current information on the available part numbers and current products OpenV MS distribution kits media documentation etc and the most current associated licensing information please see the current OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD document available at http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx T
156. access and accounts are available to OpenVMS enthusiasts This system has BASIC Pascal Fortran and C compilers installed If you would like an account on Hobbes please see the FAQ at e http www hobbesthevax com e OpenVMS Galaxy Test Drive HP currently offers an OpenVMS Galaxy Test Drive system based on an AlphaServer 4100 series configured as two instances of the OpenVMS operating system For details please visit http www testdrive hp com e HP DSPP Test Drive The HP DSPP program offers various test drive systems including an HP Integrity Itanium development system and an HP OpenVMS 164 installation on an HP Integrity rx2600 server For details on the DSPP program and on the test drive systems please see section Section 2 8 3 and please visit http Awww testdrive hp com e http www hp com dspp The test drive systems do require registration though access to the systems is free e Encompasserve Encompasserve offers free access an OpenVMS Alpha system e telnet eisner decus org e OpenECS OpenECS offers free access to a VAX 6000 model 530 system If interested please visit http vax6k openecs org e The Deathrow Cluster The maintainers of the Deathrow Cluster offer access to an OpenVMS VAX and an OpenVMS Alpha system configured in a cluster e telnet deathrow vistech net 2 14 General Information e The Preatorian Public OpenVMS Cluster The maintainers of the Deathrow Cluster of
157. adors The OpenVMS Ambassadors are senior HP engineers with advanced technical knowledge and advanced training in OpenVMS with detailed knowledge of current and future OpenVMS releases and product plans and with contacts directly with the HP and ISV hardware and software engineering organizations developing OpenVMS and OpenVMS hardware platforms as well as layered products and tools Further Ambassadors are experienced with integrating HP OpenVMS and application specific products and ISV applications to solve specific business requirements OpenVMS Ambassadors are based throughout the world Your HP sales representative or HP reseller will be able connect you with your local OpenVMS Ambassador 1 5 3 Contact for OpenVMS Marketing Issues and Questions Please see Section 3 4 Introduction 1 5 4 Contact URLs for OpenVMS Technical Issues For formal technical issues and technical support please contact your software support organization or your local HP Customer Support Center or HP Reseller In North America you can call 1 800 HP INVENT For informal free support resources see the newsgroups including comp os vms news comp os vms comp os vms see the ITRC discussion forums the James support database search engine search assistant tool http www2 itrc hp com service james CPQhome do and see sections of this document including the platform support information in Section 14 4 sources of software and hardware support
158. age protections Secondly multi user systems can be set up so that non privileged programs cannot modify system programs and files on disk and this is normal for most installations Both of these protection schemes mean that traditional viral infections don t work on these OSes Third typical applications and configurations tend to prevent the uncontrolled execution of untrusted code as part of received mail messages or web access one of the central vulnerabilities of the Microsoft Windows platform involves its intentionally easy ability to dynamically and transparently activate code and macros that are embedded within mail messages and within data files It is possible for OpenVMS and other multi user systems to become infected by viruses or worms but to do so the program containing the virus must be run from a user account that has amplified privileges So long as the system administrator is careful that only trusted applications are run from such accounts and this is generally the case and so long as there are no OpenVMS system security breaches due to malicious operator activity OpenVMS errors or errors within trusted and privileged product packages there is no of modifications to the operating system or other protected files from the virus or the worm 5 2 System Management Information The FAQ maintainer is aware of a few and very old DECnet worms that have affected OpenVMS systems on DECnet networks WANK was one
159. ags you must first explicitly call lib free_ef to free up some event flags in event flag cluster zero Please see the event flag documentation for specific details on these calls and for specific event flags that can be freed in event flag cluster zero Here is some example code that covers calling this routine on OpenVMS 11 10 DECwindows m gt nput D XtAppAddi nput m gt AppCtx m lt nput EF m nputlosb the callback 1 if Clint molnputlD Xt AppError Ms g m gt AppCtx invalidDevice Xt AppAddinput Xt Tool ki tError Can t Access Device String NULL Cardinal NULL 11 9 Why do the keyboard arrow keys move the DECwindows cursor Congratulations you have just stumbled into dead rodent mode This DECwindows environment where the keyboard arrow keys move the mouse cursor and where the SELECT PREV and NEXT keys emulate the three mouse buttons allows rudimentary system operations when the mouse is among the casualties To enter or exit dead rodent mode enter the following CTRUSHIFTF3 11 10 Why does half my DECwindows display blank This is likely a result of receiving an OPCOM or other console message on a system that shares the system console with the DECwindows graphics workstation display You can toggle off the console display window using crRUFz and you can enable a serial console per Section 14 3 6 or Section 14 3 3 3 Also se
160. ailable on OpenVMS A website useful for getting started with Perl on OpenVMS where you will find such things as download links instructions auxiliary tools and sample scripts is available at e http www sidhe org vmsperl If you have a C compiler the best way to obtain Perl is to download and build it yourself The latest production quality source kit is available from e http www perl com CPAN sre stable tar gz You will need GUNZIP and VMSTAR both available from the OpenVMS Freeware CD or from other sites to unpack the archive once you ve done that read the instructions in the README vms file Binary distributions for most Alpha and VAX environments are available on the OpenVMS Freeware CD ROM and from various websites including the following e http www sidhe org vmsperl prebuilt html e http www hp com go openvms freeware 13 20 Finding and Using Software During active Perl development cycles test kits are sometimes found at from e ftp ftp sidhe org Watch the mailing list see below for details on experimental releases Charles Lane maintains pages on how to write CGI scripts in Perl for the OSU HTTP server as well as more general tips tricks and patches for building and running Perl on OpenVMS http www crinoid com crinoid htmlx There are OpenVMS specific Perl modules that implement interfaces to a subset of the VMS System Services With these modules you can get and of
161. al other options e Install PINE available commercially from Innosoft or free from Andy Harper With PINE you can both send and receive MIME messages if you have the appropriate viewers available http www process com Information Mail http www agh cc kcl ac uk files vms pine vms ftp ftp2 kcl ac uk pub vms pine vms e If you are working from an X Windows display you can use the OpenVMS version of Netscape Navigator or Mozilla The mail download protocol chosen to access the mail server from the Navigator or Mozilla mail client can be POP or IMAP with the former causing messages to be downloaded while the latter permits messages to be retained on the mail server Most folks prefer IMAP for this reason e MPACK MUNPACK To send a MIME mail construct the message with attachments manually using MPACK You cannot send the resulting file directly through MAIL because an extra blank header line will be inserted between your message and the OpenVMS MAIL headers which will cause the message to appear as plain text in most mail programs Some TCP IP stacks provide a work around for this problem and if that doesn t work you should generally be able to force the message directly into the SMTP port of your mail machine Examples of both methods are in http saf bio caltech edu pub software openvms mmail com To read a MIME mail message open it in MAIL extract it to a file then use MUNPACK to break out and decod
162. ally adjust the local stratum The highest stratum is one and the lowest available stratum is fifteen The TCP IP Services NTP package can operate at any stratum and can be configured as a peer as a client or as a broadcast server NTP can also provide time to a DECnet Plus DTSS network see Section 4 2 With TCP IP Services V5 0 and later the only supported reference clock is the LCL local system clock If your system has an excellent clock or if the system time is being controlled by some other time service or peripheral such as DTSS services GPS services a cesium clock a GPIB controller or other similar time related peripheral you can configure NTP to use the system clock as its reference source This will mimic the master clock functionality and will configre NTP as a stratum 1 time server To do this enter the following commands in TCPIP NTP CONF server 127 127 1 0 prefer fudge 127 127 1 0 stratum 0 For local master functionality the commands are very similiar Use server 127 127 1 0 fudge 127 127 1 0 stratum 8 The difference between these two is the stratum and the omission of the prefer keyword Specifying a higher stratum allows the node to act as a backup NTP server or potentially as the sole time server on an isolated network The server will become active only when all other normal synchronization sources are unavailable The use of prefer causes NTP to always use the specified clock as the time synchronizati
163. ame a DSSI disk or tape If you want to renumber or rename DSSI disks or DSSI tapes it s easy if you know the secret incantation From OpenVMS RUN SYS SYSTEM SYSGEN SYSGEN CONNECT FYA0O NOADAPTER SYSGEN Z SET HOST DUP SERV MSCP DUP TASKzPARAMS lt 0551 NODE NAME gt PARAMS STAT CONF The software version is normally near the top of the display PARAMS EXIT From the console on most 3000 and 4000 class VAX system consoles Obviously the system must be halted for these commands Integrated DSSI SET HOST DUP DSSI BUS 0 1 dssi node number PARAMS KFQSA SET HOST DUP UQSSP port controller number PARAMS For information on how to get out into the PARAMS subsystem also see the HELP at the console prompt for the SET HOST syntax or see the HELP on SET HOST DUP once you ve connected FYDRIVER under OpenVMS 15 19 Information on Networks and Clusters Once you are out into the PARAMS subsystem you can use the FORCEUNI option to force the use of the UNITNUM value and then set a unique UNITNUM inside each DSSI ISE this causes each DSSI ISE to use the specfied unit number and not use the DSSI node as the unit number Other parameters of interest are NODENAME and ALLCLASS the node name and the disk or tape cluster allocation class Ensure that all disk unit numbers used within an OpenVMS Cluster disk allocation class are unique and all tape unit numbers used within an OpenVMS Cl
164. ame mechanism when the C compiler is resolving kernel mode data structures and definitions This library contains OpenVMS kernel mode and other system declaractions and particularly a mixture of undocumented definitions and declarations and particularly definitions and declarations that are subject to change and that can accordingly lead to requirements for the recompilation of application code 10 18 OpenVMS Programming Information In addition to the user mode C Run Time Library RTL mentioned in the OpenVMS C RTL documentation and referenced over in Section 3 9 there is a second and parallel kernel mode RTL accessable to device drivers and other kernel code on OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 The most common time this second C library is noticed is when C code is erroneously linked with SYSEXE SYSLIB and duplicate symbol errors typically then arise As code running in supervisor executive or kernel mode context cannot call out a user mode RTL or other user mode library you will want to respecify the command as LINK SYSEXE NOSYSLIB This will eliminate the duplicate symbol errors since only the kernel mode library will be referenced and it will also avoid calling out into the user mode libraries When sharing variables with other languages here is some example HP C code pragma extern model save pragma extern model strict refdef extern int VMS GL FLAVOR pragma extern model restore and here is some associated exa
165. an also send pages The Process Software package PMDF can route specific email addresses to a paging service as well Many commercial paging services provide email contact addresses for their paging customers you can simply send or forward email directly to the email address assigned to the pager Some people implement the sending of pages to radio pagers by sending commands to a modem to take the phone off the hook and then the paging sequence followed by a delay and then the same number that a human would dial to send a numeric page This is not entirely reliable as the modem lacks call progress detection and the program could simply send the dial sequence when not really connected to the paging company s telephone based dial up receiver 15 9 Information on Networks and Clusters See Section 13 1 for information on the available catalog of products 15 6 OpenVMS Clusters Volume Shadowing The following sections contain information on OpenVMS and Clusters Volume Shadowing and Cluster related system parameters 15 6 1 OpenVMS Cluster Communications Protocol Details The following sections contain information on the OpenVMS System Communications Services SCS Protocol Cluster terminology is available in Section 15 6 1 2 1 15 6 1 1 OpenVMS Cluster SCS over DECnet Over IP The OpenVMS Cluster environment operates over various network protocols but the core of clustering uses the System Communications Servi
166. and SHOW DEVICE GQ If you do not find a graphics device e OpenVMS has failed to find the appropriate IRQ information for an EISA graphics card on the DEC 2000 series such as the HP Compaq QVision and did not autoconfigure it Run the correct ECU for Tru64 UNIX and OpenVMS and reboot This is necessary only on EISA based systems e You have an EISA based system such as the DEC 2000 model 300 and do not have a HP Compaq QVision video card This EISA graphics card should have Compaq printed on it and identifies itself as a 0203011 or a CPQ3111 If it is not one of these two EISA devices then OpenVMS does not support it There are no other supported EISA graphics controllers and EISA graphics are normally used with DECwindows only on the DEC 2000 series systems e You have a PCI based system and do not have a supported graphics controller examples of supported controllers include the following e Radeon 7500 e PowerStorm 3030 PowerStorm 4020 e 3DLabs Oxygen 1 See Section 5 16 for further information on some of these graphics controllers e You have booted the system minimally or have otherwise disabled the device autoconfiguration process If there is a G graphics device present e There may have been a severe error in the DECwindows startup Type the contents of SYS MANAGER DECW SERVER 0 ERROR LOG for any information on errors starting the server The system parameter WINDOW SYSTEM is not set to 1 While thi
167. and or the RUN SYS SETBOOT EXE operation to rewrite the disk bootblock you can request that the current signatures if any be preserved and this will typically maintain the validity of your EFI console boot aliases 14 3 10 Can OpenVMS access the EFI console Boot Aliases For access to the EFI console environment from OpenVMS 164 see the BOOT_OPTIONS COM command procedure and the EFI SET SHOW and BCFG mechanisms Details on these are in the System Manager s and particularly in the System Manager s Utilities manual For related information on boot aliases please see Section 14 3 5 1 14 3 11 Downloading and using EFI Console Firmware HP Integrity EFI system firmware can be downloaded in the form of a bootable image master unzipped and then burned onto CD or DVD media please see Section 9 7 for details of recording optical media directly on OpenVMS and the system can then generally be booted off the created media to perform the EFI firmware upgrade The HP Integrity Server website is accesssable via the following URL and the available services and support information there has links to the available platform specific firmware images and upgrade related materials http www hp com go integrity 14 18 Hardware Information To use the following sequence you will need a writable or rewritable CD drive and software and a blank CD R or CD RW disk If you use CD writer software for another platform you will want to use
168. and review the minimum version requirements for the platform The execlet load failure and other similar bootstrap status values can often be decoded using either of the following techniques exit 9x910 WSYSTEM W NOSUCHFILE no such file f message x910 show symbol x X SYSTEM W NOSUCHFILE no such file Also see Section 14 4 4 1 5 34 How can I customize the DCPS device control for a new printer To customize DCPS for an otherwise unsupported printer you can try the following sequence e Extract the most closely associated setup modules from the existing device control library DCPS DEVCTL TLB For instance you can probably extract and use the HP LaserJet 4000 series definitions for the HP LaserJet 4050 series Each printer will vary please consult the printer documentation for specifics and requirements e rename each extracted setup module to a corresponding LPSS S UNRECOGNI ZED 5 39 System Management Information e Insert all of the above renamed setup modules into a newly created device control library specific to the new printer LI BRARY TEXT CREATE SYS COMMON SYSLIB HP4050 DEVCTL TLB LPSS S UNRECOGNI ZED The above assumes the filename HP4050 DEVCTL TLB alter as required e Set up your DCPS startup procedures to include a search list logical name such as DEFI NE SYSTEM EXECUTIVE DCPS HP4050 LIB SYS LI BRARY HP4050 DEVCTL TLB SYS LI BRARY DCPSSDEVCTL T
169. and with current PCSI ECO kits if the above test fails an invalid generation number is treated as 0000000000 so that the ECO kit will simply replace the image rather than assuming the PCSI database is in error So what will you see in the image identification displayed via the ANALYZE IMAGE command For an image that has been built as part of an OpenVMS Engineering system build you will generally see a build ID string in the format 55 0000 6 is the build number for the OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 1 release This id format is used within the OpenVMS system build and can generally only be seen associated with images that have not yet been processed via PCSI 5 35 System Management Information During the installation of V7 2 1 PCSI will modify the image header to have a build ident string of X6TE 0050120000 During installation of an ECO kit containing this image with a generation number of 50130052 for example PCSI would determine that 50130052 is greater than 50120000 and will replace the existing image on the target disk with the version of the image included in the ECO kit Ranges of PCSI generation numbers for various OpenVMS releases are included in Table 5 1 The use of xxxx indicates a range of generations is available from 0000 to 9999 inclusive The format of the particular operation of and the assignment of PCSI generation numbers is subject to Generation Source change without notice PCSI
170. annot be used on a PC Alpha nor Integrity DB9 9 pin connector H8575 D 25 Pin to MMJ with better ESD Protection H8575 D 25 Pin to MMJ with better and ESD Protection H8575 E 25 Pin Integrity rx2600 Management Processor MP port to MMJ with ESD Protection H8577 AA 6 pin Female MMJ to 8 pin MJ BC16E MMJ cable with connectors available in various lengths Numerous additional adapters and cables are available from the now out of print OPEN DECconnect Building Wiring Components and Applications Catalog as well as descriptions of the above listed parts The DECconnect wiring system has insufficient signaling for modems and particularly lacks support for modem control signals The H8571 A and H8575 A are MMJ to DB25 female and other connector wiring diagrams and adapter cable and pin out related discussions are available at e http www hp com go openvms wizard Jameco has offered a USB A to PS 2 Mini DIN 6 Adapter as part 168751 for those folks wishing to try to use PS 2 Keyboards via USB A connections The LK463 USB keyboard is also a potential option for those wishing to connect an OpenVMS keyboard to USB systems or via the provided adapter to PS 2 systems The LK463 provides the classic OpenVMS keyboard and keyboard layout on USB based system configurations including operations with the USB connection on specific Alpha systems and specifically on those with supported USB connections and on Integrity servers
171. aphics controllers Support for this controller without an ECO kit is first integrated into and available in OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 2 Please do always install the most current GRAPHICS ECO kit whenever one is available however 5 17 How can I acquire OpenVMS patches fixes and ECOs You can acquire and download kits containing OpenVMS fixes ECOs for various releases as well as related support information via the ITRC support center http www itrc hp com e ftp ftp itrc hp com openvms patches Some systems with Internet firewalls may will have to use passive mode FTP to access the above sites Assuming recent current versions of the TCP IP Services package the DCL FTP command necessary is DIRECTORY FTP ANONYMOUS PASSIVE ftp itrc hp com You can subscribe to an email notification list at the ITRC site For a list of OpenVMS ECO kits recently released you can use e http Eisner DECUS org conferences OpenVMS patches new 1 HTML Examples and ECO kit installation instructions are included in the cover letter For ECO kit email notifications lists of available ECO kits cover letters and other associated documentation look in http www itrc hp com ftp ftp itre hp com openvms patches For additional information please see Section 5 17 Do NOT attempt to install VMSINSTAL based OpenVMS ECO kit on OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and later While VMSINSTAL itself remains available it is not used for OpenVMS Alp
172. applications Setting the time backwards by values of even an hour has caused various run time problems for applications and layered products For this reason this technique was not considered supported during the Year 2000 Y2K testing a system or cluster reboot was strongly recommended as the correct means to avoid these problems 4 10 Time and Timekeeping Application programmers are encouraged to use the time related and TDF related events that are available with the set system event system service and or to use UTC or similar time as these techniques can permit the application to better survive retrograde clock events There is an ECO to repair problems seen in the DECnet Plus support for generating TDF events from DTSS and this applies to V7 3 expected to be in ECO4 and later V7 3 1 expected to be in ECOS and later and V7 3 2 expected to be in ECO1 and later Apply the most current DECnet Plus ECO kits for these OpenVMS releases for best TDF event support from DECnet Plus See Section 4 3 4 and Section 4 3 1 4 3 4 How can I drift the OpenVMS system time With DECdts and TCP IP Services NTP the system time value is drifted rather than changed to avoid the obvious problems that would arise with negative time changes The same basic clock drifting technique is used by most all time servers operating on OpenVMS typically using the support for this provided directly within OpenVMS An example of the techniq
173. ar applicable regional DST settings eg The United States Government is expecting to change its DST rules starting in March of 2007 please see Section 4 4 1 2 for details DST related ECO kits are now available for various of the supported releases please see the ECO FTP site for details If you need or wish to add modify or remove DST rules for your area or otherwise alter the rules for your local area you will probably end up creating a variation to an existing timezone rule or potentially simply downloading a new set of DST rules This requirement can arise for instance if your local region changes its timezone rules or if you are using an OpenVMS release that does not have an ECO kit for the US DST rules available The necessary zone line to add for support of the hypothetical new WhereEverLand timezone will probably look something like this Zone NAME GMTOFF RULES SAVE FORMAT UNTIL Zone WhereEver 2 00 WhereEver The OpenVMS source files for the timezone rules are stored here SYS COMMON SYS ZONEI NFO SYSTEM SOURCES You ll then want to use the zic compiler to compile your own new timezone definition or to compile a new set of timezone definitions that have been freshly downloaded from a published source The zic compiler is documented in the OpenVMS Documentation Set and specifically in the HP C Run Time Library Reference Manual Despite the name of this manual it is part of the OpenVMS documentation set an
174. are familiar with older editions of this FAQ and specifically for those folks looking for the older section name keywords please see the index entries located under FAQ Sections Old These older section names include the prefixes DCL DECW DOC FILES MISC MGMT INTRO SOFT VMS etc followed by the section number The Fine Print Corrections and suggestions are welcome Should you believe you can provide better stewardship of this FAQ or should you have strong feelings over the content structure organization or implementation of the FAQ do realize you may be offered the editorship The editor maintains this document as a free service to the OpenVMS community While the information contained here is believed correct the use of any and all information acquired from this document is entirely at the risk of the user s If your system should crash or your data should become corrupted or the answer s found here should be found erroneous that is solely your risk and your responsibility Though various folks that have contributed to this FAQ are or have been employees of Hewlett Packard Company HP this posting and the information contained within this FAQ are not an official statement of HP nor a commitment by HP All information comments or opinions vi OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ included cited or otherwise referenced here may or may not reflect the stated opinions of HP of the FAQ editor or of any other entit
175. arly as pre determined and the capacity can vary across different tape media slightly different media lengths or different foil markers or other variations for instance and even on the same media over time as bad spots in the media arise Tapes can vary the amount of recording media required depending on the remaining length of the tape the numbers of correctable and uncorrectable media errors that might occur the numbers and sizes of the inter record gaps and related tape structure overhead the particular media error recovery chosen the tape density the efficiently of any data compression in use and the storage overhead required by BACKUP tar and other similar commands BACKUP using with the default settings results in approximately 15 overhead in terms of saveset size eg Assuming a 500 KB input the total size would be 575 KB Assuming no compression 4 GB media 575 KB saveset 7294 savesets Assuming 1 2 compression 8 GB media 575 KB saveset 14588 savesets Note There are no inter record gaps on DAT tapes When determining media capacity you have to consider these gaps with nine track magtape media and other formats with gaps This is not the case with DAT DDS as the format has no recording gaps However the block structure underneath the variable length record recording is based on a block size of circa 124 KB Further writing doubles filemarks and such can cause a loss of up to the underlying block size
176. associated with the dynamic descriptor as required Routines can obviously access and alter the contents of the storage referenced by the descriptor OpenVMS languages that include support for strings or arrays are expected to use descriptors for the particular structure Most OpenVMS languages such as Fortran and BASIC use descriptors entirely 10 9 OpenVMS Programming Information transparently Some like DEC C require the programmer to explicitly create and maintain the descriptor For further information on string descriptors see the OpenVMS Programming Concepts manual part of the OpenVMS documentation set Fortran defaults to passing integers by reference and characters by descriptor The following sites discuss mixing Fortran and C source code in the same application http www hhs dk anonymous pub vms misc FORTRAN C CALL COM e ftp ftp hhs dk pub vms misc FORTRAN C CALL COM 10 14 How do I create a process under another username Many server processes can operate within the context of the target user using privileges using calls such as sys chkpro and more commonly in this context sys check access as needed to determine if access would be permitted for the specified user within the current security model With OpenVMS V6 2 and later the persona system services SYS PERSONA can be used to assume the persona of the specified user these allow the server to operate as the specified user in a controlled
177. at If you wish to override this and explicitly mount the media using ISO 9660 use the command MOUNT MEDI A_FORMAT CDROM device name volume abel In most circumstances you will not need nor will you want to include an explicit MEDIA FORMAT specification For further information please refer to the OpenVMS MOUNT Utility Manual Particularly note the information on the MOUNT MEDIA_FORMAT and UNDEFINED_FAT qualifiers The MOUNT UNDEFINED_FAT qualifier is of interest because ISO 9660 media can be mastered on a wide variety of operating system platforms and these platforms do not necessarily support the semantics needed for files containing predefined record formats The UNDEFINED_FAT allows you to specify the default attributes for files accessed from volumes using the ISO 9660 format An example which works for most CD ROMs is MOUNT MEDI A_FORMAT CDROM UNDEFINED FAT STREAM 2048 0020 FREEWARE This particular MOUNT command forces access to the CD ROM media using the ISO 9660 volume structure and the use of the MOUNT UNDEFINED_FAT qualifier causes any file whose file attributes are undefined to be returned with stream attributes with a maximum record length 2048 5 4 System Management Information On OpenVMS the ISO 9660 format is internally considered to be the ODS 3 file structure while the High Sierra extensions to the standard are considered to be the ODS 4 file structure The Rock Ridge extens
178. ate read at power up There are several different bulkheads involved including one for the BA23 and BA123 enclosures and one for the S box BA2xx series enclosure The console bulkheads typically used either the MMJ serial line connection or the MicroVAX DB9 not the PC DB9 pin out please see the descriptions of these in section Section 14 26 For available adapters see Section 14 27 Also present on the console bulkhead is a self test indicator a single digit LED display This matches the final part of the countdown displayed on the console or workstation and can be used by a service organization to determine the nature of a processor problem The particular countdown sequence varies by processor type consult the hardware or owner s manual for the processor or contact the local hardware service organization for information the self test sequence for a particular processor module Note that self tests 2 1 and 0 are associated with the transfer of control from the console program to the booting operating system 14 3 4 What are Alpha console environment variables Alpha systems have a variety of variables with values set up within the SRM system console These environment variables control the particular behaviour of the console program and the system hardware the particular console interface presented to the operating system various default values for the operating system bootstrap and related control mechanisms in 14 6
179. ate OPCOM messages and this will hopefully show which license s you need there may well also be additional license failures displayed as various products can check for and can be enabled by multiple license PAKs You will want to deassign this logical name when done Some of the more common license PAKs 12 4 Miscellaneous Information DECnet Phase V DVNETRTG DVNETEND DVNETEXT or NET APP SUP DECnet Plus DVNETRTG DVNETEND DVNETEXT or NET APP SUP TCP IP Services UCX or SUP OpenVMS Alpha OPENVMS ALPHA and OPENVMS ALPHA USER OpenVMS VAX VAX VMS OpenVMS Galaxy OPENVMS GALAXY Cluster Alpha VMSCLUSTER NET APP SUP Cluster VAX VAXCLUSTER NET SUP Various NET APP SUP NAS license packages are available each with differing collections of products authorized See the various NAS Software Product Description SPD documents for specific details e http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx To determine which license PAK is failing via a license check failure OPCOM message use the command DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTI VE LMF DISPLAY OPCOM MESSAGE TRUE Realize that defining this logical name will cause license checks that are otherwise hidden unimplemented latent or part of a check for any of a series of licenses to become visible In other words expect to see zero or more spurious license check calls whe
180. ated logical names And logical names left from older DEC C versions can sometimes cause the compiler troubles locating header files HP C V5 6 and later include a backport library a mechanism by which HP C running on older OpenVMS releases can gain access to newer RTL routines added to the RTL in later OpenVMS releases the language RTLs ship with OpenVMS itself and not with the compilers Example C code is available in SYS EXAMPLES in DECW EXAMPLES when the DECwindows examples are installed in TCPIPSSERVICES or on older releases UCX EXAMPLES when HP TCP IP Services is installed on the Freeware CD ROMs and at web sites such as http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums 10 17 OpenVMS Programming Information For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 10 22 1 Other common C issues The localtime function and various other functions maintain the number of years since 1900 in the struct tm structure member tm year This field will contain a value of 100 in the year 2000 101 for 2001 etc and the yearly incrementation of this field is expected to continue The C epoch typically uses a longword known as time t to contain the number of seconds since midnight on 1 Jan 1970 A
181. ation code and are not available to device drivers or other similar kernel mode code Alpha instructions are available in groups or subsets Obviously there is the base instruction set that is available on all Alpha microprocessors Then the following are the current instruction extension groups or subsets that are available on some of various recent Alpha microprocessors e byte word extension BWX LDBU LDWU SEXTB SEXTW STB and STW e floating point and square root extension FIX FTOIS FTOIT ITOFF ITOFS ITOFT SQRTF SQRTG SQRTS and SQRTT e count extension CIX CTLZ CTPOP and CTTZ e multi media extension MVI MAXSB8 MAXSW4 MAXUB8 MAXUW4 MINSB8 MINSW4 MINUB8 MINUWA PERR PKLB PKWB UNPKBL and UNPKBW The typical instruction subset that provides the biggest win and of course your mileage may vary is typically the instruction set that is provided by the EV56 and later specifically the byte word instruction subset To select this subset use the following ARCHI TECTURE EV56 OPTI MI ZE TUNE GENERI C 14 30 Hardware Information The ARCHITECTURE controls the maximum instruction subset that the compiler will generally use while the OPTIMIZE TUNE controls both the instruction level scheduling and also the instructions generated inside loops any code resulting from OPTIMIZE TUNE that is specific to an instruction subset will be generated only inside loops and will also be pro
182. ations referenced in section DOC9 15 4 1 How do I reset the LAN DECnet Plus NCL error counters On recent OpenVMS releases RUN SYS SYSTEM LANCP SET DEVI CE DEVI CE SPECI FI C FUNCTI ON CCOU devname 15 4 2 How do I install DECnet Phase IV on VMS 7 1 On OpenVMS V7 1 all DECnet binaries were relocated into separate installation kits you can selectively install the appropriate network DECnet Plus formerly known as DECnet OSD DECnet Phase IV and HP TCP IP Services often known as UCX On OpenVMS versions prior to V7 1 DECnet Phase IV was integrated and there was no installation question You had to install the DECnet Plus DECnet OSI package on the system after the OpenVMS upgrade or installation completed During an OpenVMS V7 1 installation or upgrade the installation procedure will query you to learn if DECnet Plus should be installed If you are upgrading to V7 1 from an earlier release or are installing V7 1 from a distribution kit simply answer NO to the question asking you if you want DECnet Plus Then after the OpenVMS upgrade or installation completes use the PCSI PRODUCT INSTALL command to install the DECnet Phase IV binaries from the kit provided on the OpenVMS software distribution kit 15 8 Information on Networks and Clusters If you already have DECnet Plus installed and wish to revert you must reconfigure OpenVMS You cannot reconfigure the live system hence you must reboot the system
183. attributes reported include variable length records 5 50 System Management Information 5 42 6 How to perform a DoD security disk erasure Sometimes refered to as disk tape or media declassification as formatting as pattern erasure or occasionally by the generic reference of data remanence Various references to the US Deparment of Defence DoD or NCSC Rainbow Books documentation are also seen in this context While this erasure task might initially appear quite easy basic characteristics of the storage media and of the device error recovery and bad block handling can make this effort far more difficult than it might initially appear Obviously data security and sensitivity the costs of exposure applicable legal or administrative requirements DoD HIPPA or otherwise and the intrinsic value of the data involved are all central factors in this discussion and in the decision of the appropriate resolution as is the value of the storage hardware involved With data of greater value or with data exposure sometimes far more costly than the residual value of the disk storage involved the physical destruction of the platters may well be the most expedient economical and appropriate approach The unintended exposure of a bad block containing customer healthcare data or of credit card numbers can quite be costly of course both in terms of the direct loss and the longer term and indirect costs of such exposures Other pote
184. blem follow the steps outlined in section Section 5 6 up through the use of the AUTHORIZE command In place of the AUTHORIZE command use the console to register the license PAKs Also see Section 12 4 for licensing and troubleshooting information For information on licensing and on the numbers of license units required for various products and various platforms the License Unit Requirements Table LURT is available at e http www compaq com products softw are info 5 40 Changing the OpenVMS Version Number Fool your friends baffle your enemies run the OpenVMS version of your choice Instantly back port all those useful new OpenVMS features to an ancient OpenVMS version On OpenVMS Alpha systems SET DEFAULT SYS COMMON SYS LDR RUN SYSVER REPLACE V9 9 WRI TE EXIT How does SYSVER work SYSVER looks for SYS BASE_IMAGE EXE within the default directory and updates the version string stored within And yes obviously SYS BASE IMAGE EXE resides in the directory SYS COMMON SYS LDRI On OpenVMS VAX systems set default SYS COMMON SYS LDR copy SYS EXE SYS EXE N 1 FAIL patch SYS EXE define sys gq_version 800044b8 set mode ascii lexamine sys gq version lexamine sys gq version 4 deposit sys gq version deposit sys gq versions update exit Exit y9 9 Then reboot the system at your leisure 5 43 System Management Information 5 41 How to prevent users from choosing obv
185. bsystems 5 5 1 System Management Information 5 2 Are there any known viruses for OpenVMS Viruses and worms are common on personal computers because the operating systems involved such as the Microsoft MS DOS Windows 95 Windows 98 and Windows ME variants do not particularly protect the operating system or the file system against hostile action by programs Microsoft Windows NT Windows 2000 and Windows XP do implement protections for specific configurations and do implement memory protection models but many users of these systems choose to operate with full adminstrator access and thus the available protections are entirely defeated and entirely not relevent and any program that can activate itself or can cause the user to activate the code can subvert the operating system and take over the hardware at which point the malicious code can do most anything it wishes including hiding copies of itself in other programs or in the file system redistributing itself via mail IM or network connections or can be used as a zombie in staging attacks on other systems This is less likely with multi user systems such as OpenVMS Unix Linux MVS and other platforms for various reasons First the operating system runs in a privileged mode in memory that is protected against modification by normal user programs Any program cannot simply take over the hardware as it can on operating systems without security and particularly without memory p
186. ces SCS protocols and SCS specific network datagrams Direct full connectivity is assumed An OpenVMS Cluster does not operate over DECnet nor over IP No SCS protocol routers are available Many folks have suggested operating SCS over DECnet or IP over the years but SCS is too far down in the layers and any such project would entail a major or complete rewrite of SCS and of the DECnet or IP drivers Further the current DECnet and IP implementations have large tracts of code that operate at the application level while SCS must operate in the rather more primitive contexts of the system and particularly the bootstrap to get SCS to operate over a DECnet or IP connection would require relocating major portions of the DECnet or IP stack into the kernel And it is not clear that the result would even meet the bandwidth and latency expectations The usual approach for multi site OpenVMS Cluster configurations involves FDDI Memory Channel MC2 or a point to point remote bridge brouter or switch The connection must be transparent and it must operate at 10 megabits per second or better Ethernet speed with latency characteristics similar to that of Ethernet or better Various sites use FDDI MC2 ATM or point to point T3 link 15 10 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 6 1 2 Configuring Cluster SCS for path load balancing This section discusses OpenVMS Cluster communications cluster terminology related utilities an
187. cluding calls to core services sys getjpi w sys getsyi w and sys qio w as well as source code examples for calls to many other system services and run time library routines and examples of one of the more difficult calling interfaces found on OpenVMS systems that of the smg create menu routine Arne Vajhgj has put together a collection of OpenVMS example programs It can be found at ftp ftp hhs dk pub vms Additional information and examples for OpenVMS are available via http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference and via http www hp com go openvms freeware 10 3 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 3 How do I get the arguments from the command line If you re writing a program and want to accept arguments from a foreign command you can use LIBBGET FOREIGN to get the command line and parse it yourself or if you re programming in C use the normal argc argv method To write an application which uses the normal DCL verb qualifier parameter syntax for invocation see the description of the CLI routines in the OpenVMS Callable Utility Routines Reference Manual It is possible to write an application which can be used both
188. cript extensions and Java 1 2 2 3 is required with DECwindows V1 2 6 and later For additional information on Java for Alpha systems please see the OpenVMS documentation V7 2 and later and the following site e http www compaq com java alpha index html HP Secure Web Server SWS formerly CSWS includes CSWS JAVA which provides the following Apache Tomcat technologies JavaServer Pages 1 1 Java Servlet 2 2 and MOD JK Also available is CSWS PHP a PHP implementation SWS is based on the Apache web server See SOFT1 13 6 Obtaining user input in DCL CGI script If you choose to use the GET method then the form data is available in the DCL symbol QUERY_STRING in URL encoded format If you use the POST method then you need to read the form data from stdin For a DCL CGI script running under the Netscape FastTrack web server you can read the data using the following READ command READ SYS COMMAND postdata to read the information in The following describes the use of DCL command procedures as CGI scripts with the OSU web server e http www levitte org ava cgiscripts_other htmlx 13 18 Finding and Using Software DCL CGI is also discussed in the Writing Real Programs in DCL book and in the Ask The Wizard website 13 7 How can a batch job get its own batch entry number To have a batch procedure retrieve its own batch entry number use the following Entry F GETQUI DISPLAY ENTRY entry number di
189. cuss migration to OpenVMS Alpha and to OpenVMS 164 available in the OpenVMS documentation both in the main documentation and depending on the age of the manuals involved in the archived documentation section As mentioned earlier more recent OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS I64 releases have added features and support that are not available on OpenVMS VAX Salient additions include the following e 64 bit addressing in OpenVMS Alpha V7 0 and later and on OpenVMS 164 e Multi host SCSI support SCSI TCQ in V6 2 and later e PCI support platform dependent e OpenVMS Galaxy vPars support in OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 and later Please see Section 14 4 5 for Intel Itanium terminology 14 2 Seeking performance information for Alpha and VAX systems HP makes a wide range of performance documents available through its FTP and WWW Internet servers see Section 3 2 The following contain information on Integrity Alpha and VAX products with the VAX information largely accessable via archive related links at the Alpha related product web pages http www hp com go server e http www compaq com alphaserver vax index html 14 2 Hardware Information The following sites are reachable via the AlphaServer information pages and contain information on various retired VAX and Alpha products http www compaq com alphaserver archive index html e http www compaq com alphaserver performance perf tps html Also see CPU2000 http www s
190. d 6 Plus upselect some systems Minus downselect some systems TAB down arrow SHIFT4TAB up arrow 14 3 8 Console Management Options Options to collect multiple consoles into a single server are available with both hardware options and software packages that can provide advanced features and capabilities Some of the available console management options for OpenVMS e Heroix http www robomon com e KI Products http www ki com products clim e Global Maintech http www globalmt com e TECsys http www tditx com e CA http www cai com products commandit htm 14 17 Hardware Information Computer Associates is the owner of what was once known as the VAXcluster Console System VCS console management package and has integrated this capability into the CA management product suite 14 3 9 Why do my EFI Boot Aliases Fail OpenVMS 164 boot aliases contain signature information referencing the specific volume meaning that the entries are specific to the disk volume and not the disk device This also means that certain operations such as the SET BOOTBLOCK command or the RUN SYS SETBOOT EXE operation that can rewrite these volume signatures signature or GUID values can render existing boot aliases unusable If your boot aliases do not function as expected first try removing and re adding them this will resynchronize the boot aliases with the volume contents If you are using the SET BOOTBLOCK comm
191. d Author ISBN Using DECwindows Motif for OpenVMS 1 55558 114 5 Margie Sherlock VAX VMS Internals and Data Structures Version 5 2 1 55558 059 9 Writing Real Programs in DCL Second Edition 1 55558 191 9 Hoffman and Anagnostopoulos Writing OpenVMS Alpha Device Drivers in C 1 55558 133 1 Sherlock and Szubowicz Within the above table no attempt is made to track which books are currently in print or are currently out of print For various featured OpenVMS books also please see the books link at the OpenVMS website e http www hp com go openvms For a bibliography of various OpenVMS books please see e http www levitte org ava vms_book htmlx 3 7 What OpenVMS mailing lists and forums are available Various OpenVMS mailing lists are available with some of the available lists detailed in Table 3 4 as are the various discussion forums in Table 8 5 Table 3 4 OpenVMS Mailing Lists Subscription Interest Area OpenVMS Freeware archive announcement list FSupdate 6 goatley com FSupdate request goatley com Two way echo of vmsnet internals VMSnet Internals goatley com VMSnet Internals request goatley com This is the subscription address Usually you will want to send a mail message with no subject line and a SUBSCRIBE or HELP command in the body of the mail message 3 8 Interest Area Alpha IDS 6 goatley com Alpha IDS request goatley com BLISSters goatley com BLISSters request goatley com Info
192. d command and control interfaces 15 6 1 2 1 Cluster Terminology SCS Systems Communication Services The protocol used to communicate between VMSCluster systems and between OpenVMS systems and SCS based storage controllers SCSI based storage controllers do not use SCS PORT A communications device such as DSSI CI Ethernet or FDDI Each CI DSSI bus is a different local port named PAA0 etc All Ethernet and FDDI busses make up a single PEAO port VIRTUAL CIRCUIT A reliable communications path established between a pair of ports Each port in a VMScluster establishes a virtual circuit with every other port in that cluster All systems and storage controllers establish Virtual Circuits to enable communications between all available pairs of ports SYSAP A system application that communicates using SCS Each SYSAP communicates with a particular remote SYSAP Example SYSAPs include VMSS DISK CL DRIVER connects to MSCP DISK The disk class driver is on every VMSCluster system MSCP DISK is on all disk controllers and all VMSCluster systems that have SYSGEN parameter MSCP LOAD set to 1 VMSS TAPE CL DRIVER connects to MSCP TAPE The tape class driver is on every VMSCluster system MSCP TAPE is on all tape controllers and all VMSCluster systems that have SYSGEN parameter TMSCP LOAD set to 1 VMS VAXCLUSTER connects to VMS VAXCLUSTER This SYSAP contains the connection manager which manages cluster co
193. d hardware module swaps e http www hp com go parts http www hp com buy parts The HP Parts Reference Guide replaces the CAS Catalog and DAS Catalog parts catalogs and related resources Details of the available self maintenance programs and services can vary by geography and by the particular services channel s and current program specifics are available via the above URLs 14 17 Why does my system halt when I power cycle the console terminal Various VAX and Alpha consoles are designed to process the BREAK signal treating it as a HALT request A BREAK is a deliberately generated serial line framing error When a serial line device such as a terminal powers up or sometimes when powering down it can generate framing errors These framing errors are indistingushable from a BREAK signal 14 37 Hardware Information When a BREAK is received on a serial line console for various VAX systems including most VAXstation MicroVAX and VAX 4000 series it is typically interpreted as a HALT Alpha systems will also often process a BREAK in a similar fashion halting the system There is no uniform or generally available way to disable this behaviour on every VAX or Alpha system On some systems BREAK processing can be disabled in favor of CTRL P or CTRL P is the only way to halt the processor The most common way to avoid these halts is to disable the serial line console or to simply not power cycle the console ter
194. d not of the C manuals Once you have created and compiled a new timezone rule or have downloaded and have compiled a whole new set of timezone rules use the SYS MANAGER UTC TIME SETUP COM to select the new timezone if necessary with V7 3 and later this tool will automically notice the new timezone and will offer it on earlier releases you may will have to hack the code of the tool somewhat to allow it to present the new timezone rule If an existing timezone rule is simply changing you don t need this re selection step 4 16 Time and Timekeeping Note As mentioned in Section 4 4 2 please don t modify or redefine the TZ logical name found on older configurations or the SYS TIMEZONE NAME logical name or any other time or timezone related logical names directly yourself Rather please use the zic compiler and or the UTC TIME SETUP COM procedure For various published timezone rules or updated to same see the tar gz files these are gzipped tar archives available at e ftp elsie nci nih gov pub These are gzipped tar archives and are the pubished source used for the OpenVMS timezone rules on OpenVMS V7 3 and later and within the predecessor C run time environment timezone support used on older OpenVMS releases You ll need to first gunzip and then use vmstar to unpack and access the contents of the archives The published timezone rules include the effective date ranges for the individual rules so you can rel
195. d shareable image found in the system shareable image directory does not match the version of the shareable image that was originally loaded into IMAGELIB OLB one of the OpenVMS libraries typically searched by the LINKER From a privileged username you can usually completely repair this via the following DCL command LI B REPLACE SHARE 515 1 BRARY MAGELI B OLB SYSSSHARE LI EXE This command assumes that the shareable image that was found in the SYS SHARE area is valid and upward compatiable and that the image has simply replaced an older version without also updating IMAGELIB 10 22 HP C and other OpenVMS C Programming Considerations VAX C V3 2 was released for OpenVMS VAX systems in 1991 DEC C V4 0 replaced VAX C V3 2 in 1993 as the HP C compiler for OpenVMS VAX systems HP C is the ANSI C compiler for OpenVMS Alpha systems VAX C predates the ANSI C standards and has various areas that are not compliant with ANSI C requirements HP C is an ANSI C compiler and can also compile most VAX C code when STANDARD VAXC is specified Versions of this compiler between V3 2 and V6 5 exclusive were known as DEC C DIGITAL C and Compaq C Both compilers can be installed at the same time on the same OpenVMS VAX system allowing a migration from VAX C to DEC C and allowing the same DEC C code to be used on OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha The system manager can choose the system default C compiler when HP C is installed on
196. d the OpenVMS Software Product Descriptions for OpenVMS and for OpenVMS Cluster software http n18000 www1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx for further details on the Rolling Upgrade and for support information 5 17 System Management Information 5 10 5 OpenVMS VAX Manual Organization The documentation for older releases of OpenVMS VAX was comprised of various platform specific manuals manuals that include instructions that are specific to installing and upgrading on the particular VAX platform These older manuals can be useful for learning platform or console specific operations or requirements for the particular and older VAX platform There is far less console command syntax and console storage media variability among the more recent Alpha and Integrity processors The newer platform operator and management interfaces are far more consistent across the platform lines 5 10 6 OpenVMS Product Version and Support Information For information on Prior Version Support PVS and Mature Product Support including information on support end dates for OpenVMS and various layered products please see the support resources link available at the main OpenVMS website or the services links available at the main services website e http www hp com go openvms e http www hp com go services And see the following links with the caveat that the direct hps lin
197. d the analogous developer and partner programs at HP One of the benefits available is a free license product authorization key PAK that enables the generation of license PAKs the so called PAKGEN PAK generator license PAK An example of this is available on the OpenVMS Freeware V8 0 distribution And no you can t use the Freeware PAKGEN PAK to generate any license PAK you might want Please see Section 2 8 3 for additional details on the DSPP program For information on the OpenbVMS Hobbyist and OpenVMS Educational license programs please see Section 2 8 1 2 8 4 How do I obtain or transfer an OpenVMS license To transfer a commercial OpenVMS license from one owner to another or to purchase a commercial license you can contact HP at regional sales office or reseller For information on the hobbyist license program please see Section 2 8 1 2 9 Does OpenVMS support the Euro currency symbol OpenVMS can generate the xA4 character code used for the Euro and the DECwindows DECterm can display the glyph Please check with the vendor of your terminal or terminal emulator for additional details 2 10 General Information 2 10 OpenVMS Ports Itanium Ports to IA 32 EM64T or AMD64 systems OpenVMS has been ported to and is operational on four architectures VAX Alpha IA 64 and IA 32 The first three have available native ports of OpenVMS the fourth is available via emulation VAX is the oldest architecture and limi
198. d the user s specified cleartext password and compare the resulting hashed value using a call to hash password against the saved hashed password value this value also acquired via getqui For reasons of security avoid saving a cleartext password value in any data files and do not maintain the cleartext password in memory longer than required Use of sys acm on V7 3 1 and later is recommended Kerberos authentication client and server is available on OpenVMS V7 3 and later Integration of Kerberos support into various Compaq and into third party products is expected External authentication is available in V7 3 1 and later with support for user written external authentication in V7 3 2 and later If you are simply looking for OpenVMS access and the SYSTEM and all other privileged passwords are forgotten or otherwise unavailable please see section Section 5 6 and or the OpenVMS documentation set Also please see the NCSC C2 guidelines in the OpenVMS security manual 5 42 Please help me with the OpenVMS BACKUP utility 5 421 Why isn t BACKUP SINCE BACKUP working If you are seeing more files backed up than previously you are seeing the result of a change that was made to ensure BACKUP can perform an incrementation restoration of the files In particular if a directory file modification date changes all files underneath it are included in the BACKUP in order to permit incremental restoration should a directory file get renam
199. d will usually perform as expected within the limits of the hardware For details of CRT and LCD display compatibility please see Section 14 19 Rule of thumb if the peripheral device component was sold for use with the DEC 2000 DECpc 150 AXP an AlphaServer series an AlphaStation series or a more recent Alpha system it will probably work with a PC peripheral controller or with a PC compatible KVM switch If the 14 38 14 18 Can Hardware Information peripheral device component was sold for use with an VT420 or older terminal most VAX most VAXstation and most Alpha systems with names in the format DEC four digit number it probably won t work on a PC system or with a PC compatible KVM Note that the above is a general guideline and should not be read to indicate that any particular peripheral device will or will not work in any particular configuration save for those specific configurations the device is explicitly supported in Software Integrators sells a video adapter card called Gemini P1 which will drive many of the older HP DIGITAL logo fixed frequency monitors on a PC system e http www si87 com The DIGITAL classic 2 5 2 style part number 29 32549 01 converts the output from the RGB cable 3 BNC synch on green that comes with the VAXstation 3100 and VAXstation 4000 series to a female SVGA D connector You may be able to find third party converters or adapters 3 BNCs with synch on green signaling to 5
200. ddresses These should not be confused with the relative topic numbers shown at the site For example 3 10 Documentation the topic 1020 can be accessed directly using the URL filename wiz_ 1020 html at the web site that the following URL resolves into e http www hp com go openvms wizard A zip archive named wizard zip containing all of the available topics and questions can be downloaded from the above URL The wizard zip zip archive is completely regenerated when if existing topics posted out to the ATW website are updated Copies of this wizard zip archive also generally ship out on the OpenVMS Freeware as well New informal questions and discussions are now being directed away from the ATW area to the ITRC area and specifically to the ITRC discussion forums http www itrc hp com can find the latest C run time library manuals The C run time library RTL reference documentation has been moved from the C language documentation set to the OpenVMS documentation set For the most recent version of the C RTL documentation and the OpenVMS standard C library please see the OpenVMS manuals In addition to the user mode C RTL there is a second kernel mode RTL accessable to drivers on OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS I64 For details on this second library and on the duplicate symbol errors that can be triggered when this library is referenced during an incorrectly specified LINK command please see Section 10 22 1 For gene
201. des multiple paths should be configured using a non zero allocation class either at the MSCP or TMSCP storage controllers at the port for port allocation classes or at the OpenVMS MSCP or TMSCP server All controllers or servers providing a path to the same device should have the same allocation class at the port controller or server level Each disk or tape unit number used within a non zero disk or tape allocation class must be unique regardless of the particular device prefix For the purposes of multi path device path determination any disk or tape device with the same unit number and the same disk or tape allocation class configuration is assumed to be the same device If you are reconfiguring disk device allocation classes you will want to avoid the use of allocation class one 1 until unless you have Fibre Channel storage configured Fibre Channel storage specifically requires the use of allocation class 1 eg 1 DGAO0 15 16 Information on Networks and Clusters How to configure allocation classes and Multi Path SCSI The HSZ allocation class is applied to devices starting with OpenVMS V7 2 It is considered a port allocation class PAC and all device names with a PAC have their controller letter forced to A You might infer from the the text in the Guidelines for OpenVMS Cluster Configurations that this is something you have to do though OpenVMS will thoughtfully handle this renaming for you
202. diskettes under OpenVMS using an RX23 3 5 RX26 3 5 or RX33 5 25 diskette drive For 3 5 diskettes high density disks can be read or written double density disks are read only Only high density disks are supported on the RX33 http www madgoat com The Freeware package WINFX is available on Freeware V6 0 and can read the FAT volume structure http www hp com go openvms freeware 7 3 How do I play sound files on an AlphaStation DECsound doesn t work Various of the more recent AlphaStation systems use a different sound board Microsoft Sound System than the earlier DEC 3000 series systems and DECsound as supplied by DECwindows Motif doesn t support this board nor this interface HP offers an optional product Multimedia Services MMOV for OpenVMS http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx which provides a replacement for DECsound for this card as well as many other features an AVI and MPEG player video capture support etc Ensoniq sound support is also available 7 2 Information on Utilities 7 4 How dol read IBM EBCDIC tapes on OpenVMS Most all IBM EBCDIC based systems can read and write ANSI labeled ASCII magtapes Fixed length records MOUNT FOREIGN BLOCKSIZE 512 RECORDSIZE 512 for one block records and the DCL COPY command can be used to transfer fixed record size text files out onto tape media or to read fr
203. ditional charge all you need is the media and documentation which can be found on the Consolidated Distribution and On Line Documentation CD ROMs Support for the POSIX package on more recent OpenVMS releases is not available various parts of POSIX such as calls from the API are being integrated more directly into OpenVMS For more information on POSIX for VMS see question SOFT2 What became confusing is that the OpenVMS name was introduced first for OpenVMS AXP V1 0 causing the widespread misimpression that OpenVMS was for Alpha AXP only while regular VMS was for VAX In fact the official name of the VAX operating system was changed as of V5 5 though the name did not start to be actually used in the product until V6 0 2 3 What s in a Name Terminology and Products The proper names for OpenVMS on the various platforms are OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 Use of OpenVMS AXP and of VAX VMS are deprecated The VAX and Alpha terms are largely interchangeably used as the names of platforms of processor or microprocessor implementations and of the respective computing architectures Somewhat confusing to long time OpenVMS users Intel 18 32 64 and EM64T and AMD AMD64 are the names of various computing architectures and of architectural extensions Only These are not the names of any implementations nor of any platforms Intel Itanium is the name of a family of microprocessor implementations o
204. dor s or maintainer s for assistance and details on their products OpenVMS Engineering is also well aware of the Intel EM64T platform and processors There no plans to provide a native port of HP OpenVMS for any systems based on the AMD AMD64 nor Intel EM64T architectures As part of the work leading to the Itanium port senior engineers had extensively evaluated the products and the architectures available across the high end 64 bit computing space and chose to target Itanium for 64 bit environments this while under the Compaq organization This included looking at IA 32 HP a co developer of Itanium with Intel had seperately chosen to target Intel Itanium for its high end computer products Compaq then announced plans for the future of Alpha through EV7 series products and platforms and HP entirely seperately announced plans for PA RISC products and platforms The Itanium target has been maintained consistently since the Itanium port was announced by Compaq and has also been consistently maintained by HP and by the combined company For those folks prefering to follow the schedules and the product deliveries OpenVMS Engineering had OpenVMS I64 V8 0 ready internally ahead of schedule and with more features available within the release than had been originally planned for the release For information on and for schedules of future OpenVMS releases please see the roadmap that is available at the OpenVMS website OpenVMS 1
205. duct licenses have expired what can do If you have a system with no licenses for OpenVMS or for OpenVMS users and thus cannot log into the OpenVMS system normally you should be able to log into the console serial terminal this is the terminal device known as OPAO and perform the commands necessary For systems that are not configured with an accessable console serial terminal as can be the case with how some DECwindows workstations are configured you must log in over the network or from a local serial connection If you cannot log in over a network connection SET HOST telnet etc or from another local serial terminal connection you will have to halt the system and perform a conversational bootstrap as described in Section 5 6 You must then enter licensing related commands once the conversational bootstrap has reached the dollar prompt Use the following DCL command to invoke a menu that allows you to manage and to register new or replacement license PAKs QSYSSUPDATE VMSLI CENSE 5 9 System Management Information You have now registered the license PAKs Direct use of the DCL commands LICENSE and SHOW LICENSE and such is also obviously available If you wish to connect a serial console on your DECwindows workstation please see Section 14 8 8 3 Section 14 3 6 Section 11 10 and Section 14 17 For information on troubleshooting DECwindows please see Section 11 5 5 7 How dol change the node name of an Op
206. e WATCH time is read when the SET TIME command is issued with no parameters when the running system time is reset to the value stored in the BB WATCH The running system time is written into the BB WATCH when the SET TIME command is issued with a parameter 4 4 Time and Timekeeping The specification for maximum clock drift in the Alpha hardware clock is 50 parts per million ppm that is less than 0 000050 seconds of drift per second less than 0 000050 days of drift per day or less than 0 000050 years of drift per year etc eg An error of one second over a day long interval is roughly 11ppm or 1000000 24 60 60 Put another way this is 005 which is around 130 seconds per month or 26 minutes per year The software maintained system time can drift more than this primarily due to other system activity Typical causes of drift include extensive high IPL code soft memory errors heavy activity at device IPLs etc that are causing the processing of the clock interrupts to be blocked 4 1 1 2 2 EXE GQ SYSTIME This is the OpenVMS Alpha system time cell This cell contains the number of 100ns intervals since November 17 1858 00 00 00 00 This cell is incremented by 100000 every 10ms by an hardware interval timer 4 1 1 2 3 SAVED HWCLOCK This cell is used by OpenVMS Alpha to keep track of the last time and date that EXE GQ_SYSTIME was adjusted It keeps the same time format as EXE GQ_SYSTIME The value in
207. e and the PAK version are the usual culprits when a license product authorization key PAK check failure occurs The PAK termination date is the date when the license PAK will expire The PAK release date is the date of the most recent release date of the software package that will be permitted by the particular license PAK The release date check is analogous to a product version check The PAK version indicates the most recent product version that is permitted by the license Having multiple license PAKs registered and active can also cause problems if an expired PAK gets loaded You will want to DISABLE license PAKs you do not wish to have loaded Other problems include a failure to register each PAK in all license databases throughout a multiple system disk cluster with a consistent set of INCLUDE lists specified across each of the duplicated PAKs Additionally you could have an invalid LMF LICENSE logical name defined If no LMF LICENSE logical name is defined the standard license database named SYS SYSTEM LMF LICENSE LDB will be used You can display license failures by defining the following logical name DEFINE SYS EXEC LMF DISPLAY OPCOM MESSAGE TRUE Enable your terminal as a license operator REPLY ENABLE LICENSE define the LMF DISPLAY also and then System Management Information To register a license PAK on a DECwindows system when DECwindows cannot start because of an expired license or other licensing pro
208. e but be certain to verify compatibility across devices regardless of the particular device or particular recording media chosen Presently Plus media is slightly more expensive than Minus but with the prices of all CD and all DVD media continuing to consistently fall the differences in DVD media costs are becoming irrelevent for all but the production of huge volumes of DVD media The rated DVD recording speeds are in multiples of 1353 kilobytes per second thus a DVD 1X drive is roughly equivalent to a CD 9X drive in T O requirements and transfer speed DVD drive recording speed can and does vary DVD disk drive recording speed is limited by the rated recording speed of the media used so the slower and cheaper DVD media will not record any more quickly in a faster drive A 2 4X DVD drive loaded with 1X media will record at 1X 9 10 Files 9 7 2 Use of RRD42 and other older embossed media CD drives The RRD42 series SCSI CD ROM drive is sufficiently old that it can have problems processing CD R and CD RW media Other very old CD drives can have equivalent media compatibility problems when attempting to read much newer CD media and newer CD media technologies These older CD drives are generally intended for use with the so called embossed media rather than with non embossed recorded recordable media now in common circulation Please consider using a slightly less ancient CD ROM or CD R or CD RW drive when working
209. e Royal Observers outbuildings and the compromise that left the English with the Time Standard the Prime Meridian and the French with the standards for Distance and Weight the Metric System are left to other sources Some of these other sources include the following URLs e ftp elsie nci nih gov pub e http physics nist gov GenInt Time time html e http nist time gov 4 24 Time and Timekeeping 4 8 Using w32time or an SNTP as a time provider No standards compliant NTP or SNTP server is reportedly capable of synchronizing with the Microsoft Windows w32time services Further NTP clients are not generally capable of synchronizing with an SNTP server Open Source Free NTP servers qv OpenNTP are available for Microsoft Windows platforms and TCP IP Services and third party packages all provide NTP servers for OpenVMS and NTP and SNTP clients can synchronize with these srvers 4 25 System Management Information If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ What is an installed image The term install has two distinct meanings in OpenVMS The first relates to installing a product which is done with either the SYS UPDATE VMSINSTAL COM command procedure or the POLYCENTER Software Installation PCSI utility PRODUCT command The second meaning relates to the use of the INSTALL utility which is what concerns us here The INSTALL utility is used to identify
210. e Section 14 4 5 for Intel Itanium terminology 14 5 What is the least expensive system that will run OpenVMS The cheapest systems that are or have been recently offered by HP that will run OpenVMS Alpha are the AlphaServer 12510 server the AlphaStation XP900 workstation the AlphaStation VS10 workstation and the AlphaStation XP1000 workstation Other companies sell Alpha powered systems and Alpha motherboards some of which will run and can be purchased with OpenVMS see the OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD for details on the supported systems and configurations There are also many used AlphaStation AlphaServer and DEC 3000 series models available which are quite suitable For more experienced OpenVMS system managers the unsupported Multia can bootstrap OpenVMS see Section 14 4 1 for details Used Itanium based systems that a hobbyist could likely use to bootstrap OpenVMS 164 have been seen selling on auction websites for under US 1000 New Integrity rx2620 series systems officially supported by OpenVMS 164 have been offered as part of a week long DSPP porting and training package for US 2000 See Section 2 8 3 for details on the DSPP program Also see the HP Renew used and or refurbished equipment program for any hardware that might be available Free and commercial VAX software based hardware emulators are available for various platforms See Section 13 12 for details on those Hobbyist related hardware platform s
211. e a huge number of newsgroups available some of which discuss topics of interest to folks using OpenVMS operating system Key among these are the comp os vms newsgroup and the vmsnet heirarchy of newsgroups 1 2 1 What is the scope of the comp os vms newsgroup The comp os vms newsgroup is the primary newsgroup for discussion of the HP OpenVMS operating system and the computer systems on which it runs Questions about layered products which run on OpenVMS are also welcome though many of them in particular language compilers and database systems have more specific newsgroups If a question has some relationship to OpenVMS it belongs in comp os vms 1 2 2 What newsgroups carry VMS related information The vmsnet hierarchy is operated by the Encompass users group formerly known as DECUS and contains various newsgroups of interest including vmsnet misc and vmsnet alpha Sprechen Sie Deutsch Besuchen Sie bitte den newsgroup de comp os vms The comp sys dec newsgroup carries general discussions about various HP computer systems and specifically systems that were acquired by HP as part of the acquisition of Compaq systems which had previously been acquired by Compaq as part of the acquisition of Digital Equipment Corporation DIGITAL Also of interest are resources and conferencing systems including Encompasserve formerly known as DECUServe and Ken Farmer s OpenVMS Org forums telnet eisner decus org http www
212. e scanning tools are particularly useful for systems running Samba or Advanced Server PATHWORKS as these servers tend to have a higher population of files intended for Microsoft Windows systems users and as common virus and worm attacks can find and infect files on the file shares that these products can provide These infections do not target OpenVMS itself though the OpenVMS server and any other platform and any other server capable of storing files for Windows systems can silently host files containing common Microsoft Windows infections 5 3 Sources of OpenVMS security information Where can I get information on OpenVMS system security e http www hp com go openvms doc e http www blacksheepnetworks com security resources openvms System Management Information 5 4 How do mount an ISO 9660 CD on OpenVMS 150 9660 support was added in the following releases e OpenVMS VAX V6 0 e OpenVMS AXP V1 5 An add on ISO 9660 kit was also available for OpenVMS VAX V5 5 V5 5 1 V5 5 2 and V5 5 2H4 This requires the installation of the F11CD kit from the InfoServer CD from the Consolidated Distribution CD under the InfoServer area or the F11CD ECO kit Upgrades to V6 and later are strongly recommended By default OpenVMS senses the specific type of media If you are working with dual format media media that uses both the ODS 2 and ISO 9660 formats on the same CD ROM then MOUNT will first detect and then default to the ODS 2 form
213. e system boot procedure the bootstrap code solicits parameter and other input from the console terminal If DIAG is set then the diagnostic supervisor should enter its menu mode and prompt user for the devices to test 1 DEBUG Debug If this flag is set OpenVMS VAX maps the code for the XDELTA debugger into the system page tables of the running system 14 10 Table 14 3 Hardware Information Table 14 3 Cont VAX Conversational Bootstrap Flags Bit Mnemonic Description 2 INIBPT Initial breakpoint If RPB V_DEBUG is set OpenVMS VAX executes a BPT instruction immediately after enabling mapping 3 BBLOCK Secondary boot from the boot block Secondary bootstrap is a single 512 byte block whose LBN is specified in R4 4 DIAG Diagnostic boot Secondary bootstrap is the Diagnostic Supervisor image the image SYSMAINT DIAGBOOT EXE 5 BOOBPT Bootstrap breakpoint Stops the primary and secondary bootstraps with an XDELTA breakpoint instruction prior to the memory test 6 HEADER Image header Takes the transfer address of the secondary bootstrap image from that file s image header If the RPB V_ HEADER bit is not set the image is assumed to have no image header and control is transfered to the first byte of the secondary boot file T NOTEST Memory test inhibit Sets a bit in the PFN bit map for each page of memory present Does not test the memory 8 SOLICT File name VMB prompts for the name of a secondary bootstra
214. e the attachments MPACK MUNPACK tools are also available on OpenVMS Freeware V5 0 e With OpenVMS V7 2 and later use the MIME tool supplied with OpenVMS 6 3 How can I block SMTP mail relay spam Use the anti spam capabilities present in the TCP IP Services V5 1 and later SMTP servers Use a firewall On earlier TCP IP Services releases some simple DCL can reportedly prevent relay SMTP spam Use the UCX command SHOW SERVICE SMTP FULL to find the directory containing the UCX SMTP_RECV_ STARTUP COM file and insert the following DCL 6 2 Information on Mail Block spam MY ADDRESS LONG 0 32 1 NTEGER FSTRNLNM SYS REM_NODE MY ADDRESSZFSFAO UB UB UB UB F CVUI 0 8 MY ADDRESS LONGI F CVUI 8 8 MY ADDRESS LONG FSCVUI 16 8 MY ADDRESS LONG F CVUI 24 8 MY ADDRESS LONG MY ADDRESS REVERSE FSFAO UB UB UB UB FSCVUI 24 8 MY ADDRESS LONG F CVUI 16 8 MY ADDRESS LONG F CVUI 8 8 MY ADDRESS LONG F CVUI 0 8 MY ADDRESS LONG WRI TE SYS OUTPUT F TI ME amp FSTRNLNM SYSSREM NODE MY ADDRESS UCX SHOW HOST MY ADDRESS REVERSE INPUTS ORBS ORG IF STATUS EQ 1 THEN WRITE SYSSOUTPUT SPAM from relay rejected EXIT ENDI F UCX SHOW HOST MY ADDRESS REVERSE 505008055 ORG IF STATUS EQ 1 THEN WRITE SYSSOUTPUT SPAM source relay rejected EXIT ENDI F Run receiver run sys system ucx smtp_recei ver exe goto exi
215. e the console message window application available with recent DECwindows versions DECwindows versions V1 2 3 and later will enable this window by default For details on this console message window see the DECW CONSOLE_SELECTION option in SYS STARTUP DECW PRIVATE_APPS_SETUP TEMPLATE On older releases you can disable output using the following SET TERMI NAL PERMANENT NOBROADCAST DEFINE USER SYS COMMAND 0 REPLY DISABLE 11 11 DECwindows Also see Section 14 3 3 2 Section 14 17 and Also see Section 8 4 11 11 DECW W NODEVICE No graphics device found on this system To resolve the following error DECW W NODEVICE No graphics device found on this system DECW 1 NODECW DECwi ndows graphics drivers will not be loaded e Ensure that the system parameter WINDOW SYSTEM is set to 1 If it is not set to a value of 1 issue the commands run sys system sysgen USE CURRENT SET W NDOW SYSTEM 1 WRITE ACTI VE WRITE CURRENT EXIT Then reboot the system e On OpenVMS Alpha ensure the SYSMAN IO PREFIX LIST is set correctly and specifically ensure the DECW prefix is included in the existing list If it is not you will need to add it run sys system sysman 10 SHOW PREFIX 10 SET PREFI X DECWS list returned by the show command 10 AUTO LOG EXIT e Ensure that the image SYS SHARE DECW ICBM EXE is installed in memory If it is not installed then install it INSTALL LIST FULL SYS
216. e usage of the SET TIME command and the underlying SETTIM system service is disabled The first message is displayed on systems running DECnet Plus V6 1 and earlier On systems with newer DECnet Plus software the second and more informative message is given You shouldn t have to change the time manually you should be doing this through the time server but if you insist have to shutdown DTSS RUN SYS SYSTEM NCL DISABLE DTSS DELETE DTSS This will shutdown DTSS CLERK You may then change the system time as usual To restart the DTSS software type SYS STARTUP DTSS STARTUP You will need a number of privileges to issue this command and you must also be granted the NET MANAGE identifer to shutdown and to restart DTSS 4 20 Time and Timekeeping If you wish to permanently disable DTSS on a system running DECnet Plus the above NCL sequence must be performed each time the system is bootstrapped On DECnet Plus V7 3 and later you can define the logical name NET DISABLE DTSS to disable the DTSS startup This logical name must be defined in the command procedure SYLOGICALS COM as this logical name must be present and defined sufficiently early in the OpenVMS system bootstrap sequence for it to function If DTSS is running and no time servers are configured you can and will see the following messages at regular intervals 16 OPCOM 2 SEP 1999 19 41 20 29 Message from user SY
217. ectly effect the running system In order to get the full benefit from write behind operations you also need to increase the RMS local buffer count from the default of 2 to a larger number Raising the value to 10 is probably a reasonable first estimate for this value run sys system sysman PARAMETERS USE ACTIVE PARAMETERS SET RMS SEQFILE WBH 1 PARAMETERS WRITE ACTI VE EXIT SET RMS BUFFER 10 EXTEND 65000 BLOCK 127 BACKUP source specification ddcu dir saveset bck SAVE 5 423 Why is BACKUP not working as expected First please take the time to review the BACKUP documentation and particularly the BACKUP command examples Then please download and install the most current BACKUP eco kit Finally please please set the process quotas per the System Management documentation These steps tend to resolve most problems seen BACKUP has a very complex interface and there are numerous command examples and extensive user documentation available For a simpler user interface for BACKUP please see the documentation for the BACKUP MANAGER tool As for recent BACKUP changes oddities bugs etc e change made in OpenVMS V6 2 WILL cause more files to be included into a file based BACKUP saveset using SINCE BACKUP as all files underneath any directory with a sufficiently recent selected date will be included in the saveset This change was deliberate and intentional and was mandated by the need to provide a functional incremen
218. ed 5 42 1 1 Why has OpenVMS gone through the agony of this change When a directory is renamed the modified date is changed When the restoration needs to restore the directory and its contents and the restoration should not result in the restoration of the older directory name when a series of incremental BACKUPs are restored Thus an incremental BACKUP operation needs to pick up all of the changes 5 45 System Management Information Consider performing an incremental restoration to test the procedures This testing was how OpenVMS Engineering found out about the problem that was latent with the old BACKUP selection scheme the old incremental BACKUP scheme would have missed restoring any files under a renamed directory Hence the change to the selection mechanisms mentioned in Section 5 42 1 5 42 1 2 Can you get the old BACKUP behaviour back Yes please see the NOINCREMENTAL qualifier available on recent OpenVMS versions and ECO kits Use of this qualifier informs BACKUP that you are aware of the limitations of the old BACKUP behaviour around incremental disk restorations 5 42 2 What can I do to improve BACKUP performance Use the documented commands in the manual for performing incremental BACKUPs Use the documented incremental procedures Don t try to use incremental commands in a non incremental context Also consider understanding and then using NOALIAS which will likely be a bigger win than will anything to do
219. ed for and tailored for OpenVMS Hobbyists the contents and capabilities of the Hobbyist installation kits included within the OpenVMS Hobbyist distribution do not differ from the standard distribution installation kits The products are chosen to reflect the most popular products and the space available on the media If you have questions on what else is authorized by the license agreement and on what other distribution media is available to you well please read the applicable software license agreement s For further information please link to http www openvmshobbyist org On the OpenVMS Hobbyist license registration form at the above website as of August 2005 you are offered the choice of the OpenVMS VAX license s the OpenVMS Alpha license s and the Layered Products licenses You will want the operating system license for your particular 2 8 General Information OpenVMS platform and you will want the Layered Products licenses You will want to select and to acquire wo sets of license PAKs For vendors wishing to license products specifically for hobbyist use and to not issue hobbyist PAKs the program provides hobbyists with the license PAK OPENVMS HOBBYIST If you plan to use a hardware emulator eg VAX emulator on a Microsoft Windows platform make sure you have an OpenVMS distribution kit that can be installed and or booted with the particular emulator package you plan to use For addit
220. ed near the diagnostic LED display The slide switch is accessable with the cover removed Various members of the DEC 3000 series Alpha systems also have a similarly labled S3 switch for selection of the alternate console The particular port that becomes the console can vary The printer MMJ connection is used on all VAXstation 3100 series On VAXstation II the console DB9 is used rather than the graphics display On most all AlphaStation series systems typically the COMI serial port becomes the console Also see Section 14 3 6 Section 11 10 and Section 14 17 Beware the two different DB9 pin outs see Section 14 27 for related details For information on registering software license product authorization keys PAKs please see Section 5 6 2 14 5 Hardware Information 14 3 3 4 Please explain the back panel of the MicroVAX II The MicroVAX series console bulkhead interface was used with the 14 4630 as well as with the KA650 and KA655 processors There are three controls on the console bulkhead of these systems Triangle in circle paddle halt enable dot in circle halt is enabled and auto boot is disabled dot not in circle halt freak is disabled and auto boot is enabled Three position rotary power up bootstrap behaviour arrow normal operation face language inquiry mode t in circle infinite self test loop Eight position rotary console baud rate selection select the required baud r
221. een what the ANSI ISO C standard calls sequence points produce undefined and implementation specific results Within C the following are the sequence points the at the end of a C statment the amp amp and comma operators and a call to a function Note specifically that is NOT a sequence point and that the individual arguments contained within a function argument list can be processed from right to left from left to right or at any random whim HP C for OpenVMS VAX formerly DEC C and VAX C do differ in the related processing So you are looking for OpenVMS specific definitions include files UCBDEF H PCBDEF H and other OpenVMS specific definitions these are considered part of OpenVMS and not part of the C compiler kit are available on all recent OpenVMS Alpha releases To reference the version dependent symbol library sys share sys lib_c tlb use a command similar to the following for compilation CC sourcea 4SYS LI BRARY SYS LIB_C LIB You can also define DECC TEXT LIBRARY to reference the library You will want to review the Programming Concepts manual and specifically take a quick look at Chapter 21 10 20 OpenVMS Programming Information And some general background the STARLET definitions and thus the sys starlet c tlb library contain the symbols and the definitions that are independent of the OpenVMS version The LIB definitions and thus sys lib c contain symbols and definitions
222. efers to the padding placed between member elements within a struct Disabling member alignment packs the data more tightly into memory but this packaging has performance implications both on OpenVMS VAX and particularly on OpenVMS Alpha systems NO MEMBER ALI GNMENT e Enable all manner of useful compiler diagnostics WARN ENABLE LEVEL4 QUESTCODE STANDARDzPORT ACCEPTzNOVAXC KEYWORDS You can disable extraneous diagnostics with the following ifdef __ DECC pragma message save pragma message disable insert message tag here endi f Permit structure members to be naturally aligned whenever possible and avoid using NOMEMBER_ALIGNMENT If you need to disable member alignment use the equivilent pragma to designate the specific structures The alignment of structure members normally only comes into play with specific unaligned data structures such as the sys creprc quota itemlist and with data structures that are using data that was organized by a system using byte or other non member alignment Versions of HP C such as V6 0 include the capability to extract the contents of the standard header libraries into directories such as SYS SYSROOT DECC LIB and provide various logical names that can be defined to control library searches With HP C versions such as V6 0 the default operations of the compiler match the expectations of most OpenVMS programmers without requiring any definitions of site specific library rel
223. election information various options and considerations around VAX Alpha and Integrity systems and an introduction to hardware emulation is available at http www hoffmanlabs org Depending on the OpenVMS version and configuration the OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD is available at e http www hp com go openvms doc When purchasing a system ensure that the system itself is supported that the system disk drive is supported or closely compatible that the optical CD or DVD drive is supported or is closely compatable and that in the case of SCSI devices it also specifically supports 512 byte block transfers no equivalent requirement exists for IDE devices Also particularly ensure that the video controller is supported Use of supported HP hardware will generally reduce the level of integration effort involved 14 28 Hardware Information A CD ROM CD R or DVD drive is required for OpenVMS Alpha installations and a DVD ROM or recordable or rewritable DVD DVD drive is required for OpenVMS I64 installations CD ROM drive compatibility information is available at http sites inka de pcde dec cdrom list txt 14 6 Where can I get more information on Alpha systems HP operates an AlphaServer information center at e http www hp com go server Alpha Technical information and documentation is available at e ftp ftp compaq com pub products alphaCPUdocs http h18000 www 1 hp com products software a
224. emi light etc e Slant for regular i for italic or for oblique e Width normal wide narrow condensed etc e Style normally left empty it can also identify variations on a basic family such as sans sans serifs without the serif the ending and usually pointed portion of the stroke Fonts of different styles can be grouped in the same family e Sizes the next four fields identify the size and scale of individual characters for fonts that have fixed point sizes For fonts which scale such as TrueType the four fields are all zero e Spacing p for proportional m for monospaced or c for character cell Note although DECwindows can identify different spacings within a family the author has found that mixing monospaced and proportional fonts in the same family may cause some proportional font options to not appear in a font selection menu within Notepad only A fix for this is expected in DECwindows V1 5 and later e The next field is always zero for TrueType fonts 11 17 DECwindows e Character Set the last two fields identify the name and version number of the character set represented within the font For many applications these fields are informational only The next step is to update the list of fonts known to DECwindows using the xset utility mc decw utils xset fp rehash It is also possible to reset the font
225. enVMS System The first step is to get a BACKUP of the system disk before making any changes use the system disk backup procedures as documented in the OpenVMS System Management Manual making sure to use the procedures and commands appropriate for the system disk Changing the node name involves a number of steps the node name tends to be imbedded in a number of different data files around the system e Update the SCSNODE in MODPARAMS DAT and then run AUTOGEN as far as the SETPARAMS phase Do not reboot yet e Modify the DECnet node name NETCONFIG is the DECnet Phase IV tool and NET CONFIGURE is the DECnet Plus tool e Modify the host node name on the various queues in the queue database each queue has a host name and it defaults to the SCS node name of the queue s host system See the command INIT QUEUE ON node for information Site specific startup command procedures can explicitly specify the local or even the current node on the ON parameter in an INIT QUEUE START ON command e Modify the node name saved in any application databases or any local node conditional operations present in the site specific system startup etc SEARCH for the node name specifying all types of files Use the AUTHORIZE utility command RENAME IDENTIFIER to rename the SYS NODE oldnodename rightslist identifier to match the new node name Do not change the binary value of this identifier and do not delete the identifier 5 10
226. ent memory management the I O subsystem and the mechanisms that transfer control to from and among these It gives an overview of a particular area of the system followed by descriptions of the data structures related to that area and details of the code that implements the area The first edition of the OpenVMS Alpha internals book describes Version 1 5 Although there have been several releases of OpenVMS Alpha since Version 1 5 V6 1 V6 2 V7 0 V7 1 etc and many details in the book are no longer accurate it continues to provide a strong conceptual description of OpenVMS internals This book has been split into five pieces each to be updated separately The first such volume published in early 1997 was OpenVMS Alpha Internals and Data Structures Scheduling and Process Control which covers the Version 7 0 implementation of true multithreading and the changed scheduling model it implies The internals books are available through Digital Press see Section 3 6 can new users find tutorial information about OpenVMS First see if your local site has information on this topic Each site can have site specific features and configuration Some sites will have site specific new user s documentation covering various site specific things that are difficult or impossible for the general OpenVMS documentation to cover 3 5 Where 3 6 Where 3 6 1 Tutorial Websites Various websites with OpenVMS information are available Tab
227. ent count if any In Fortran this is IARGCOUNT which is also available in DEC Fortran on OpenVMS VAX Note that omitting arguments to Fortran routines is non standard and is unsupported It will work in many cases read the DEC Fortran release notes for additional information 10 10 How do I get a unique system ID for licensing purposes Many software developers desire to use a unique hardware ID to lock a given copy of their product to a specific system Most VAX and Alpha systems do not have a unique hardware set system ID that can be used for this purpose HP OpenVMS products do not use hardware IDs in the licensing methods as many users consider a hardware based licensing scheme to be negative attribute when considering software purchases HP OpenVMS uses a software based system called the License Management Facility LMF This provides for software keys Product Authorization Keys or PAKS which support capacity and user based license checking HP offers an LMF PAK Generator to DSPP formerly CSA members see Section 2 8 3 for general details on the DSPP offerings and on the DSPP provided Freeware PAKGEN PAK that is available for those that are interested in details Sorry no you can t use the Freeware PAKGEN PAK to generate any PAK you might want Folks at HP also thought of that one too For information on licensing please see Section 12 4 10 6 OpenVMS Programming Information However if a hardware based me
228. ent or to a supported OpenVMS Alpha release OpenVMS Alpha updates for LHRs through V7 1 1Hx require the use of VMSINSTAL for the update These LHR releases use PCSI for the installation but not for the update Non LHR releases use PCSI for installs and upgrades OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and later use PCSI for LHRs and for OpenVMS upgrades and for all OpenVMS ECO kit installations V7 1 2 and later use upgrades and not updates VMSINSTAL OpenVMS ECO kits updates are not used on OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and later prior 600 2 VMSINSTAL based ECO update kits are used for OpenVMS 5 10 2 OpenVMS 164 Upgrade Paths Note Upgrade path information here has occasionally been found to be wrong Information here does not reflect cluster rolling upgrade requirements see Section 5 10 4 for related rolling upgrade information versions permissible for rolling upgrades can be and often are more constrained When upgrade information here conflicts with the official documentation please assume that the information here is wrong Corrections and updates to this material are welcome 5 15 System Management Information From V8 2 you can upgrade to V8 2 1 or V8 3 From V8 2 1 you can upgrade to V8 3 Some typical OpenVMS I64 upgrade or update paths are V8 2 V8 2 1 V8 3 OpenVMS 164 V8 2 is the first production release OpenVMS I64 V8 0 and V8 1 were intended for early adopters of OpenVMS on Integrity servers and are not considered t
229. er 3 Web Server 4 Western Kentucky University 2 WINDOW SYSTEM system parameter 11 4 11 12 WINDOW SYSTEM system parameter 7 Wiring 0 WIZARD ZIP 3 11 WKU 2 Wolf3D 4 WRITEBOOT 1 WRITEBOOT EXE e 6 Write History Logging 2 WRITESYSPARAMS system parameter e 5 7 WSDRIVER 11 3 WWW e 13 4 Index 21 Index Versions 5 54 Very Long Instruction Word See VLIW VEST 13 16 13 21 VFC 9 13 VGA 14 38 14 55 vie 13 14 vile 4 vim 4 VIOC 3 VIOC Compatable Mode 3 Virtual Circuit e 15 11 Virtual Partitioning 7 Virtual Terminal e 5 52 VLIW 14 27 VMB 0 VMove 7 2 VMSS AUDIT SERVER 15 21 VMS CLASS SCHEDULE 15 21 VMSS DISK CL DRIVER 1 VMS OBJECTS 1 VMS PASSWORD HISTORY 15 21 VMS PASSWORD POLICY 15 21 VMSS TAPE CL DRIVER 15 11 VMS VAXCLUSTER 15 11 VMS73_XFC 9 13 VMSINSTAL 7 VMSINSTAL Update See Update VMSLICENSE e 5 9 PROFILE 15 21 vmstar 4 VMS FLAGS 8 VMS LOADER EFI gt 5 7 14 8 VMS V6 500005 4 14 Vols in Full XFC mode 3 Volume Set 9 6 Volume Shadowing 3 Allocation Class 3 Full Copy 3 Full Merge 4 Minicopy 2 Minimerge 5 52 X Windows Terminal 2 Y Y2K 3 yacc 13 14 Yamhill 2 Year 2000 5 33 2 ZAP 7 3 zic compiler e 4 15 6 Zimmerman Phil 4 zip 5 56 9 14 2 Zip 14 46 7 Also see Info Zip Self extracting 2 ZMODEM 3 Index ww
230. etpmt ftp ftp tmesis com sys service hook src e James F Duff has also made available a Macro32 tool known as TIME PROMPT a tool that sets the prompt to the current system time e Many folks have contributed DCL procedures to perform this task Visit the newsgroup archives for information and examples 8 8 Can I do DECnet task to task communication with DCL Yes you can do this with DCL The OpenVMS DECnet documentation shows various simple examples using the task object and the TYPE command to trigger the execution of a DCL command procedure on a remote node An example DCL command procedure that is rather more advanced than using the TYPE command as a trigger is included in the Ask The Wizard area http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference DCL does not include support asynchronous I O thus a predetermined protocol or a predetermined turn around command sequence must be implemented in order to avoid protocol deadlocks cases where both tasks are trying to write or both tasks are trying to read The task that is writing messages to the network must write or write and read a predetermined sequence of messages or it must write a message t
231. f t This restriction is lifted in OpenVMS V7 3 1 and later and with the application of the C ECO kits available for specific earlier releases The use of a longword for off_t restricts applications using native C I O to file sizes of two gigabytes or less or these applications must use native RMS or XQP calls for specific operations Also see Section 14 13 Section 14 25 9 5 Files 9 6 Whatis the maximum file size and the RMS record size limit RMS can store individual files of a size up to the maximum supported volume size Under OpenVMS V6 0 and later the volume size and the RMS maximum file size limit is 2 31 512 bytes one terabyte 1 TB Use a volume set to provide a large homogeneous public file space You must use a volume set to create files that are larger than a single physical disk volume The file system attempts to balance the load on the volume sets for example by creating new files on the volume that is the least full at the time You can add volumes to an existing volume set at any time The maximum number of volumes in a volume set is 255 Further with a 255 member bound volume set the theoretical maximum limit of files is 4 261 478 145 files less the directories and reserved files The RMS formats sequential relative and indexed are limited by the one terabyte maximum volume size RMS relative files are further limited to a number of records that will fit in 32 bits 4 billion records
232. f the Intel IA 64 architecture as Intel Pentium and Xeon are the names of families of microprocessor implementations of Intel IA 32 and potentially of the EM64T extensions 164 is the generic name for the various HP Integrity platforms supported by HP OpenVMS for Integrity Servers and more commonly as OpenVMS 164 for the platforms supported by OpenVMS 164 For additional related terminology please see Section 14 4 5 General Information 2 3 1 How do I port from VMS to OpenVMS You already did Wasn t that easy Please see Section 2 2 for details is better OpenVMS or UNIX This question comes up periodically usually asked by new subscribers and new posters who are long time UNIX or Linux users Sometimes the question is ignored totally other times it leads to a long series of repetitive messages that convince no one and usually carry little if any new information Please do everyone a favor and avoid re starting this perpetual fruitless debate That said OpenVMS and the better implementations of UNIX are all fine operating systems each with its strengths and weaknesses If you re in a position where you need to choose select the one that best fits your own requirements considering for example whether or not the layered products or specific OS features you want are available and considering the expected cost of ownership over the lifetime of the system installation If you are asking this question you are prob
233. failure on back translate address request mean The error message BCKTRNSFAIL failure on the back translate address request indicates that the destination node is running DECnet Plus and that its naming service DECnet Plus DECdns LOCAL node database etc cannot locate a name to associate with the source node s address In other words the destination node cannot determine the node name for the node that is the source of the incoming connection Use the DECNET REGISTER mechanism on the destination node to register or modify the name s and the address es of the source node Check the namespace on the source node as well Typically the nodes involved are using a LOCAL namespace and the node name and address settings are not coherent across all nodes Also check to make sure that the node is entered into its own LOCAL namespace This can be a problem elsewhere however Very rarely a cache corruption has been known to cause this error To flush the cache use the command RUN SYSS SYSTEM NCL flush session control naming cache entry Also check to see that you are using the latest ECO for DECnet Plus for the version you are running DECnet Plus can use the following namespaces e DECdns DECnet Plus distributed name services e LocalFile a local file containing names and addresses e DNS BIND the TCP IP distributed name services mechanism e The TCP IP Services UCX local host file Of these searching DNS BIND and L
234. fer access to an OpenVMS Alpha cluster Details are at the website listed below e http www preatorian net 2 12 What version of OpenVMS do I need For information on supported platforms please see the OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD for the particular OpenVMS version of interest http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx For a table of the minimum and as applicable maximum OpenVMS versions required for various platforms please see the hardware support chart at HP OpenVMS website and as available the following potentially volatile intra website link http h71000 www hp com openvms hw supportchart html For information on the Multia related Alpha single board computers or other officially unsupported systems please see Section 14 4 1 and Section 14 4 2 1 The following is a rule of thumb for Alpha platform support The table Table 2 5 contains the earliest OpenVMS Alpha release with support for a particular series of Alpha microprocessors Table 2 5 OpenVMS Alpha Version Rule Of Thumb Microprocessor OpenVMS Generic Generation Version General Comments EVA 21064 V1 0 few systems most EVA require later upgrade available EV5 21164 V6 2 subsequent upgrade available EV56 21164A V6 2 1H3 subsequent upgrade to V7 1 and later 2 15 General Information Table 2 5 Cont OpenVMS Alpha Version Rule Of Thumb Microprocesso
235. fo VAX Request at Mvb Saic Com Subscription requests are handled automatically by a mail server This mail server ignores the subject line and processes each line of the message as a command The syntax for subscribing and unsubscribing as well as setting various parameters on your subscription is Introduction INFO VAX Mail Server Commands Command Description HELP Acquire information on mail server SUBSCRIBE INFO VAX Join to the mailing list UNSUBSCRIBE INFO VAX Leave the mailing list SET INFO VAX DIGEST Select periodic omnibus mail messages from the mail server rather than multiple individual messages for each posting SET INFO VAX NODIGEST Separate mail delivery of each message posted SET INFO VAX NOMAIL Establish an email address for posting though not for receiving mail SET INFO VAX MAIL Establish an email address for both posting and for receiving mail from the mailing list The mail server is not case sensitive case is irrelevant Settings and policies can be retrieved from the mail server typically using HELP The INFO VAX moderator can be contacted directly at the email address Mark Berryman at Mvb Saic Com Table 1 2 1 3 What is n etiquette Before posting or emailing a question please use the available local resources such as the OpenVMS manuals the HELP and the resources and information in and referenced by this FAQ See Section 1 1 for instance Please try to use these first When
236. from OpenVMS as can at least one Pioneer SCSI DVD drive for CD media The Pioneer SCSI DVD drive switches to 2048 byte blocks for DVD media and a block size conversion tool written by Glenn Everhart or other similar tool can be applied OpenVMS also has supported HP DVD drives for the ATAPI IDE bus For some related information and details on a commercial DVDwrite package please see e http home tiscali de dvd4openvms supported hardware html No device driver currently presently permits direct block oriented recording on DVD RAM nor DVD RW media nor other recordable or rewritable media 14 53 Hardware Information Recording writing of CD and DVD optical media requires a recording or media mastering application or tool and both commercial and non commercial options are available See Section 9 7 for related details on CDRECORD both non DVD and DVD versions are available and at least one commercial version is available and also see DVDwrite commercial or DVDRECORD open source For information on the GKDRIVER SYS GKDRIVER generic SCSI device driver and of the the IO DIAGNOSE qio w interfaces of SYS DKDRIVER SYS DNDRIVER and SYS DQDRIVER that are utilized by most CD and DVD recording tools to send commands to SCSI USB or ATAPI devices most USB and ATA devices or more correctly most ATAPI devices can use 0251 1186 command packets please see the SYS EXAMPLES GKTEST C example and see DECW EXAMPLE
237. g style variables implemented within the DCL command interpreter and these are used both for programming and to provide command verb synonyms Symbols are local to the command interpreter operating within a particular process and are not shared Lists of symbols can be copied into subprocesses during a subprocess creation operation but these symbols are neither copied back into the parent process when the subprocess exits nor are symbols ever shared across processes Symbols can be specified in and utilized in basic mathematical operations and bit level operations are available with the f cvsi and f cvui bit extraction lexical functions and with the square brackets notation for bit insertion see Section 8 13 for an example and with bitwise operators Symbols are of two basic types STRING and INTEGER and these or an undefined symbol can be differentiated with the f type lexical function DCL symbols can also be used as a mechanism to abbreviate a DCL command verb or an easy way to invoke a DCL command procedure Symbols can have local or global scope within a process and scope is affected by nested procedure calls and DCL constructs such as CALL and SET SCOPE but such discussions are beyond the scope of this section OpenVMS Logical names can store device names device and directory specifications rooted or searchlist specifications and full filenames Logical names can also store arbitrary data but there are no native mathematica
238. g system files on the target disk are clobbered e LHR Limited Hardware Release LHRs are specific to and are targeted at new hardware configurations and are not shipped to customers with support contracts At least one LHR kit must be specifically acquired when purchasing new hardware new hardware that is not yet supported by any mainline non LHR release LHRs have an H in the OpenVMS version string indicating a Hardware release You will not generally want to continue using an LHR once a subsequent OpenVMS release is available you will want to upgrade off the LHR at your earliest convenience For minimum OpenVMS versions for various platforms see Section 2 12 5 11 Why do I have a negative number in the pagefile reservable pages Seeing a negative number in the reservable pages portion of the SHOW MEMORY FULL command can be normal and expected and is even documented behaviour A pagefile with a negative number of reservable pages is overcommitted which is generally goodness assuming that every process with reserved pages does not try to occupy all of the reserved pagefile space at the same time To understand how the pagefile reservation process works think about how a traditional bank operates when accepting customer deposits and making loans It s the same idea with the pagefile space There is less money in the bank vault than the total deposits because much of the money has been loaned out to other customers of
239. gate weizmann ac il Grace e The POV Ray Persistance of Vision Raytracer ray tracing graphics package is available on the OpenVMS Freeware e Majordomo mailing list handler http www openvms compaq com ebusiness Technology html e PINE OpenVMS tools for sending and receiving MIME mail e ftp ftp2 kcl ac uk pub vms pine vms e http www agh cc kcl ac uk files vms pine vms A MIME tool is available in OpenVMS V7 2 and later Also see the mmencode base64 encode and decode available at http nucwww chem sunysb edu htbin software list cgi e Menufinder menu driven system management environment http www itre com mf download html e SYSLOGCLIENT a client for processing SYSLOG requests has been provided for download by Mark Hemker at e http home insightbb com hemker vms html e tcgmsg mpi linda e ftp v36 chemie uni konstanz de tcgmsg vms tcgmsg vms zip 13 8 Finding and Using Software e OpenVMS software that can control a Tripp Lite Uninterruptable Power Supply UPS is available from e http saf bio caltech edu pub software openvms tcontrol zip UPShot web based software for controlling a UPS is available from e http www tmesis com apc beta htmlx OpenVMS software for controlling Liebert UPS devices are available from the Liebert website e http www liebert com apc beta htmlx e Examples of using the OpenVMS Foreign MAIL interface are available at http www hhs dk anonymou
240. gical names in your startup and application environments an opportunity to weed out physical device references Allocation class one is used by Fibre Channel devices it can be best to use another non zero allocation class even if Fibre Channel is not currently configured and not currently planned 15 23 AMD64 2 11 2 Terminology 3 ANSI C 10 15 AP 10 6 Apache 13 7 APB EXE 9 Archie 7 Archival Media DVDarchive restore 9 Archive Org 1 ARCH DEFS REQ 10 12 Argent Software 2 9 Argument Pointer 6 ARRE 14 45 7 ARWE 14 45 7 ASAP See DSPP Ask The Wizard 3 10 5 23 5 25 5 32 8 7 9 3 10 2 10 3 10 7 10 8 10 13 10 18 10 21 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 23 See ITRC ASMP 14 12 Asymmetric Multiprocessing See ASMP ATA 7 1 9 4 14 23 14 26 14 44 5 14 46 14 47 14 53 14 54 ATAPI 14 53 4 Athlon 2 ATW 3 10 5 23 5 25 5 32 8 7 9 3 10 2 10 3 10 7 10 8 10 13 10 18 10 21 15 1 15 2 15 3 15 23 See ITRC AUTOGEN 5 12 Automatic foreign command 3 Automatic Foreign Command 8 3 AUTO ACTION 5 57 AVI 7 2 Index 1 Index 1858 17 Nov 1858 1 2000 Year 5 33 A Access Control List Entry 1 ACOVIO 5 33 ACE 5 11 ACPI 14 21 Acrobat 6 ACS 3 ACTS 4 7 AD244A 14 54 Adobe Acrobat 6 PDF 13 6 Advanced Server 3 AEST 13 16 13 21 Agnew Jim 3 Allocation Class Fibre Channel 3 Non Zero 3 Volume Shadowing 3
241. grated into the operating system and there is no way to remove it You can however remote site specific tailoring that was added for a particular cluster configuration First Create restorable image BACKUPs of each of the current system disks If something gets messed up you want a way to recover right Create standalone BACKUP kits for the OpenVMS VAX systems and create or acquire bootable BACKUP kits for the OpenVMS Alpha systems Use CLUSTER CONFIG or CLUSTER CONFIG LAN to remove the various system roots and to shut off boot services and VMScluster settings Create as many architecture specific copies of the system disks as required Realize that the new systems will all likely be booting through root SYS0 if you have any system specific files in any other roots save them Relocate the copies of the VMScluster common files onto each of the new system disks Reset the console parameters and boot flags on each system for use on a standalone node Reset the VAXCLUSTER and NISCS LOAD PEAO parameters to 0 in SYSGEN and in MODPARAMS DAT Clobber the VMScluster group ID and password using SYSMAN Reboot the systems seperately and run AUTOGEN on each Shut off MOP services via NCP or LANCP on the boot server nodes Permanent seperation also requires the duplication of shared files For a list of the files commonly shared please see Section 15 6 6 Also see the topics on cluster divorce in the Ask The Wizard area h
242. gt 2 V6 2 V7 3 5 16 System Management Information Note that OpenVMS VAX V6 0 does not include support for hardware and or configurations first added in OpenVMS VAX V5 5 2H4 one must upgrade to OpenVMS VAX V6 1 Note that OpenVMS VAX V5 5 2HW is a pre release version of V5 5 2 Any system running it should be upgraded to V5 5 2 or later If you attempt a direct upgrade from OpenVMS VAX V6 1 to V7 2 or later without having first applied the VAXBACK ECO kit to your V6 1 system you will receive an error message WBACKUP E I NVRECTYP invalid record type in save set and the upgrade will fail Acquire and apply the VAXBACK ECO kit for OpenVMS VAX V6 1 OpenVMS VAX V6 2 and later do not require an application of an ECO for an upgrade to V7 2 and later 5 10 4 OpenVMS Cluster Rolling Upgrade Paths Rolling Upgrades permit the OpenVMS Cluster and the applications to remain available while individual systems are being upgraded to a new OpenVMS release Rolling Upgrades require multiple system disks OpenVMS Cluster Rolling Upgrades for OpenVMS Alpha OpenVMS 164 and OpenVMS VAX may will have architecture specific or additional upgrade requirements or prerequisites and have requirements around which versions and architectures of OpenVMS can coexist within a OpenVMS Cluster than what are listed here For specific details on Rolling Upgrades please see the OpenVMS Upgrade and Installation Manual for the particular release an
243. gt V6 1 gt V6 2 V7 0 V7 1 V7 2 V7 3 V1 5 1H1 gt V6 1 gt V6 2 V7 0 V7 1 V7 2 V7 3 V6 2 lt 3 V6 2 lt 2 1 V6 2 V7 3 V6 2 1H 1 2 3 1 V6 2 1H 1 2 3 lt 2 1 V6 2 through 7 1 1H2 inclusive gt 3 V7 1 lt 2 V7 1 lt 2 1 V7 1 1H 1 2 lt 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 V7 1 1H 1 2 gt V7 2 1 V7 1 2 gt V7 3 1 V7 2 gt V1 2 1H1 V1 2 gt V1 3 lt 1 V1 2 1 gt V7 3 V7 3 1 7 2 2 gt V7 3 V7 3 1 V7 3 2 V7 3 gt V7 3 1 V7 3 2 V1 3 1 gt V7 3 2 V8 2 7 3 2 gt V8 2 V8 3 5 14 System Management Information Note that OpenVMS Alpha V7 0 does not include support for hardware and or configurations first supported in OpenVMS Alpha V6 2 1H1 V6 2 1H2 or V6 2 1H3 one must upgrade to OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 or later One cannot update directly to a V6 2 1Hx Limited Hardware Release LHR from any release prior to the baseline V6 2 release The same prohibition holds for performing updates directly to V7 1 1Hx from any release prior to V7 1 this is not supported and does not produce the expected results The LHR kits can however be directly booted and can be directly installed without regard to any operating system that might be present on the target disk Users of OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 1H1 V7 1 1H2 V7 2 1H1 or other hardware are encouraged to upgrade to the next available non hardware release and should preferably upgrade to the curr
244. gth of time equal to TIMEPROMPTWAIT microfortnights F TIMEPROMPTWAIT 0 THEN the time of year is the value of EXE GL_TODR 10ms e IF TIMEPROMPTWAIT gt 0 to proceed until they do so e THEN the user is prompted for the time and date and unable When booting a CD ROM containing an OpenVMS VAX system the system will typically be deliberately configured prompt the user to input the time this is necessary in order to boot with the correct time If either TIMEPROMPTWAIT or SETTIME are set to zero OpenVMS VAX will use the TOY clock to get the time of year and the year will be fetched from the distribution medium The value of the year on the distribution medium saved within the SYS EXE image will most likely be that of when the kit was mastered and cannot be changed Unless the current year happens to be the same year as that on the distribution most likely the year will be incorrect Further with the calculation of Leap Year also being dependent on the current year there is a possibility that the date could be incorrect as well 4 1 1 2 Alpha hardware time keeping details 4 1 1 2 1 Battery Backed Watch BB WATCH Chip This is battery backed up hardware timing circuitry used to keep the correct time of year during rebooting power failures and system shutdown This clock keeps track of date and time in 24 hour binary format The BB WATCH time is used to initialize the running system time during bootstrap and th
245. h the HP branded KVM switches If you choose a KVM for use with Alpha or Integrity servers do ensure it provides either Unix compatibility X Windows compatibility or specifies the Alpha or Integrity system This all usually means that the switch supports keyboards that use the so called scanset three key down and key up sequences key down and key up are key to the way X Windows and thus DECwindows works Also see the discussion in Section 14 18 for related information and particularly for older pinouts for those keyboard and mouse devices that pre date the PS 2 DIN connections the PC VGA SVGA video connection and such Almost all VAX systems pre date these pinouts and peripherals intended for the older Alpha systems also pre date these pinouts 14 32 Changing processor CPU identification codes There are various common motherboards used in a series of VAX systems and these have a selectable id value The enclosure and options differ but the system boards are save for the setting of the response the same within certain pairings Shared paired VAX Boards Part MicroVAX 3100 series VAX 4000 series Number Model 90 KA50 Model 100 KA52 54 21797 01 Model 95 KA51 Model 105 KA53 54 21797 02 Model 96 KA54 Model 106 KA56 54 21797 03 Model 98 KA57 Model 108 KA59 54 24695 01 To change the system identification within the pairings use a console command specifying the target CPU identification For instance the followi
246. ha ECO kits starting in OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and later use PCSI for OpenVMS ECO kits See Section 5 30 for information on ECO kit checksums 5 26 System Management Information 5 18 How do I move the queue manager database To move the location of the queue database the SYS QUEUE MANAGER QMAN QUEUES and SYS QUEUE _ MANAGER QMAN JOURNAL files to a disk that is fast er has plenty of free space and that is not heavily used If the queue database is on a busy OpenVMS system disk you can and probably should move it off the system disk to another disk spindle To move the queue database 1 Checkpoint the journal file This reduces the file size to the in memory database size This will cause the noted delay RUN SYS SYSTEM BC COMMAND JBC COMMAND DIAG 0 7 2 Stop the queue manager STOP QUEUE MANAGER CLUSTER 3 Backup the QMAN QUEUES and QMAN JOURNAL files from the present location for safety backup SYS COMMON SYSEXE SYSSQUEUE MANAGER QMAN DI SK DI RJ 4 Create a new directory for the queue database Insure that this disk is accessible to all nodes that can run the queue manager If the ON list for the queue manager is ON the disk must be available to all nodes in the cluster CREATE DIR fast disk qman 5 Copy the QMAN QUEUES and QMAN JOURNAL files to the new directory SYS COMMON SYSEXE SYSSQUEUE MANAGER QMANS fast disk qman 6 Delete the o
247. hat tells the reader that it can now start writing messages This is the essence of a basic half duplex network protocol scheme 8 9 How get the width setting of a terminal width f getdvi termi nal DEVBUFSI Z DCL Details 8 10 Why doesn t DCL symbol substitution work The DCL symbol substitution processing occurs only at the DCL prompt not within data and not within files If you wish to perform symbol substitution in this environment you typically write a small file containing the command s and data to be invoked potentially only the data and you then invoke the created procedure or reference the specified data In this case use of a file containing nolinemode commands or other techniques might be useful you will want to ensure that the text editor you use does not attempt to use screen mode or similar as this is not generally considered adventageous within a command procedure Tools such as FTP have alternatives COPY FTP DCL symbol substitution occurs in two passes using the ampersand and the apostrophe In most cases only the apostrophe is necessary In a few cases such as the DCL PIPE command you will may need to use the ampersand to get the substitution to work The following example uses ampersand substitution to transfer the contents of the header into a logical name PIPE CC VERSION READ SYS PIPE hdr DEFINE JOB NOLOG hdr amp hdr A logical name in the job logical name table
248. he CD ROMs listed in Table 2 1 contain just the OpenVMS Alpha operating system The operating system distribution kits are bootable and can be used to run BACKUP from the optical media as well as performing an installation or upgrade Table 2 1 OpenVMS Alpha Media Kits Part Description QA MT1AG H8 OpenVMS Alpha V6 2 1H3 hardware release CD ROM also requires QA MT1AA H8 6 2 QA MT1AR H8 OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 maintenance release CD ROM QA MT1AT H8 OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 1 maintenance release CD ROM QA MT1AU H8 OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 2 maintenance release CD ROM QA MT3AA H8 OpenVMS Alpha and VAX products and documentation on CD ROM QA MT3AE H8 OpenVMS Alpha and VAX documentation on CD ROM OpenVMS 164 is distributed on DVD ROM media and is bootable OpenVMS 164 licensing is implemented on a per processor socket basis with the classic license tiers based on the numbers of processor sockets that can be present Further three general product and licensing groupings are optionally available with OpenVMS 164 the Foundation Operating Environment FOE the Enterprise Operating Environment EOE and as when if available the Mission Critical Operating Environment MCOE Seperate per product licenses are generally also available for various of the products within the Operating Environment groups 2 5 General Information Again please see the OpenVMS SPD and the documents and parts referenced there for the most current information For info
249. he specified identifier rather than each individual user If you don t want this then omit the attributes option on the identifier creation and omit the entry added in the disk quota database Add an identifier using the AUTHORIZE utility ADD I DENTI FER ATTRI BUTES RESOURCE groupidentifier Grant the identifier to each user in the group using AUTHORIZE GRANT IDENTIFIER groupidentifier username 5 22 System Management Information If disk quotas are in use add an entry via SYSMAN for each disk DISKQUOTA ADD groupidentifier PERMQUOTA pq OVERDRAFTzod DEVI CE ddcu Set the shared directory to have an ACL similar to the following using the SET SECURITY V6 0 and later or SET ACL versions prior to V6 0 command DEFAULT PROTECTI ON S RWED 0 RWED G W I DENTI Fl ERzgroupi denti fier OPTI ONS DEFAULT ACCESS READ WRI TE EXECUTE DELETE IDENTIFI ER2groupi denti fier ACCESS READ WRI TE EXECUTE DELETE CREATOR ACCESS READ WRI TE ACCESS DELETE If there are files already resident in the directory set their protections similarly The OPTIONS DEFAULT DEFAULT_PROTECTION and CREATOR ACEs apply to directories The default protection mask is used to establish the default file protection mask this mask does not prevent the users holding the specified groupidentifier from accessing the file s as they can access the file via the explicit identifier granting access that is present in the ACL For further i
250. hen the disk volume is initialized Each individual disk block is composed of five hundred twelve 512 bytes or one half kilobyte Each byte is comprised of eight bits A bit represents the smallest unit of information typically refered to as a one or a zero OpenVMS tends to uses base two notation for disk storage while disk storage capacity specifications from most storage vendors will generally use base ten notation An OpenVMS disk block is 512 bytes in size this is one half kilobyte in base two notation The following table describes the prefix the abbreviation and the associated base ten as used by marketing and by storage vendors and base two OpenVMS and various other operating systems values 2 21 General Information Base Ten Base Two KB 10 3 1000 2 10 1024 MB 10 6 1000000 2 20 1048576 GB 10 9 1000000000 2 3 1073741824 TB 10 12 1000000000000 2 40 1099511627776 PB 10 15 1000000000000000 2 50 1125899906842624 EB 10 18 1000000000000000000 2 60 1152921504606846976 The base ten representation of the 2 40 value is 1099511627776 which is obviously rather ugly When viewed as a base eight or base sixteen octal or hexadecimal respectively value the value is far nicer Specifically the value is 10000000000 and 40000000 when represented in octal and hexadecimal respectively FAQ Notation Within the OpenVMS FAQ a thousand bits either assuming base two or base ten as determined by the c
251. her Hearns Phillip Helbig Hein van den Heuvel Stephen Hoffman Eberhard Heuser Hofmann Sue Holt Mark Hopkins Horn Jaf Leif Jansson Kevin Jenkins Don R Jones Henry Juengst inazu k Geoff Kingsmill Fred Kleinsorge Felix Kreisel Veli Korkko Ruslan R Laishev Peter EPLAN Langstoeger Norm Lastovica p lee Jerry Leichter Richard Levitte Tom Linden Steve Lionel Denis Maillard Kerry Main John E Malmberg David Mathog Dale Miller Ian Miller Dick Munroe Patrick Moreau Morrison otis George Pagliarulo iv OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ Keith Parris Guy Peleg Plass pvhp David Rabahy Stan Rabinowitz Mike Raspuzzi Steve Reece Neil Rieck Ian Ring Aaron Sakovich Warren Sander Mark Schafer Brian Schenkenberger Atlant Schmidt Wayne Sewell Steven Shamlian Sue Skonetski Scott Snadow Sue Sommer Scott Squires stfp Dave Sweeney Mike Thompson Arne Vajhgj Martin Vorlander Peter Weaver William Webb Williams Paul Winalski Uwe Zinser Again any omission from this list and any errors or misspellings are entirely unintentional Please notify the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org of any omissions corrections or updates that might be needed within this list And thanks to each of these individuals for their assistance and for their contributions and particularly for sharing their expertise FAQ Archives and FAQ Locations The OpenVMS FAQ is archived in at least the
252. ific quotations are generally not included in this FAQ The FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org wishes to thank to all of those folks who post answers to the newsgroups and that have contributed to the contents of and to the general improvements of this FAQ The following is an incomplete list of the folks that have contributed directly or indirectly to the contents of the OpenVMS FAQ Additions corrections and updates to this list of contributors and to the contents of the FAQ itself are welcome and all omissions and misspellings are unintentional Thanks to each of the contributors here and to all of the folks that have participated in the FAQ and in the newsgroups Jim Agnew Paul Anderson Jason Armistead Zoltan Arpadffy John AtoZ Bailey Gary Barclay The Beav Jeremy Begg Colin Blake Fabrice Blanquart Ken Blaylock Kenneth Block Bol Craig Berry Mark Berryman Jim Becker Verell Boaen Bol Jim Brankin Richard Brodie Colin Butcher Robert Alan Byer Jeff Campbell Scott Campbell Antonio Carlini Keith Cayemberg Ken Chaney Cristy John Croll David J Dachtera Robert Deininger Dale Dellutri Leo Demers Sue Denham Thomas Dickey Eric Dittman Mike Duffy Jim Dunham Eric Glenn Everhart Ken Fairfield Yaacov Fenster Gunther Froehlin Harry Garonzik Derek Garson John Gillings Andy Goldstein Clair Grant Hunter Goatley Ruth Goldenberg Vance Haemmerle Ki Suk Hahn SHarris Rich Hearn Fletc
253. ifications to the DST or TDF settings or that requires a local or customized timezone definition For such a site to ensure the timekeeping is correct the site must provide procedure that sets the local time and the TDF when the SYS TIMEZONE RULE says to do it If a site requires a non standard time switch over as in coordinating with a shift change or due to changes in the local or regional timezone rules the site will need to use the zic compiler to create a custom timezone rule Additionally applications may need to have special actions taken or actions queued just before the time change takes effect If the application source code is available one of the best ways to handle this is via the TDF and time change notification events available via the OpenVMS 8788806 system event system service For information on zic and related tools used to manage the OpenVMS Timezone database please see the HP C Run time Library Utilities Reference Manual though the title would imply otherwise this particular manual is part of the OpenVMS documentation set and not part of the HP C formerly Compaq C formerly DEC C documentation set For related information see Section 4 4 1 1 4 15 Time and Timekeeping 4 4 1 1 Customizing or Updating your TDF Timezone Setting Individual local and regional differences on the use or the lack of use of Daylight Saving Time DST are quite common as are occasional regulatory changes to the particul
254. ile can be determined by multiplying the number of blocks allocated for the file times the number of bytes in a block For sequential files only the FFB XAB W in the File Header XAB value can be used to find out how much of the last KAB L_ EBK block is used FFB and EBK are meaningful only for sequential files and only in a limited context partial block allocations are not permitted For other file formats the EOF marker is not meaningful Disk allocations always occur only in units of the cluster factors which can be from one block up to potentially clusters of eighteen blocks or more depending on the volume cluster factor OpenVMS V7 2 and later optionally provide for a cluster factor of one up to volumes of approximately 137 gigabytes OpenVMS assumes that the device driver and the underlying storage device will present the file system with addressable units of storage of 512 bytes in size or the appearance of same Various third party CD ROM devices for instance support only 2048 byte blocks and such devices are incompatible with the standard OpenVMS device drivers To determine the number of bytes required for a file from DCL one option uses the f file attributes item EOF multiplied by the size of a block in bytes 512 This does not account for the unused space in the last block of a sequential file but it also does not have to differentiate sequential files from other files 2 17 2 How many bytes are in a
255. ile the latter brings in symbols typically only known to or otherwise accessable from the OpenVMS executuve To include kernel mode C programming definitions macros and system constants within a C compilation include SYS LIBRARY SYS LIB_ C TLB LIBRARY on the C compilation Constructs defined within the system macro library LIB MLB or within its C equivalent SYS LIB_ C TLB tend to be version dependent or undocumented or both As an example of the compilation the following is a typical C device driver compilation command STANDARD RELAXED_ ANSI 89 1 NSTRUCTI ON NOFLOATI POI NT EXTERN STRI CT DEBUG DQ OPT ARCH CC CHECK CC OPT SHOW CC OPT LIS LTS xxDRI VER MACHINE CODE 0BJ 08 XxDRI VER SRC xxDRI VER 6 515 1 BRARY SYSSLI B C TLB LI BRARY Additionally code running in executive mode in an AST or in kernel mode cannot call RMS services or routines which directly or indirectly call RMS 10 24 OpenVMS Programming Information For related kernel mode programming materials and driver documentation please see the Writing OpenVMS Alpha Device Driversin C book ISBN 1 55558 133 1 10 28 Decoding an Access Violation ACCVIO Error To decode the virtual addresses returned by an access violation or by another similar OpenVMS display you need to have created and retained a listings file preferably one with machine code generation enabled and a full link map Starting with the v
256. ill want to use the following command procedure to maintain the time and the timezone e SYS MANAGER UTC TIME_SETUP COM If you want to venture into uncharted territories and modify the TDF used within older releases of TCP IP Services within releases prior V5 0 you can attempt to use the following undocumented commands SET TIME DIFF positive or negative TDF integer GENERATE TI ME to reset the value of the logical name UCX TDF Prior to OpenVMS V7 3 the command SETTZ SYSSSYSTEM DTSSSSET TI MEZONE SETTZ MODIFY can be used to modify the settings of the SYS TIMEZONE DAYLIGHT SAVING SYS TIMEZONE DIFFERENTIAL and SYS TIMEZONE NAME system logical names based on the SYS TIMEZONE RULE The following are other TDF related logical names used available on OpenVMS systems with typical daylight time and standard time settings for the US Eastern Time ET timezone daylight ti me DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTI VE MAI L TI MEZONE EDT DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTI VE NOTESSTI MEZONE 0400 EDT DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTI VE LISPS DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME P true Not EDT DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTI VE LISPSTI ME ZONE 05 Constant standard ti me DEFI NE SYSTEM EXEC DEFI NE SYSTEM EXEC DEFI NE SYSTEM EXEC DEFI NE SYSTEM EXEC TI VE MAI L TI MEZONE EST VE NOTES TI MEZONE 0500 EST I VE LISPS DAYLI GHT SAVING TIME P false Not EST IVE LISPS TIME ZONE 05 Constant 1 a
257. in the body of a mail message to this email address for further information on retrieving the files e Arne Vajhgj operates an OpenVMS website with software and other pointers at e http AWwww levitte org ava e Jouk maintains a summary of various public domain and open source software ports and specifically ports of packages for use on OpenVMS at e http nchrem tnw tudelft nl openvms e The Kermit file transfer package is available at e http www columbia edu kermit e ftp kermit columbia edu 13 2 Finding and Using Software e ZMODEM is available at e ftp ftp cs pdx edu pub zmodem See the FILES file in that directory for further details Note that this freeware version of ZMODEM will interoperate only with ZMODEM software that is licensed from Omen Technology This package is also available on various of the Freeware distributions e A good source of software for OpenVMS systems and for various other platforms is the Encompass formerly known as DECUS library Online catalogs are available as well as some software via e ftp ftp decus org e gopher gopher decus org http www decus org e DECUS SIG Tape collections are available on Mark Berryman s system e ftp mvb saic com freeware e David Jones s DECthreads based HTTP_SERVER World Wide Web server for OpenVMS often known as the OSU webserver e http kcgl1 eng ohio state edu www doc serverinfo html e Secure Shell SSH su
258. ing to Ulysses T Clockmeister one of the diplomats that helped establish the international compromise Universal Time UTO is solar time UT1 is solar time corrected for a wobble in the Earth s orbit and UT2 is UTI corrected for seasonal rotational variations in rotation due to the Earth s solar orbit GMT Greenwich Mean Time is UT1 GMT is the time at the classic site of the since disbanded Royal Greenwich Observatory at the most widely known tourist attraction of Greenwich England UTC is based on an average across multiple atomic clocks and is kept within 0 9 seconds of GMT through the insertion or removal of seconds In other words UTC matches GMT plus or minus up to 0 9 seconds but UTC is not GMT TDF is the Timezone Differential Factor the interval of time between the local time and UTC Areas that celebrate daylight saving time DST will see periodic changes to the TDF value when the switch over between daylight time and standard time occurs The switch over itself is entirely left to local governmental folks and can and has varied by political entity and politics and the switch over has varied over the years even at the same location If your local OpenVMS system time is off by one hour or whatever the local DST change for some or all applications you probably need to reset your local TDF For related details please see sections Section 4 4 and Section 10 22 1 Further discussions of history and politics th
259. ion 9 7 for detailed discussions of recording optical media on OpenVMS and the available tools If you choose to attempt to use third party devices ensure that you have the most current OpenVMS version and the most current ECO kit s applied In the specific case of the ATA IDE Iomega Zip250 drive ensure that you have the most current revision of SYS DQDRIVER installed 14 25 2 Are the 2X KZPCA AA and SN KZPCA AA LVD Ultra2 SCSI Yes Both of these controllers are Ultra2 low voltage differential LVD SCSI controllers 14 25 3 Resolving DRVERR fatal device error If this is on an OpenVMS version prior to V6 2 please see the AWRE and ARRE information included in section Section 14 25 14 26 Looking for connector wiring pin outs The DECconnect DEC 423 Modified Modular Jack MMJ appears similar to a telphone or network modular jac though with the key offset to one side The DECconnect MMJ connector pin out is listed in Table 14 5 with an end on view of the connector pins and the connector key shown below DEC MMJ Pin out Pin Description Data Terminal Ready DTR Transmit TXD Transmit Ground TXD Receive Ground RXD Receive RXD Data Set Ready DSR o won 14 47 Table 14 5 Hardware Information The BC16E nn where the nn indicates the cable length cabling and keying flips over or crosses over the signal wires and this allows all DECconnect MMJ connections to be wired iden
260. ional information on emulators please see Section 13 12 and particularly please see the emulator related documentation 2 8 1 1 Vendors offering Hobbyist Licenses e GrayMatter Software http www graysoft com GSCHobbyPR html http www graysoft com GSCHobbyPR html e Argent Software http jams argent software com hobby html e 8 http www kednos com e LJK http ljk com e Process Software http www process com openvms hobbyist html e Raxco http www raxco com hobbyist e Software Resources International SRI http www softresint com charon vax Tools and tips htm Hobbyist license product additions and any updates for products already listed here are welcome Please contact the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org General Information 2 8 2 OpenVMS Educational and CSLG licenses For information on OpenVMS licenses for educational customers please see the HP Campus Software License Grant CSLG license program and the OpenVMS Educational license program http www openvmsedu com 2 8 3 What developer and partner licensing programs are available Commercial software developers can join the HP DSPP program and can potentially receive discounts on various software product licenses and software distributions as well as on hardware purchases e http www hp com go dspp The DSPP program is the descendent of the DIGITAL ISVN and DIGITAL ASAP programs and the Compaq CSA program an
261. ions are not currently available on OpenVMS For details on ODS 1 and ODS 2 file specifications see Kirby McCoy s VMS File System Internals Manual published by Digital Press but potentially out of print and see e http pdp 11 trailing edge com www ods1 txt e Look for the Freeware V5 0 directory ODS2 at http www hp com go openvms freeware 5 5 How do extract the contents of a PCSI kit A growing number of OpenVMS products are being provided in PCSI POLYCENTER Software Installation kits which are installed using the PRODUCT INSTALL command These are alternatives to or replacement for VMSINSTAL kits which were BACKUP savesets PCSI kits are not BACKUP savesets and are structured differently from VMSINSTAL kits If you want to extract product files from a PCSI kit create a directory into which the kit should be expanded and use the following command PRODUCT COPY prodname SOURCE where the kit is DEST destination directory FORMAT REFERENCE A PCSI kit file has a file specification of the following form DEC VAXVMS FORTRAN V0603 141 1 PCSI In this example FORTRAN is the prodname PCSI will expand the kit files into the directory you specify and subdirectories beneath such as SYSEXE SYSLIB etc reflecting the eventual destination of files found there Most of the actual product files images etc will be in the subdirectories In the top level directory will be a file with the file type PCSI
262. ious passwords To prevent users from selecting obvious passwords on OpenVMS you will want to use the reserved password password screening mechanism Effectively you merge your list of reserved passwords into the existing reserved words database maintained by OpenVMS You can also then require all users to reset their passwords via the pre expired password mechanism thus forcing users to select new passwords For details on the password screening mechanism of the reserved password database VMS PASSWORD DICTIONARY DATA and details of how to merge your list of prohibited passwords into the database please see the associated chapter in the OpenVMS security manual For details of the password expiration mechanism see the AUTHORIZE command qualifier PWDEXPIRED You can also implement a site specific password filter with the information provided in the back of the OpenVMS Programming Concepts manual The password filter permits you to establish particular and site specific password requirements For details please see the system parameter LOAD PWD POLICY and the programming concepts manual and see the examples in SYS EXAMPLES Examples and documentation on V7 3 and later reflect both platforms the examples are found only on OpenVMS VAX kits on earlier releases The capabilities have existed on both the VAX and Alpha platforms for some time now To verify current passwords you can also use a technique known to system crackers as
263. irtual address reported by the error use the link map to find the module that contributed the code that contains the virtual address range Calculate the offset from the base of the range by subtracting the base of the range from teh failing virtual address Then use the compiler listings for the particular component that contributed the code to locate the offset of the failing instruction If the map and listings information was not maintained working backwards is far more difficult you are left to use the binary instruction data around the failure to locate the associated source code and this process is far more involved This usually involves matching up blocks of decoded instructions around the failing code or the direct analog involving matching up ranges of decoded instructions Keep the maps and listing files around in other words Rather easier than an approach based on virtual address arithmetic and far easier than working backwards from the instruction stream is to use integrated debugging this inclusion is arguably an essential component of any non trivial application and to use the OpenVMS Debugger The OpenVMS Debugger in particular can be used to examine the source code to examine the stack and can even be programmed to wait patiently for the incidence of a particular value or failure or condition and this is far easier than working backwards from the instruction stream is to use integrated debugging this inclusion is
264. is file in SYS SPECIFIC SYSMGR DECWSXSI 25 IN PI XELS xval ue DECWS YSI ZE IN PIXELS yval ue DEFI NE SYSTEM DECWSSERVER REFRESH RATE rate in Hz Also see Section 11 11 Details of the PowerStorm 3D30 and 4D20 settings are available in the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard area 11 6 How do I set the title on a DECterm window If you are creating a new DECterm window check HELP CREATE TERMI NAL WINDOW ATTRIBUTES If you want to change the title of an existing window use the following control sequences where fs is the ANSI escape code value decimal 27 and text label is what you want to display 11 5 DECwindows To set the DECterm title send the escape character then the characters 21 then the text label string and then an escape character followed by a backslash character To set the icon label send the escape character then the characters 2L then the icon label string and then an escape character followed by a backslash character To set both the DECterm title and icon to the full device name you can use the following DCL commands esc 0 7 27 fulldevnam F Edit F Get DVI TT FULLDEVNAM UPCASE COLLAPSE write sys output 656 21 fulldevnam esc write sys output 2L fulldevnam esc HA A You can also change the title and the icon using the Options Window menu Also see Section 12 1 and Section 8 13 11 7 How do
265. ism are available in the unzip kit that is available at e Look in a recent unzip directory at http www hp com go openvms freeware e With the UNZIP542 directory from Freeware V5 0 look for the file UNZIPSFX TXT 13 22 Finding and Using Software If you want to build the zip images for yourself eg for an older OpenVMS version pull over the entire contents of a recent unzip and unzip directory or Info Zip directory or visit one of the web sites With most OpenVMS ports of the tools find and invoke LINK COM No compilers are needed as objects are provided with most distributions HP OpenVMS Engineering uses a tool known as FTSV for creating self extracting compressed files using the OpenVMS DCX compression tools as seen with various OpenVMS ECO patch kits sfx typically provides better compression than does DCX FTSV and FTSO are available on Freeware V7 0 for OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha Due to changes in the image headers no version of FTSV is presently available for OpenVMS 164 13 12 Are VAX Hardware Emulators Available Software based emulators of the VAX architecture and for specific VAX hardware platforms are available from various sources e Software Resources International SRI CHARON VAX http www softresint com e Tim Stark s TS10 http sourceforge net projects ts10 e Bob Supnik s Trailing Edge http simh trailing edge com VAX emulators that operate on PC systems and or on OpenVMS Alpha
266. ities of the DVDarchive restore Freeware http www geocities com SiliconValley Lakes 9999 vmscdwri ht ml Additional information is available at the following sites http www djesys com vms cdrom html e http www cd info com CDIC Technology CD R vms html e http www faqs org faqs cdrom cd recordable part1 preamble html e http www tmesis com CDrom http www tditx com odsiso U S Design offers a package that includes the tools necessary to create a CD or DVD R with either ISO 9660 or ODS 2 format for standalone CD R RW DVD R or DVD R RW drives for recent OpenVMS versions Details are available at e http www usdesign com Also see Section 9 7 2 for details on access to recorded media on older CD ROM drives 9 7 1 CD and DVD notation terminology CD ROM is pre recorded Compact Disk media and is the original and oldest CD format The original CD media was physically stamped a recording process that is now largely reserved to the highest volume media reproduction requirements CD R is CD Recordable a write once storage medium that can be read by all but the oldest of CD drives a format which can be read and often even recorded by most CD RW drives CD RW is CD ReWritable a format which is readable by many CD drives and by most CD R drives and with media that can be recorded and re recorded by CD RW drives Files CD media recording speeds are listed as multiples of 150 kilobytes per second so
267. itor commands http www unh edu cis docs vms to unix Emacs cheat sheet html Bibliographies http www openvms org pages php page Books http www levitte org ava vms_book htm x Introductory Please see Table 3 2 for listings of introductory web sites and related materials Programming An OpenVMS Programming FAQ http www pdv systeme de users martinv VMS_Programming_FAQ html Networking Tutorial information and tips for connecting OpenVMS systems to the Internet http Awww tmesis com internet Documentation and Specifications for DECnet Phase IV DECnet task to task DCL examples and a whole lot more http Awww hp com go openvms wizard HP OpenVMS Documeniation Please see Table 3 2 for listings of documentation web sites and related materials System Performance See Section 14 2 Patch ECO Kits For the HP Services FTP server hosting Various contract access and non contract access ECO patch kits see section Section 5 17 Catalogs and Pricing HP Product QuickSpecs and product information http Awww hp com go productbulletin 3 3 Documentation Table 3 1 Cont OpenVMS Websites URL Sponsor The HP Systems and Options Catalog SOC archive http www compaq com products quickspecs soc_archives SOC_Archives html Hardware and Software Archives The VAXarchive including hardware and software information http vax sevensages org index html A VAX to Alpha upgrade diary http www3 sympatico ca n rieck docs al
268. itself as a model 600 to permit the system to bootstrap on V5 5 2 OpenVMS VAX and VAX platforms lack DSR support OpenVMS 164 please see Section 14 4 5 for Intel Itanium terminology supports a platform level feature similar to the OpenVMS Alpha DSR mechanism based on the ACPI interface and the byte code interpreter implemented within OpenVMS within the EFI console and particularly within non volatile memory located on byte code interpreter compliant PCI I O hardware ACPI tables provide the information that was formerly retrieved from DSR and from the SRM and the byte code interpreter can theoretically permit at least limited operations with compliant PCI hardware whether or not OpenVMS has a driver for the particular hardware The byte code interpreter may or may not permit operations with any particular PCI hardware and may or may not have sufficient performance for local requirements and PCI hardware may or may not include the necessary ROM based drivers in the PCI hardware non volatile storage The intent of this Intel platform level effort is to move the host software drivers out onto the specific PCI hardware and to permit the same byte code to operate regardless of the particular host platform At least the initial releases of OpenVMS 164 will not have support for the byte code interpreter nor for arbitrary PCI or system hardware but will have support for ACPI based system identification and system configuration 14 4
269. ive scale of changes and the associated effort involved in an upgrade for the user and or for the application programmer 10 25 Selecting a Process Dump Directory You can customize the device and directory for the process dump by defining the logical names SYS PROCDMP and SYS PROTECTED PROCDMP The former is for non privileged dumps while the latter is the location where privileged image dumps are written and preferably an area protected against untrusted access For example define SYS PROCDMP SYS ERRORLOG define exec SYSSPROTECTED PROCDMP SYSSERRORLOG The abouve presumes that the SYS ERRORLOG logical name points to a valid location There is presently no means to change the name of the generated dump file from IMAGENAME DMP to something else Accordingly you will want to use different target directories for this purpose particularly if there is more than one application or process potentially writing process dumps 10 26 Access to Itanium Assembler If you are interested in accessing the native Intel Itanium assembler within the OpenVMS 164 GNV environment and since the iasi64 assembler is a Unix program and GNV is a Unix environment for OpenVMS 164 you can simply copy iasi64 ext into your gnu bin directory in place of as and of AS EXE Alternately and probably also better you can write an as script to invoke the iasi64 exe image from its particular prefered location on the local system A
270. ks shown here may become stale e http www hp com hps os os_pvs html e http www hp com hps os os ovms html For information on the supported and required versions of layered products and the minimum required layered product versions for various configurations please see the Software Rollout Report SWROLL available at http h71000 www 7 hp com openvms os swroll For additional related information see Section 2 6 1 For information on the release history of OpenVMS including information on the code names of various releases and the major features e http www openvms compaq com openvms os openvms release history html 5 18 System Management Information Additional release history information as well as a variety of other trivia is available in the VAX 20th anniversary book http www openvms compaq com openvms 20th vmsbook pdf 5 10 7 OpenVMS Alpha and 164 Upgrade Terminology OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 use the POLYCENTER Software Product Install Utility occasionly refered to as SPIU and rather more commonly known as PCSI PCSI is a component of the OpenVMS operating system and is available on OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS I64 The following terms apply to OpenVMS Alpha and to OpenVMS I64 Upgrades and Installations using PCSI e UPDATE Typically used for Limited Hardware Releases LHR releases Performed via VMSINSTAL Applies only to the OpenVMS release that the LHR is based on or to a
271. l 7 Partner Programs See DSPP Password Dictionary attack 5 44 Purdy Polynomial 5 44 Patch 3 Patches See ECO kits PATHWORKS 5 3 PB 2 21 PBXGB AA PowerStorm 3D30 5 PBXGB CA PowerStorm 4D20 5 PBXGD AE PowerStorm 350 5 PBXGK BB PowerStorm 30107 4 PC7XS CA 8 PCDISK 2 PC Disks 7 2 PCF 11 15 PCSI 5 37 2 PCSI Install See Install PCSI Upgrade See Upgrade PCX 7 2 PDF 3 1 13 6 Peek 0 Index nPars 2 NTP 4 8 4 25 0 ODBC 9 12 ODS 2 9 3 9 8 ODS 5 9 3 9 8 Office Friendly 2620 4 Ohio State University 3 5 8 5 57 14 4 14 5 14 12 OpenECS 4 OpenNTP 4 25 OpenVMS Org 2 OpenVMS Alpha Terminology 3 OpenVMS Alpha Upgrades 3 OpenVMS AXP Terminology 3 OpenVMS Galaxy 2 OPENVMS HOBBYIST 9 OpenVMS 164 2 1 7 Terminology 2 35 7 OpenVMS 164 Upgrades 5 OpenVMS Upgrade See Update Upgrade and Install OpenVMS VAX Terminology 3 OpenVMS VAX Upgrades 6 Opteron 2 12 OSU 13 3 OSU HTTPD Web Server 4 Outbuildings See Time Overwrite 5 1 P Page Memory 1 Size 1 Index 14 ProGIS 7 2 Programming Examples See Examples Protected Image 7 Protected Subsystems 1 PSECT 10 5 Purdy Polynomial Password 4 PURGE 5 54 putmsg 4 pvm 8 PVS 8 PWIP 15 4 Python 0 Q qio 10 8 11 10 QMAN JOURNAL 7 QMAN MASTER 15 21 QuickSpec
272. l rather than silently and potentially erroneously succeeding Similar requirements exist for UIC values as these too tend to be scattered all over the system environment Like the binary identifier values you will find UIC values associated with disks ACLs queues and various other structures For a list of the various files shared in an OpenVMS Cluster and that can be involved when relocating an environment from one node to another or merging environments into an OpenVMS Cluster please see the SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE file included in OpenVMS V7 2 and later releases Procedures to extract the contents of a potentially corrupt queue database are provided on the OpenVMS Freeware V5 and can be used to combine two queue databases together while shuffling files between OpenVMS Cluster hosts For related discussions of splitting a cluster into two or for removing a node from cluster political divorce etc see topics 203 767 915 and others in the Ask The Wizard area http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 5 23 How do I delete timeout idle processes There is no such command integrated within OpenVMS though there are optional
273. l be more flexible and will have dedicated processing libraries available for common web and http related tasks but DCL can deal easily with many of the more typical tasks required of a CGI script There are examples of DCL CGI scripts available and most all OpenVMS web server packages will include specific examples within the particular package or the package documentation 10 27 DECwindows If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 11 11 1 How do let someone else display something on my workstation On a workstation you will want to use the Customize menu of the session manager utility and select Security When the pop up box appears you can select the host node username and tranport that will allow you to launch an application that targets the workstation display If this does not provide you with access to the display You need a checklist of sorts e Make sure that you ve specified the X windows display correctly on the remote host For a DECnet transport the specification uses two colons while the TCP IP transport typically uses one The X Windows server and the X Windows screen follow the host specification delimited by a period For example X Windows Display Commands Shell Command csh setenv DISPLAY vms domain 0 0 sh and ksh DISPLAY vms domain 0 0 export DISPLAY DCL SET DISPLAY CREATE NODE vms domain TRANSPORT TCPIP SERVER server
274. l or bitwise operators available Analogous to DCL symbols process local logical names can be copied into subprocesses during a subprocess creation operation but these process local logical names are neither copied back into the parent process when the subprocess exits nor are these logical names ever shared DCL Details Logical names are implemented deep within the OpenVMS executive and are organized into logical name tables Logical names can be stored in tables private to a process LNM PROCESS the process local logical name table that can be shared among processes in the same job tree LNM JOB the job logical name table or in logical name tables that are shared among larger groups of processes eg LNM GROUP the UIC group logical name table and LNM SYSTEM the system wide logical name table Logical names are centrally intended to provide various I O related capabilities including device independence and configuration customization correctly written application programs can use logical names to avoid embedding specific device or device and directory specifications and to allow filename and configuration customizations One of the most powerful capabilities of logical names beyond the device independence provided involves the defaulting capabilities you can use RMS parsing directly or with mechanisms such as the f parse lexical function to provide a filename and a default filename To provide the mechanism that allows SYSU
275. large as 262143 which from November 17 1858 allowed for 7 centuries Possibly the date could only grow as large as 131071 using 17 bits but this still covers 3 centuries and leaves the possibility of representing negative time The 1858 date preceded the oldest star catalogue in use at SAO which also avoided having to use negative time in any of the satellite tracking calculations The original Julian Day JD is used by astronomers and expressed in days since noon January 1 4713 B C This measure of time was introduced by Joseph Scaliger in the 16th century It is named in honor of his father Julius Caesar Scaliger note that this Julian Day is different from the Julian calendar that is named for the Roman Emperor Julius Caesar Time and Timekeeping Why 4713 BC Scaliger traced three time cycles and found that they were all in the first year of their cyle in 4713 B C The three cycles are 15 19 and 28 years long By multiplying these three numbers 15 19 28 7980 he was able to represent any date from 4713 B C through 3267 A D The starting year was before any historical event known to him In fact the Jewish calendar marks the start of the world as 3761 B C Today his numbering scheme is still used by astronomers to avoid the difficulties of converting the months of different calendars in use during different eras The following web sites e http www openvms compaq com openvms products year 2000 leap html h
276. lated tools software that is the basis for various utilities including the Mozilla web browser and the Secure Web Browser SWB package OpenVMS Engineering is continuously porting Mozilla org s web browser to OpenVMS and OpenVMS ports of the current Mozilla baselevels and releases are available The OpenVMS Mozilla port includes the web browser the mail client the Composer HTML editor an IRC chat client a netnews NNTP reader and various other tools The Mozilla web browser download and the development and release schedules for this and for other Mozilla related tools are available at http www mozilla org The available Secure Web Browser SWB kit is a packaged version of the Mozilla Web Browser and typically the SWB version number matches the underlying Mozilla version A hardware configuration appropriate for Mozilla generally involves an OpenVMS Alpha system with an EV56 Alpha microprocessor or an 6 or more recent processor and with 256 megabytes of system memory The performance of Mozilla on EV5 based and earlier Alpha microprocessor systems is generally viewed as inadequate this due to the extensive use of an Alpha instruction subset that is first available with the EV56 microprocessor generation Mozilla is not available for OpenVMS VAX Various versions of the Netscape Navigator web browser are based on the Mozilla code base 13 5 Where can I get Java for OpenVMS Java is available on and is included with
277. ld queue database DELETE SYS COMMON SYSEXE SYSSQUEUE MANAGER QMANS 7 Restart the queue manager pointing to the new location START QUEUE MANAGER fast disk qman 5 27 System Management Information 5 19 How do I delete an undeletable unstoppable RWAST process Undeleteable jobs are usually undeleteable for a reason this can track back to insufficient process quotas to a kernel mode error in OpenVMS or a third party device driver or to other odd problems These undeletable jobs typically become of interest because they are holding onto a particular resource eg tape drive disk drive communications widget that you need to use If the particular device supports firmware ensure that the device firmware is current TQK50 controllers are known for this when working with old firmware That and the infamous MUA4224 firmware bug If this device has a driver ECO kit available acquire and apply it If the particular relevant host component has an ECO acquire and apply it Useful tools include SDA to see what might be going on and DECamds which increase and thus potentially fix quota related problems nb Applications with quota leaks will obviously not stay fixed If the stuck application is BACKUP ensure you have the current BACKUP ECO and are directly following the V7 1 or better V7 2 or later process quota recommendations for operator BACKUP accounts Quota details are in the OpenVMS
278. le 4 Owner s Guide 14 34 System Disk Capacity 4 VAXstation 3520 Service Guide 14 34 VAXstation 3540 Service Guide 4 VCC_FLAGS 3 VCS 8 Veracity 3 Version Numbering 2 Edit 10 22 Maintenance 2 Major 10 22 Minor 10 22 Index TSM 13 11 TT2 M_DISCONNECT 5 52 TTF 11 16 TTY_DEFCHAR2 5 52 TV 13 21 TZ Logical Name 7 U 15 U S C 260a a 7 U S Design 9 UAFALTERNATE 5 8 UAFALTERNATE system parameter 8 UCB 10 8 UCX CONFIGURATION DAT 1 UCX NFS TIME DIFFERENTIAL Logical Name 4 18 UCX TDF Logical Name 4 18 UDDI 2 6 UEFI 14 27 Ultrium 230 14 46 undelete 1 Unified EFI See UEFI Unified Extensible Firmware Interface See UEFI Uniform Time Act of 1966 7 unixODBC 9 12 UNIX shell e 3 3 3 6 unzip 9 Update 9 Upgrade 9 UPS 13 9 UPShot 13 9 USB 14 51 4 USB Keydisk 8 Used Equipment See HP Renew User Group DECUS 1 5 Encompass 1 5 Interex 1 5 Index 20 VOTES system parameter 4 vPars 4 22 14 2 14 7 VR260 14 38 290 14 38 VRC16 8 VRC21 8 VSXXX 14 38 VTstar terminal emulator 3 VXT 2 W w32time 5 Web Archives 14 41 Web Browser See SWB CSWB 13 4 Lynx 4 Mosaic 13 4 Mozilla 13 4 7 Netscape 13 4 Netscape Navigator 13 17 Web server Apache 13 7 OSU e 13 7 Purveyor 13 8 WASD 13 8 Webserv
279. le 2 contains some suggested URLs Table 3 2 OpenVMS Tutorial and Documentation Websites URL Sponsor Introductory Documentation Table 3 2 Cont OpenVMS Tutorial and Documentation Websites URL Sponsor http www levitte org ava vms faq htmlx http saf bio caltech edu vms_sheet html http seqaxp bio caltech edu www vms_beginners_faq html Various introductory materials http Awww montagar com openvms_class Members of the Encompass DFWCUG maintain a website with many materials available including an Overview of OpenVMS an Introduction to DCL and the TPU Editor Advanced DCL Command Procedures OpenVMS Operations Batch Print Tape an Introduction to OpenVMS Management to OpenVMS User Management to OpenVMS Network Management and to OpenVMS Cluster Management These training materials have been presented at various DECUS symposia http Awww mcesr olemiss edu unixhelp VMStoUNIX html A comparison table of various command level tasks with information on the UNIX and Linux shell command s and on the OpenVMS DCL command s HP OpenVMS Documeniation http Awww hp com go openvms doc Various introductory guides as well as more advanced manuals are available in the OpenVMS and layered product documentation set HP OpenVMS Training http Awww compaq com training home html http Awww openvms compaq com wbt index html HP offers training information and Technical Resource Kits TRKs and other Training for OpenVM
280. ler code to the Macro32 compiler on OpenVMS Alpha on management differences on upgrading privileged code and application migration e http www hp com go openvms doc Documentation on porting to OpenVMS 164 is available as well Details on the C programming environment are available at http www openvms compaq com commercial c c_index html Details on porting VAX C to HP C are are available at http www openvms compaq com commercial c index_vax htm An OpenVMS Porting Library is available at http www openvms compaq com ebusiness Technology html Information on the Enterprise Toolkit a Visual based development environment for developing applications for OpenVMS using a Microsoft platform is available at e http www openvms compaq com commercial et et index html Details on DCE CORBA BridgeWorks and COM DCOM middleware is available at http www openvms compaq com commercial middleware html Information on the COE standards is available at e http diicoe disa mil coe A wide variety of programming development tools and middleware are available as commercial products eg DECset IBM WebSphere MQ formerly MQseries and various tools are also available as shareware or as Freeware Please see other sections of this FAQ and please see e http www hp com go dspp catalog 2 17 General Information 2 15 What resources are available to OpenVMS software developers The HP Developer and Sof
281. lication routines written in other languages a prefix decc is added to the C symbol names to assure their uniqueness to prevent symbol naming conflicts C programs however can sometimes have private libraries for various purposes and the external routines share the same names as the library routines This is not recommended but there are applications around that use this technique Thus the need to explicity specify whether or not the decc prefix should be prepended to the external symbol names by the compiler The qualifiers and most all with associated pragmas that may be of interest when migrating VAX C code to HP C include e Failure to specify the prefixing qualifier on certain and usually older versions of C can cause the compiler to not add the prefixes for the names of the C library routines into the references placed in the object module which can in turn cause problems resolving the external symbols in the library when the object code is linked PREFIXzALL ENTRI ES e Some VAX C programs erroneously write to the string literals By default HP C does not allow the constants to change ASSUME WRI TABLE STRI NG LI TERALS e Enables sharing shr of globals and of extern variables HP C sets externs as non shareable noshr VAX C as shr SHARE GLOBALS e VAX C assumes common block model for external linkages EXTERN MODE COMMON BLOCK 10 16 OpenVMS Programming Information e R
282. list to the default mc decw utils xset fp default This is useful if you need to recover from errors The Notepad utility normally available through the Applications menu in Session Manager is a convenient way to see if the font is available Start the application select Options then select Font In the Family Foundry window you will see the list of fonts available User added TrueType fonts will normally be at the end of this list Select the desired font family then select the Size dpi which will always be 0 0 for TrueType fonts and the various font options Weight Slant Width etc should appear in the next window You should then be able to select the desired font and click Ox or to use it or Cancel to exit without changing the font If you don t see all of the fonts you added check to see that the number at the beginning of the DECW FONT DIRECTORY DAT file is correct that the files are set to world or appropriate access and that TrueType fonts are in Stream LF format Some applications require entering a full font name which will look like the font description entry Please keep in mind that not all applications can use every font which may be available on your system For example DECterm is designed to use families of fonts specifically designed for character cell applications Other fonts specifically TrueType may work erratically and may result in an
283. llennium graphics cards no L3 cache module and an Toshiba IDE CD Rom Some came with very high end Powerstorm graphics card if the system was destined to do CAD or movie rendering Graphics and other I O can and does vary by package The Miata MX5 is not supported by OpenVMS 14 24 Hardware Information e The Miata GL The Miata GL variant has USB ports and on board SCSI and bootstraps using the on board Cypress IDE chipset and an ATAPI CD ROM are supported by OpenVMS The Miata GL a variant is need not be configured with an add on SCSI controller given both the ability to bootstrap from ATAPI CD ROM and the on board SCSI Graphics and other I O can and does vary by package Various of the Miata GL systems are supported by OpenVMS For obvious reasons most folks will prefer and will select a Miata GL system given the choice between the Miata MX5 and the Miata GL series And as for your next question you cannot necessarily nor easily distinguish the Miata MX5 from the Miata GL based solely on the model number See Section 14 4 4 2 for related details 14 4 4 1 OpenVMS the Whitebox Windows Only series Alpha Though OpenVMS is not supported on the Whitebox series of Alpha platforms OpenVMS might or might not bootstrap on the platform These systems were specifically configured targeted and supported only for use with the Microsoft Windows NT operating system On some of the Whitebox systems the following se
284. logy 3 1 64 Terminology 3 64 Architecture 2 12 14 21 7 IARGCOUNT 10 6 iasi64 3 IDE 7 1 9 4 14 23 14 26 14 44 14 45 14 46 14 47 3 Identifier 1 Subsystem 7 Image Executable 7 Loadable 7 Protected 7 Shareable 10 7 System 7 UWSS 10 7 IMAGELIB OLB 10 15 4 ImageMagick 13 5 IMAGENAME DMP 10 23 IMPLVER e 14 31 InfoServer 9 9 Scribe 8 INFO VAX 3 Info Zip 3 9 2 INITIALIZE 5 33 INITIALIZE ERASE 5 51 Install 5 19 INSTALL e 10 7 INSTALL utility 5 1 Instruction sets 4 Integrity 2 11 2 13 5 57 14 27 8 Terminology 3 Integrity rx2600 1 Integrity 0 Office Friendly 14 54 Quieter 4 Index 10 lib get foreign 4 lib get symbol 2 lib set logical e 10 5 lib set symbol 2 lib stree1 dd 0 9 0550611 10 9 LIBSSIGNAL e 10 14 lib spawn 8 lib table parse 3 lib tparse 3 lib trim filespec 3 LIB L32 10 12 LIB L64 10 12 LIB MLB 10 24 LIB R64 10 12 LIB REQ 10 12 License 2 10 5 10 10 6 11 5 12 4 License Unit Requirements Table 2 8 3 Licensing 6 Licensing Programs Campus Software License Grant 2 10 Developers 2 10 2 18 DSPP 2 10 2 18 Educational 0 Hobbyist 2 9 Liebert 9 Limited Hardware Release 2 See LHR linda 8 LINK NOSYSLIB 10 24 SYSEXE 4 Linker COMMON 10 5 PSECT ATTR 10 5 SYMBOL VECTOR 10 5 SYSS BASE IMAGE 10 4 SYS S
285. lpha tools ftp ftp digital com pub DEC Alpha systems e http ftp digital com pub Digital info semiconductor literature dsc library html e Alpha Systems Update http www compaq com alphaserver fb acu html Software Product Description SPD information including platform support documentation http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx Information on Multia hardware is available at http www netbsd org Ports alpha multiafaq html Information on DEC 3000 series hardware is available at e http www phys ufl edu prescott linux alpha dec3000 sysinfo html http www phys ufl edu prescott linux alpha dec3000 docs html http ftp netbsd org pub NetBSD misc dec docs index html 14 29 Hardware Information The NetBSD folks maintain useful Alpha hardware information at http www netbsd org Ports alpha models html 14 7 Describe Alpha instruction emulation and instruction subsets The Alpha architecture is upward and downward compatible and newer instructions are emulated on older platforms for those cases where the compiler is explicitly requested to generate the newer Alpha instructions In particular OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 and later include the instruction emulation capabilities necessary for the execution of newer Alpha instructions on older Alpha microprocessors Instruction emulation capabilities are available for user mode applic
286. lphaBIOS or ARC console use the supplementary options to select the installation of new firmware typically from CD ROM and then rather than using a sequence which updates the current firmware Apu update 0 Apu update ARC Apu verify Apu quit Power cycle the system 14 15 Hardware Information Use the following sequence to specifically update and load SRM from AlphaBIOS ARC on a half flash system Apu gt update SRM Apu gt verify Apu gt quit Power cycle the system Use the following sequence to specifically update and load the AlphaBIOS ARC console from SRM on a half flash system lt lt lt b fl 0 A0 BOOTFILE firmware boot file exe Apu update ARC Apu verify Apu quit Power cycle the system Once you have the SRM loaded you can directly install OpenVMS or Tru64 UNIX on the system Do not allow Microsoft Windows NT or other operating system s to write a harmless signature to any disk used by OpenVMS Alpha or OpenVMS VAX as this will clobber a key part of the disk this will overwrite the OpenVMS bootblock On OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS VAX you can generally recover from this so called harmless action by using the WRITEBOOT EXE tool Using OpenVMS I64 and the EFI console the bootblock structures are expected to be compatible with those of Microsoft Windows and other Integrity operating systems please see the discussion of the
287. ls 15 10 15 6 1 1 OpenVMS Cluster SCS over DECnet Over IP 0 15 6 1 2 Configuring Cluster SCS for path load balancing 1 15 6 1 2 1 Cluster Terminology 1 15 6 1 2 2 Cluster Communications Control 2 15 6 1 2 3 Cluster Communications Control Tools and Utilities 3 15 6 2 Cluster System Parameter Settings 15 13 15 6 2 1 What is the correct value for EXPECTED VOTES in a VMScluster 4 15 6 2 1 1 Why no shadowing for a Quorum Disk 6 15 6 2 2 Explain disk or tape allocation class settings 6 xxii Contents 15 6 2 2 1 How to configure allocation classes and Multi Path SCSI 15 17 15 6 3 Tell me about SET HOST DUP and SET HOST HSC 15 18 15 6 4 How do rename a DSSI disk or tape 15 19 15 6 5 Where can get Fibre Channel Storage SAN information 15 20 15 6 6 Which files must be shared an OpenVMS Cluster 15 20 15 6 7 How split up an OpenVMS Cluster 15 22 15 6 8 Details on Volume Shadowing 15 23 15 6 8 1 Does volume shadowing require a non zero allocation classes 3 INDEX TABLES 1 1 Core Websites 1 1 1 2 INFO VAX Mail Server Commands 1 4 2 1 OpenVMS Alpha Media Kits 2 5 2 2 OpenVMS 164 Order Numbers 2 6 23 OpenVMS 164 Media Suffix 2 6 2 4 OpenVMS Source Listings Kits 2 6 2 5 OpenVMS Alpha Version Rule Of Thumb 2 15 3 1 OpenVMS Websites 3 J 0 0 0 0 3 2 3 2 OpenVMS Tutorial and Documentation Websites 3 5 3 3 DP Books 3 7 3 4 Open
288. m SHOW DISPLAY into a symbol Use the undocumented SHOW DISPLAY SYMBOL and then reference the symbols DECW DISPLAY NODE DECW DISPLAY SCREEN DECW DISPLAY SERVER and or DECW DISPLAY TRANSPORT An example of calling the underlying and also undocumented sys qio programming interface for the WSDRIVER WSAn is available at http www hp com go openvms freeware Look in the Freeware V4 0 directory srh examples DECUS UNDOC CLINIC 11 4 How do I get a log of a DECterm session If you are working from a DECwindows DECterm terminal emulator you can use the AutoPrint feature Choose the Printer menu item from the Options menu set the printing destination to the name of the file you want and set Auto Print Mode You are now free to continue It should be noted that all of the characters and escape sequences are captured but if you display the resulting log file on a DECterm then you will see exactly what was originally displayed You can also use the Print Screen screen capture available in the DECwindows session manager menus if you simply wish to snapshot a particular portion of the X Windows display If you are using the Freeware VTstar terminal emulator package you will find a similar logging mechanism is available in the menus 11 3 DECwindows 11 5 Why is DECwindows Motif not starting First check to see if there is a graphics device usually a G device eg On a DEC 2000 model 300 use the comm
289. mal blocks of a disk Any disk references past will wrap this wrapping behaviour can be of particular interest when writing a system crashdump file as this can potentially lead to system disk corruptions should any part of the crashdump file be located beyond 1 073 GB More recent systems and console PROMs use Group 1 SCSI commands which allow a 32 bit block number field 14 34 Hardware Information There was a similar limitation among the oldest of the MicroVAX 3100 series but a console boot PROM was phased into production and was retrofits this PROM upgrade allows the use of made available for field the Group 1 SCSI commands and thus larger system disks There was no similar PROM upgrade for the VAXstation 3100 series Systems that are affected by this limit e VAXstation 3100 series all members No PROM upgrade is available e MicroVAX 3100 models 10 and 20 No PROM upgrade is available e MicroVAX 3100 models 106 and 20e Only systems with console VMB 4 are affected A PROM upgrade for these specific versions prior to V6 systems is or was once available com williamwebb intro DOC i html 14 14 What are the VAX processor CPU codes 10 and 20 10 and 20 106 and 20e 106 and 6 30 and 40 38 and 48 16 30 and 40 60 80 90 90 95 96 90 95 14 35 Also see e http www whiteice Also see Section 9 5 Platform Mi croVAX 3100 Model VAXserver 3100 Model nfoServer
290. memory page A memory page is the minimum unit of memory allocation in OpenVMS With OpenVMS VAX the memory page size matches the disk block size it is always 512 bytes 2 20 General Information With OpenVMS Alpha the memory page size is variable and it can range from 8192 bytes 8 kilobytes up to 64 kilobytes The current system page size can be determined using the sys getsyi or f getsyi SIZE item Programs with hardcoded constants for the memory page size or page alignment should always assume a page size of 64 kilobytes On OpenVMS I64 the memory page size is also variable ranging from 4096 bytes 4 kilobytes up to 256 megabytes MB and potentially up to 4 gigabytes GB As with OpenVMS Alpha sys getsyi and f getsyi and the PAGE SIZE itemcode can and should be used to determine the current system page size In general OpenVMS I64 will use a page size of 8 kilobytes or larger On OpenVMS Alpha and on OpenVMS 164 a 512 byte area of memory equivalent in size to an OpenVMS VAX memory page is often refered to as a pagelet 2 17 3 How do I convert Disk Blocks KB MB GB TB The smallest granularity of disk storage addressing is called a disk block or sometimes a disk sector Groups of disk blocks are usually organized together into the smallest unit of storage that can be allocated and this unit is called a disk cluster The number of blocks in a cluster is the cluster factor and is established w
291. minal There is certain important system state information that is displayed only on the console OpenVMS expects to always have access to the system console Also see Section 5 6 reuse old keyboards mice and monitors with a PC Older HP keyboards those with the DIGITAL logo and the RJ modular jacks older HP mice those with the DIGITAL logo and with the RJ modular jacks or with a DIN connector with pins in a configuration other than the PC standard DIN connector pin orientation and older video monitors with RGB synch on green video signaling all use signaling formats and or communications protocols that differ from the PC standards and are not easily interchangable nor easily compatible with typical PC peripheral device controllers The LK201 and LK401 keyboards the VSXXX series mice the VR260 and VR290 monitors etc are incompatible with most PC systems and with most KVM switches Newer HP and Compaq keyboards those with with PC style DIN plugs and the HP Compaq or DIGITAL logo newer HP mice with PC pin DIN plugs and the HP Compaq or DIGITAL logo and newer video monitors multi synch usually with a VGA or SVGA connection or later are often interchangeable with industry standard PC systems and can often be used with most PC peripheral device controllers LK461 LK463 LK46W LK471 PC7XS CA VRC16 VRC21 TFT series LCD flat panel displays etc are typically reasonably compatible with most PC systems an
292. mon OpenVMS format encoding the record length into the record It is this extra data that can cause corruption like problems when viewed without RMS either directly via qio or via the file system API on other operating system platforms You will want to look at the low level record formats and at the RMS and the Files and Applications documentation in the OpenVMS manuals If transfering through other platforms use of a current version of Zip with the Vv or V option and unzip or use of a BACKUP saveset will contain and maintain the RMS file and record attributes For BACKUP and its own attributes requirements see the restoration tool 9 12 How to read locked files Files can be locked by applications and various approaches including CONVERT SHARE and DUMP ALLOCATED can be used as can the following command sequence open read share write x lockedfile txt type x If you can rebuild the application from source details related to file sharing are in Section 10 17 9 14 1 0 OpenVMS Programming Information If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 10 1 Modular Programming Facility Prefixes and Symbol Naming Please first review the OpenVMS Programming Concepts Manual and the Guide to Modular Programming manuals Both are available within the OpenVMS documentation set and provide details of the expected norms for OpenVMS programs e Learn about the facility prefix and
293. mple Bliss code EXTERNAL VMS GL FLAVOR 10 22 2 Other common C issues HP C a separate compiler from HP C provides both symbol mangling and symbol decoration Some of the details of working with longer symbol names and the resulting symbol name mangling in mixed language environments are listed in the shareable image cookbook and in the C documentation Symbol name decoration permits the overloading of functions by adding characters to the external symbol for the function to indicate the function return type and the argument data types involved and mixed language external references can and often do need to disable this decoration via the extern C declaration mechanism extern C extern int ExternSymbol void extern int OtherExternSymbol void 10 19 OpenVMS Programming Information Also see Section 14 7 for information on ARCHITECTURE and OPTIMIZE TUNE See Section 10 15 for information on the C system and the lib spawn call in CAPTIVE environments Constructs such as the order of incrementation or decrementation and the order of argument processing within an argument list are all implementation defined This means that C coding constructs such as are undefined and can have adverse implications when porting the C code to another C compiler or to another platform In general any combination of etc operators that will cause the same value to be modified multiple times betw
294. n intermediate LHR eg V7 1 1H2 applies only to V7 1 1H1 and to V7 1 not to any other releases LHRs within a series are cumulative containing all files and features of previous LHRs in the same series VMSINSTAL based Updates and VMSINSTAL based ECO kits are not generally used to upgrade OpenVMS on releases of OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 and later nor are thse used on OpenVMS 164 only PCSI based Upgrades and Installs are used VMSINSTAL remains available for other uses and other products for upgrades and installations of products other than OpenVMS itself e UPGRADE Performed via PCSI Upgrades can typically be applied directly to a release specific range of earlier OpenVMS releases The product release documentation specifies the prior OpenVMS releases if your release is not one of the specified releases you will have to perform one or more additional upgrades through intermediate OpenVMS releases to reach one of the prerequisite releases INSTALL Performed via PCSI With an installation no existing version of the operating system is assumed present nor are any files from any copy of the operating system might be present preserved and the entire contents of the target disk are destroyed via a disk initialization 5 19 System Management Information e PRESERVE Performed via PCSI Otherwise similar to an installation this option skips the disk reinitialization User files on the target disk are preserved Any existing operatin
295. n th previous version can be used in most contexts A file specification may not have more than 8 directories and subdirectories or with a rooted directory two sets of eight are possible and while it is possible to create subdirectories of greater depth accessing them under ODS 2 is somewhat problematic in most cases and thus should be avoided Under ODS 5 with extended DCL parsing SET PROCESS PARSE_ STYLE the filename length limits are up around 4 095 NAML C MAXRSS characters and directories can be around 255 levels deep Application developers should use OpenVMS supplied routines for parsing file specifications this ensures that changes in what is allowable will not tend to break your application Consider that various parts of the file specification may contain quoted strings with embedded spaces and other punctuation Some routines of interest are SYS FILESCAN SYS PARSE and LIB TRIM FILESPEC For further information see the OpenVMS Guide to File Applications Performance of larger directory files improves greatly with OpenVMS V7 2 and later operations on directory files of 128 blocks and larger were rather slower on earlier OpenVMS releases due to the smaller size of the directory cache and due to the directory I O processing logic For fastest directory deletions consider a reverse deletion delete from the last file in the directory to the first This reversal speeds the deletion operation by avoiding unnecessary di
296. n you define this in addition to the check for the particular license For information on PAKGEN and on generating license PAKs please see Section 10 10 For information on obtaining commercial and hobbyist licenses and for additional adminstrative information on LMF please see Section 2 8 4 and Section 2 8 1 12 5 1 3 Finding and Using Software If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ For information on programming on OpenVMS see Chapter 10 13 1 Where can I find freeware shareware software for OpenVMS e Details on many commercial OpenVMS products are available in the catalog located at http Avwww hp com go dspp_catalog e The OpenVMS Freeware is is distributed with OpenVMS and is also available for download at various sites including the following e http www hp com go openvms freeware e ftp ftp montagar com e ftp mvb saic com freewarev40 and at various other sites The website also includes various updates and new packages that become available after the CD ROM distributions are created Submissions to the OpenVMS Freeware can be made via e http www hp com go openvms freeware To acquire the OpenVMS Freeware CD ROM distribution you can order an OpenVMS distribution from HP the Freeware is included see the OpenVMS SPD for part numbers or you can specifically order a Freeware distribution from HP under part number gt 8 The Freeware C
297. nal Workstation au series platforms though OpenVMS will require a SCSI CD ROM if the Intel Saturn I O SIO IDE chip is present in the configuration only the Cypress IDE controller chip is supported by OpenVMS for IDE bootstraps Configurations with the Intel SIO are not generally considered to be supported systems If you have an au series system you can determine which IDE chip you have using the SRM console command SHOW CONFI GURATI ON If you see Cypress PCI Peripheral Controller you can bootstrap OpenVMS from IDE storage If you see Intel SIO 82378 you will need to use and bootstrap from SCSI A procedure to load DQDRIVER on the Intel SIO once the system has bootstrapped from a SCSI device is expected to be included as part of the contents of the DQDRIVER directory on Freeware V5 0 and later Many of the a series systems will include the Intel SIO and thus cannot bootstrap from IDE See Section 14 4 4 for related details 14 26 Hardware Information 14 4 5 On the Intel Itanium IA 64 platform OpenVMS has been ported to the Intel 1 64 architecture to HP Integrity systems based on the Intel Itanium Processor Family The first release of OpenVMS 164 was V8 0 with the first general or first production release of OpenVMS 164 known as V8 2 Yes there was a V8 1 release too Some Intel and HP terminology Itanium Processor Family is the name of the current implementation of the current Intel micropr
298. nce a known reference This cell is incremented by 100000 every 10ms by an hardware interval timer 4 1 1 1 3 EXE GQ_TODCBASE This cell contains the time and date the system time was last adjusted by EXE SETTIME It uses the same format as EXE GQ_SYSTIME On adjustment of the system time a copy of EXE GQ_SYSTIME is stored in this cell in both memory and on disk This cell is used to get the year for the system time 4 1 1 1 4 EXESGL TODR This cell contains the time and date the system time was last adjusted by EXES SETTIME It uses the same format as the time of year clock On adjustment of the system time this cell gets saved back to both memory and disk The contents of this cell are used to test the validity of the TOY clock The system parameters SETTIME and TIMEPROMPTWAIT determine how the system time will be set e IF SETTIME 0 and the TOY clock is valid THEN the contents of the TOY clock are compared to those of EXE GL IF the TOY clock is more than a day behind EXE GL TODR THEN the TOY clock is presumed invalid e IF the TOY clock is within a day of EXE GL TODR THEN the system time is calculated as follows EXE GQ SYSTIME EXE GQ TODCBASE TOY CLOCK EXE GL_TODR 100000 4 3 Time and Timekeeping e IF SETTIME 1 or the TOY clock is invalid THEN the value of TIMEPROMPTWAIT determines how to reset the time of year IF TIMEPROMPTWAIT lt 0 THEN the user is prompted for the time and date for a len
299. nd IDE driver software and each device contains equally non trivial firmware taken together with the mechanical and electronic components this software and firmware will determine whether or not a particular device will function as expected 14 45 Hardware Information Also note that various devices such as various SCSI CD R devices can implement and can require vendor specific protocol extensions and these extensions can require modifications to OpenVMS or the addition of various utilities In various of these cases these devices perform functions that will require them to use SCSI or ATA ATAPI IDE commands that are hopefully architecturally compatible SCSI or ATA ATAPI IDE command extensions Also see Section 7 1 and Section 9 7 Some SCSI tapes lack odd byte transfer support making operations with OpenVMS problematic at best as OpenVMS expects odd byte support Examples of such include LTO 1 devices such as the HP Ultrium 230 series tape and the DLT VS80 series tapes Due to the lack of odd byte transfer support LTO 1 devices are not supported by OpenVMS LTO devices in the LTO 2 and later series do reportedly presently all have odd byte transfer support and operations are reportedly rather easier Do check for formal support of course In order for OpenVMS to officially support a particular device integration and testing work is mandated There can be no certainty that any particular device will operate as expec
300. nd the SET BOOTBLOCK command is analogous to the WRITEBOOT EXE image on existing OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha systems 9 11 Files For information on CD and DVD optical media drives on OpenVMS please see Section 14 29 For additional related information on creating bootable OpenVMS media please see Ask The Wizard topic 9820 9 8 What I O transfer size limits exist in OpenVMS The maximum transfer size is an attribute of the particular I O device controller and driver combination there is no inherent limit imposed by OpenVMS other than the fact that today byte counts and LBNs are generally limited to 32 bits The maximum size of a device I O request is limited by the value in UCB L MAXBONT which is set by the device driver based on various factors Also check the setting of the MAXBUF system parameter for buffered I O transfers and check the process quotas Currently SCSI drivers limit I O transfers to FE00 16 bytes 65024 bytes decimal The reasons for this transfer size limitation are largely historical Similarly DSSI devices are limited to the same value this for hardware specific reasons Transfers to HSC and HSJ device controllers via the CI are limited to 1 048 576 bytes Client MSCP served devices are limited to 65535 bytes to help ensure that the I O fragmentation processing happens on the client and not on the server system Parts of the OpenVMS I O subsystem are optimized for data transfers less than 64K
301. ndows CDE the root window is no longer visible by default The root window is hidden behind the backdrop window of the current CDE workspace To make the root window visible use the CDE style manager selection backdrop none and use information such as that in the OpenVMS FAQ to set the root window To add a new backdrop to the DECwindows CDE environment the backdrop must first be in or be converted into X11 pixmap format This conversion is often possible using tools such as xv Then if necessary create the default backdrop directory SYS COMMON CDE DEFAULTS USER BACKDROPS Place the X11 pixmap file containing the desired image into the backdrops directory ensure that it has a filename extension of PM The xv default filename extension for the X11 pixmap file is XPM while CDE expects only to see files with PM Now invoke the CDE style manager and select a new backdrop You will find your image will be placed at the end of the list of backdrops available If you require a message be included on the initial display where the start session display and the logo appears you can use either of the following approaches e The simplest approach requires OpenVMS V7 3 2 or later and the corresponding DECwindows V1 3 1 kit or later You will want to create a file named SYS COMMON SYSMGR DECWS GREET TXT and this will be displayed in a popup with an OK button when the login box is displayed This is intended specifically f
302. ndows flight simulator the mxrn X windows news reader the OSU HTTPD WWW server a WW gopher browser Castle Wolfenstein Wolf3D etc are all on the various OpenVMS Freeware distributions Also see the GNV package Section 13 2 6 for related materials APIs and tools 13 2 3 TCP IP Tools and Utilities for OpenVMS TCP IP Services formerly known as UCX contains tools such as ping uuencode smtp snmp rcp nfs tnfs etc OpenVMS V6 2 and later includes DCL integrated support for various IP tools with commands such as SET HOST TELNET and COPY FTP This interface requires the installation of an IP stack and TCP IP Services UCX V3 3 and later as well as any then current or now current third party IP stack can be used Once the IP stack is installed and configured the DCL command qualifiers such as FTP RCP RLOGIN TELNET and TN3270 are available on various DCL commands including DIRECTORY Various C programming examples in TCPIP EXAMPLES and on releases prior to V5 0 in UCK EXAMPLES 13 2 4 The vi text editor vile vim and elvis are all clones of the vi text editor and all operate on OpenVMS Versions of vile are available on the Freeware and at e http www clark net pub dickey vile vile html vim vi improved e http www polarfox com vim 13 14 Finding and Using Software 13 2 5 The Emacs Text Editor OpenVMS ports of versions of the Emacs text editor can be found on various OpenVMS Freeware dis
303. ne does NOT provide automatic switch over Note The DST switch over does NOT drift the time value the switch over applies the entire difference as a unit as is standard and expected practice Do look at either not switching to daylight time or better using UTC as your time base if this one hour change is not feasible within 4 14 Time and Timekeeping your environment For information associated with drifting the systen time please see Section 4 3 4 If you switch the TDF or DST setting you will also want to restart or reconfigure any time sensitive applications those not using the time differential factor TDF change event available in V7 3 and later Examples of these applications can include the need to restart the NFS client and NTP In the case of NTP will want to try to drift the time see Section 4 2 and see Section 4 3 4 and will find that the DST switch over will exceed the NTP defined maximum threshold allowed for drifting Hence the NTP restart is presently required 4 4 1 Creating Updating and Managing Timezone Definitions One issue with the UTC implementation on OpenVMS is the behaviour of C functions and other programs that use SYS TIMEZONE RULE the OpenVMS mechanism assumes all control over the timezone and the daylight time switchover This allows calculation of the time by the C library and various applications This can be incompatible with a system or application that requires manual mod
304. nflict on either the file or on the directory it might well pay to rename files into a temporary directory location before issuing the DELETE ERASE particularly for large files and or for systems with multiple overwrite erase patterns in use for any systems where the DELETE ERASE erasure operation will take a while 5 44 Managing File Versions Some applications will automatically roll file version numbers over and some will require manual intervention Some will continue to operate without the ability to update the version and some will be unable to continue Some sites will specifically attempt to create a file with a version of 32767 to prevent the creation of additional files too To monitor and resolve file versions you can use commands including SET FILE VERSION LI MI Tzn filename SET DIRECTORY VERSION LIMITzn directory 5 54 System Management Information And you can also monitor file version numbers and can report problems with ever increasing file versions to the organization s supporting the application s generating files with ever increasing version numbers for details on potential problems and for any recommendations on resetting the version numbers for the particular product or package If required of course The following pair of DCL commands though obviously subject to timing windows can be used to rename all the versions of a file back down to a contiguous sequence of versions starting at 1
305. nformation If you should find yourself missing an identifier for a particular user you can add one for the user s UIC using a command such as UAF add ident value uic group user newuserid The UIC user identifier text is assigned when the username is created and is the text of the username The UIC group group identifier is assigned when the first username is created in the UIC group and the text is based on the account name specified for the first user created in the group The value of this identifier is groupnumber 177777 To add a missing group identifier use an asterisk as follows UAF add ident value uic group newgroupi d You may find cases where an identifier is missing from time to time as there are cases where the creation of a UIC group name identifier might conflict with an existing username or a user identifier might conflict with an existing group identifier When these conflicts arise the AUTHORIZE utility will not create the conflicting group and or user identifier when the username is created You can can add and remove user specified identifiers but you should avoid changing the numeric values associated with any existing identifiers You should also avoid reusing UICs or identifiers when you add new users as any existing identifiers that might be present on objects in the system from the old user will grant the same access to the new user Please see the security manual for details 5 10 What are the
306. nformation see the OpenVMS Guide to System Security Manual specifically the sections on ACLs and identifiers and resource identifiers 5 15 Why do I get extra blank pages on my HP Printer For information on configuring telnet print symbiont on device control libraries such as SYSDEVCTL TLB and for ways of dealing with the extra blank pages that can arise on various HP printers please see the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard area starting particularly with topic 1020 http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference There are a variety of discussions of this and of related printing topics in the Ask The Wizard area in addition to topic 1020 Also see Section 5 34 5 23 System Management Information 5 16 Drivers and Configuration of New Graphics Controllers This section contains information on various graphics controllers supported by OpenVMS Alpha and specifically information on where and how to obtain device drivers for specific early OpenVMS releases device drivers for controllers are integrated into and shipped with OpenVMS Alpha but versions of these device drivers are sometimes made available for specific earlier OpenVMS releases 5 1
307. nformation on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference Depending on the environment you may need to use C calls such as fsync and fflush and in specific cases the setvbuf _IONBF call For related materials around commands that can potentially be used to override file locking to view the file contents as currently written to disk see Section 9 12 10 18 How can have common sources for messages constants Use the GNM tools on the OpenVMS Freeware to have common sources for MSG message files and SDML Document documentation files Use the DOCUMENT command to convert the SDML documentation into the necessary formats Text Postscript HTML etc Use the MESSAGE SDL tool latent in OpenVMS to create an SDL file based on the messages Then use the SDL tool available on the OpenVMS Freeware to convert the SDL file into language specific definitions There is also a converter around to convert SDL into SDML if you want to get pictures of the data structures for your documentation 10 13 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 19 How do activate the OpenVMS Debugger from an application include lib routi nes h include ssdef h include string h mai n char ascic debug commands 128 char dbgcmd show call
308. ng command will set a 54 21797 01 series processor module to the KA50 response 14 55 Table 14 9 Hardware Information T 9D 50 confirm y n y These commands solely alter the identification returned within the specified pairings These commands do not alter the system performance and the commands can not and do not allow for instance a 54 21797 01 motherboard to become a 54 24695 01 motherboard See Section 14 14 for a more complete list of KA series codes for various VAX processors 14 56 Information on Networks and Clusters If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ The following sections contain information on OpenVMS Networking with IP and DECnet and on clustering and volume shadowing on Fibre Channel and on related products and configurations How to connect OpenVMS to a Modem Please see the Ask The Wizard area topics starting with 81 1839 2177 3605 etc http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 15 15 1 15 2 OpenVMS and IP Networking The following sections contain information on OpenVMS and IP networking as well as IP printing topics How to
309. ng mode More details Creation of CD recordable or DVD recordable media under OpenVMS typically involves one of two approaches the use of the optional CD R Scribe capabilities available for the InfoServer or other offline hardware packages PC based packages will be included in this or the use of a host based package such as the CDRECORD or COPY RECORDABLE MEDIA V8 3 and later or other utilities including OpenVMS ports of common open source tools made available by Dr Eberhard Heuser Hofmann and various others Commercial packages and options are also available Dr Heuser Hofmann has DVDwrite a commercial package which can record DVD media http home tiscali de dvd4openvms OpenVMS can read ODS 2 ODS 5 and ISO 9660 format CD ROMs and DVD ROMs directly If you are very careful you can create a dual format CD R a CD R with both ODS 2 and ISO 9660 or both ODS 5 and ISO 9660 or both OpenVMS does not support ISO 9660 1999 nor the Joliet or Rock Ridge extensions to ISO 9660 nor can OpenVMS decrypt copy protected video DVDs 9 8 Files InfoServer hardware configurations are no longer available from HP but may potentially be acquired through other means as used equipment InfoServer support also has very specific CD R recording device prerequisites and these recording devices are no longer generally available Packages related to the use of DVD archiving are also available see the multi volume capabil
310. ngine 1 Sector Disk 1 Index 16 Storage cont d IDE 7 1 9 4 14 23 14 26 14 44 14 45 14 46 7 PC Format 7 2 Remaining on Tape 3 SCSI 9 12 14 2 14 23 14 26 14 28 14 34 14 41 14 44 14 45 6 14 47 SCSI 2 9 5 Volume Set 9 6 Stream 3 StreamLF 9 13 Subsystem Identifier 7 SUNY NCSB 13 15 Supervisor 0 Supnik Bob 3 Support Prior Version Support 8 SVGA 14 38 5 SWB 13 17 Swizzling 1 164SX 3 SYI PAGE SIZE 2 21 2 SYLOGICALS COM 4 21 8 5 5 SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE 4 21 5 32 5 52 6 1 8 5 1 Symbols Compared to Logical Names 1 DCL 8 1 Symbol Substitution PIPE 8 8 SYMBOL VECTOR 5 Symmetric Multiprocessing See SMP synch on green 14 39 Synch on green 14 38 5 5 SYSS BASE IMAGE 10 4 SYS BASE_IMAGE EXE 4 8 SYS DIAGNOSTICS SYS 1 SYS DISK Logical Name 10 5 SYS DKDRIVER 14 53 4 Index 17 Index SNTP 4 25 SOAP 2 6 13 7 SOC 3 4 Soft Partitions 7 Software Resources International 2 9 3 9 13 23 Sophos 5 3 SPIA 2 See PCSI Spy 0 Spyglass 13 4 SQP 2 7 SRI Software Resources International 2 9 3 9 13 23 SRI International 3 SRM 4 22 5 57 14 12 14 13 Acronym e 14 4 System Reference Manual e 14 4 SS DEBUG 10 14 SS NOCLI 8 4 SSH 13 3 FISH 3 6 SSLeay 3 SSLeay 3 Stark Tim 13 23 ST
311. ni Copy is faster than a Full Copy 5 53 5 42 7 1 1 System Management Information 5 42 7 1 2 Mini Merge A Shadowing Merge is initiated when an OpenVMS node in the cluster which had a shadowset mounted crashes or otherwise leaves unexpectedly without dismounting the shadowset first In this case OpenVMS must ensure that the data is identical since Shadowing guarantees that the data on the disks in a shadowset will be identical In a regular Merge operation Shadowing uses an algorithm similar to the Full Copy algorithm except that it can choose either of the members contents as the source data since both are considered equally valid and scans the entire disk Also to make things worse for any read operations in the area ahead of what has been merged Shadowing will first merge the area containing the read data then allow the read to occur A Merge can be very time consuming and very I O intensive If a node crashes the surviving nodes can query to determine what exact areas of the disk the departed node was writing to just before the crash and thus Shadowing only needs to merge just those few areas so this tends to take seconds as opposed to potentially requiring many minutes or even hours for a regular full Merge 5 43 Please explain DELETE ERASE and File Locks DELETE ERASE holds the file lock and also holds a lock on the parent directory for the duration of the erasure This locking can obviously cause an access co
312. nnectivity runs the cluster state transition algorithm and implements the cluster quorum algorithm This SYSAP also handles lock traffic and various other cluster communications functions SCS DIR LOOKUP connects to SCS DIRECTORY This SYSAP is used to find SYSAPs on remote systems 15 11 Information on Networks and Clusters MSCP and TMSCP The Mass Storage Control Protocol and the Tape MSCP servers are SYSAPs that provide access to disk and tape storage typically operating over SCS protocols MSCP and TMSCP SYSAPs exist within OpenVMS for OpenVMS hosts serving disks and tapes within CI and DSSI based storage controllers and within host based MSCP or TMSCP storage controllers MSCP and TMSCP can be used to serve MSCP and TMSCP storage devices and can also be used to serve SCSI and other non MSCP non TMSCP storage devices SCS CONNECTION A SYSAP on one node establishes an SCS connection to its counterpart on another node This connection will be on ONE AND ONLY ONE of the available virtual circuits Cluster Communications Control When there are multiple virtual circuits between two OpenVMS systems it is possible for the VMS VAXCLUSTER to VMS VAXCLUSTER connection to use any one of these circuits All lock traffic between the two systems will then travel on the selected virtual circuit Each port has a LOAD CLASS associated with it This load class helps to determine which virtual circuit a connection will use If one po
313. not directly use TCP IP Services V5 0 and later use the OpenVMS TDF UTC and timezone support Earlier versions use a TDF mechanism and timezone database that is internal to the TCP IP Services package Also on the earlier versions the TDF must be manually configured within TCP IP Services in addition to the OpenVMS configuration of the TDF DECnet Plus in V7 3 and later uses the OpenVMS TDF UTC and timezone support and displays its timezone prompts using UTC TIME_ SETUP COM Earlier versions use a TDF TDF mechanism timezone database and automatic switch over that is internal to the DECnet Plus package Also on earlier versions the TDF must be configured within the DECnet Plus DECdtss package in addition to the OpenVMS configuration of the TDF Application code using HP C formerly Compaq C formerly DEC C will use the OpenVMS UTC and TDF mechanisms when the C code is compiled on OpenVMS V7 0 and later and when the macro _VMS_V6_ SOURCE is NOT defined HP C does NOT use the OpenVMS UTC and TDF mechanisms when the C code is compiled on OpenVMS releases 4 13 Time and Timekeeping prior to V7 0 or when the preprocessor declaration VMS V6 SOURCE is declared DCE DTS TDF management details to be determined In OpenVMS Alpha V6 releases V6 1 V6 2 V6 2 1Hx etc the TDF value is written to SYS BASE IMAGE EXE With OpenVMS Alpha V7 0 and later and with OpenVMS VAX V6 0 and later SYS SYSTEM SYS TIMEZONE DAT contains the TDF
314. nt system access none pl facl ident system access none delete SET FILE VERSI ON 0 e The following touch hack set file set file Command procedure SETDATE COM Changes the DATES for an input file to a file named OUTFILE assign nolog pl outfile convert fdl sys input pl outfile 01 apr 2010 01 Apr 2012 01 Apr 2011 e The following RMS system service sequence sys open with the XABRDT XAB structure chained e set the desired values within the XABRDT e sys close Various OpenVMS tools and utilities are available at http wwwvms mppmu mpg de vmssig src OpenVMS ports of the xmcd and MPlayer tools have also been reported as available 13 12 date creation expiration revision backup Finding and Using Software 13 2 Where can I find UNIX tools for OpenVMS There are OpenVMS DCL and UNIX shell command comparison tables posted at e http wwwvms mppmu mpg de vmsdoc UNIX VMS XREF HTML http www mcsr olemiss edu unixhelp VMStoUNIX html The GNV package Section 13 2 6 and the various C library calls available in current recent libraries are the replacement for the POSIX package 13 2 1 C system and library routines Common C system and library routines are present in the DEC C run time library which is available for V5 5 and later and is shipped in V6 1 and later DEC C is the upgrade for VAX C DEC C and VAX C can coexist on the same system
315. nt to manage and modify only the time values within each partition The time and data values stored in the primary MBM and replicated in the zero or more secondary MBMs that might be present within the system are coordinated To enter the PMU from the SRM console and to exit back to SRM MBM PMU Platform Management Utility From SRM P00 enter Esc Esc MBM CTRL CTRL MBM MBM must be uppercase MBM gt connect to exit to SRM The is the escape character Use the cited key sequences to enter the PMU You can also access the PMU through a modem or from a terminal or terminal emulator or terminal server connected to the server management LAN Having the server management LAN bridged to an untrusted LAN can be unwise however and with risks analogous to those of configuring a traditional VAX or Alpha console serial line to an open terminal server or to a dial in modem See the AlphaServer GS1280 documentation for additional information 4 23 Time and Timekeeping 4 7 UTC vs GMT vs vs UT1 UT1 UT2 TDF What are these acronyms The results of an international compromise though some would say an international attempt to increase confusion UTC is refered to as Coordinated Universal Time though not as CUT in English and as Temps Universel Coordinn though not as TUC in French No particular information exists to explain why UTC was chosen over the equally nonsensical TCU accord
316. ntial options include the Freeware RZDISK package the OpenVMS INITIALIZE ERASE command and potentially in conjunction with the erapat system service and OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW topics including 841 3926 4286 4598 and 7320 For additional information on sys erapat see the OpenVMS Programming Concepts manual and the OpenVMS VAX examples module SYSS EXAMPLES DOD ERAPAT MAR Some disk controllers and even a few disks contain support for data erasure Some DSSI Disk ISEs for instance For the prevention of casual disk data exposures a generic INITIALIZE ERASE operation is probably sufficient This is not System Management Information disk but this basic disk overwrite operation is likely sufficient to prevent the typical information disclosures You will want to consult with your site security officer your corporate security or legal office with HP Services or your prefered service organization or with a firm that specializes in erasure or data declassification tasks HP Services does traditionally offer a secure disk declassification service 5 42 7 How to enable telnet virtual terminals To enable virtual terminal support for telnet and rlogin devices add the following logical name definitions into SYLOGICALS COM DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTIVE TCPIPSRLOGIN VTA TRUE DEFINE SYSTEM EXECUTIVE TCPIPSTELNET VTA TRUE See SYS STARTUP SYLOGICALS TEMPLATE for details on the typical contents of SYLOGICALS COM
317. o be production releases To utilize OpenVMS I64 V8 2 you must perform a full installation of V8 2 No supported upgrade path to V8 2 is available from previous releases there is no upgrade from OpenVMS 164 E8 2 nor from the earlier V8 1 or V8 0 releases 5 10 3 OpenVMS VAX Release Upgrade Paths Note Upgrade path information here has occasionally been found to be wrong Information here does not reflect cluster rolling upgrade requirements see Section 5 10 4 for related rolling upgrade information versions permissible for rolling upgrades can be and often are more constrained When upgrade information here conflicts with the official documentation please assume that the information here is wrong Corrections and updates to this material are welcome From V5 0 through V5 4 3 inclusive one can upgrade to V5 5 From V5 5 V5 5 1 or V5 5 2HW one can upgrade to V5 5 2 From V5 5 V5 5 1 or V5 5 2 one can upgrade to V6 0 From V5 5 2 V5 5 2H4 or V6 0 one can upgrade to V6 1 From V6 0 or V6 1 one can upgrade to V6 2 From V6 1 or V6 2 one can upgrade to V7 0 From V6 1 V6 2 or V7 0 one can upgrade to V7 1 From V6 1 one can upgrade to V7 3 with VAXBACK ECO for V6 1 Some typical OpenVMS VAX upgrade paths are V5 x gt V5 5 gt V6 0 gt V6 2 gt V7 1 V7 2 V7 3 V5 5 2HW gt V5 5 2 V5 5 2 V5 5 2H4 gt V6 1 gt V6 2 V7 0 or V7 1 V6 1 gt V6 1 with VAXBACK ECO gt V7 2 V7 3 V6 2
318. o disk If your application must absolutely guarantee that data is available no matter what there s really no substitute for RMS Journaling and host or controller based shadowing However you can achieve a good degree of data integrity by issuing a SYS FLUSH RMS call at appropriate times if you re using RMS that is If you re using a high level language s I O system check that language s documentation to see if you can access the RMS control blocks for the open file In C you can use fflush followed by fsync For details on disk bad block handling on MSCP and on SCSI disk devices please see Ask The Wizard ATW topic 6926 http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums Files For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 9 4 What are the limits on file specifications and directories A file specification has an aggregate maximum size of 255 characters NAM C MAXRSS at present assuming ODS 2 limits and traditional DCL process parsing settings SET PROCESS PARSE STYLE The node and device specification may be up to 255 characters each file name and file types may be up to 39 characters each File versions are from 1 through 32767 though 0 latest version 0 oldest version and n
319. oad your rules prior to a particular set of new rules becoming effective The effective dates for the particular timezone rules are additionally necessary to allow the appropriate translation of older dates and times within the appropriate historical context of the particular date and time value For related information see Section 4 4 1 4 4 1 2 US Daylight Time Changes Starting 1 Mar 2007 The United States Federal Government is presently expecting to change its DST rules starting in March 2007 The change over date and the planned change itself has not come to pass as of this writing hence the phrasing used As amended US daylight time will be increased to be effective from the second Sunday in March through the first Sunday of November Other countries US local political geographies and businesses may or may not follow suite and implement these changes obviously For further regulatory details see the US Uniform Time Act of 1966 15 U S C 260a a as amended by the Energy Policy Act of 2005 For details on how to create customize or to download new rules and to update your local timezone rules please see Section 4 4 1 1 4 17 Time and Timekeeping 4 4 2 Timezones and Time related Logical Names Various logical names are used to manage time and timezones and you should avoid direct modification of these logical names as the implementations are subtle and quick to change As discussed in section Section 4 4 3 you w
320. ocalFile respectively is often the most appropriate configuration 15 3 3 Performing SET HOST MOP in DECnet Plus First issue the NCL command SHOW MOP CIRCUIT RUN SYS SYSTEM NCL SHOW MOP CIRCUIT 15 5 Information on Networks and Clusters Assume that you have a circuit known as FDDI 0 displayed Here is an example of the SET HOST MOP command syntax utilized for this circuit SET HOST MOP ADDRESS 08 00 2B 2C 5A 23 CI RCUI TzFDDI 0 Also see Section 15 6 3 15 3 4 How to flush the DECnet Plus session cache RUN SYS SYSTEM NCL FLUSH SESSION CONTROL NAMING CACHE ENTRY 15 4 How to determine the network hardware address Most Alpha and most VAX systems have a console command that displays the network hardware address Many systems will also have a sticker identifying the address either on the enclosure or on the network controller itself The system console power up messages on a number of VAX and Alpha systems will display the hardware address particularly on those systems with an integrated Ethernet network adapter present If you cannot locate a sticker on the system if the system powerup message is unavailable or does not display the address and if the system is at the console prompt start with the console command HELP A console command similar to one of the following is typically used to display the hardware address SHOW DEVI CE SHOW ETHERNET SHOW CONFIG On the oldest VAX Q bus systems
321. ocessor family implementing the IA 64 architecture IA 64 is the name of the Intel architecture implementing the VLIW Very Long Instruction Word design known as EPIC Explicitly Parallel Instruction Computing 164 is the name of a family of HP computer systems that use Intel Itanium processors and that are supported by HP OpenVMS for Integrity Servers and itself more commonly known as OpenVMS 164 by one of the HP operating systems that runs on HP Integrity hardware The Extensible Firmware Interface EFI is the name of the console environment for Itanium systems and the Baseboard Management Console BMC and the optional Management Processor MP are the most typical hardware interfaces into the system console 14 4 5 1 Where can I get Intel Itanium information Intel Itanium Processor Family and IA 64 Architecture Hardware Software and related docoumentation materials are available at e ftp download intel com design IA 64 manuals e ftp download intel com design IA 64 Downloads e ftp download intel com design IA 64 Downloads archSysSoftware pdf e ftp download intel com design IA 64 Downloads 24870101 pdf Information on the classic Intel Extensible Firmware Interface EFI for IA 64 and of the multi platform Unified EFI UEFI console project documentation are available at the following URLs e Intel http developer intel com e UEFI http www uefi org 14 27 Hardware Information Please se
322. ocks can lead to missed data and potentially to corruptions to individual files stored within the output saveset corruptions that may or may not be reported For details on this BACKUP command qualifier please see the Ask The Wizard topic 2467 When working with the BACKUP callable API e Build your applications with the most current BACKUP API available Changes made to the V7 1 2 and V7 2 API were incompatible with the V7 1 and V7 2 1 and later APIs and this incompatibility was repaired via a BACKUP ECO kit Do NOT build your application with the versions of the BACKUP API that shipped with V7 1 2 and V7 2 as these are incompatible with the BACKUP API constants that were used on other versions 5 48 System Management Information 5 42 4 How do fix a corrupt BACKUP saveset BACKUP savesets can be corrupted by FTP file transfers and by tools such as zip particularly when the zip tool has not been asked to save and restore OpenVMS file attributes or when it does not support OpenVMS file attributes use the zip V option as well as via other means of corruptions If you have problems eg NOTSAVESET errors with the BACKUP savesets after unzipping them or after an FTP file transfer you can try restoring the appropriate saveset attributes using the tool BACKUP LIST saveset bck SAVE Listing of save set s BACKUP F NOTSAVESET saveset bck SAVE is not a BACKUP save set SRH UTIL RESET BACKUP SAVESET FILE ATT
323. ols available from DECUS and other sources that allow various forms of user impersonation as well These tools will require version dependent kernel code and enhanced privileges for some of or all of their operations 10 15 Why do lib spawn lib set_symbol fail in detached processes The processing within run time library RTL calls such as lib attach lib disable ctrl lib do_command lib enable ctrl lib get_symbol lib run program lib set symbol lib set logical and lib spawn is dependent on and requires the presence of a command language interpreter CLD such as DCL Without a CLI present in the current process these calls will fail with a NOCLI no CLI present to perform function error Detached processes typically do not have a CLI present In place of lib spawn sys creprc can often be used The context of the parent process symbols and logical names will not be propogated into the subprocess when sys creprc is used though when there is no CLI present in the process this lack of propogation is moot To create a detached process with a CLI you must specify LOGINOUT as the target image as discussed elsewhere in the FAQ or only use these calls and any other calls requiring a CLI from images that are running in an interactive batch or other mode process Also note that the lib spawn and the C system call will fail in a CAPTIVE login environment The lib spawn call can be gotten to work in this environment wi
324. om fixed record tape media Please consult the IBM documentation for the details and command syntax needed when reading and writing ANSI media using IBM JCL or other applicable IBM command language There exists various freeware around TAPECOPY ETAPE TCOPY MTEXCH that can read and write EBCDIC tapes Visit the Encompasserve DECUS website software archives search engine and search for EBCDIC for details http www encompassus org OpenVMS does not include an integrated tool for EBCDIC tape processing but does provide a character conversion API useful within application programs One source for ETAPE is e http www ualr edu ftp vms ETAPE SRC The OpenVMS Freeware V5 0 distribution included this ETAPE tool as well 7 5 How I patch an OpenVMS Alpha image Using the OpenVMS Freeware tool ZAP e Look for the RMS TOOLS directory on Freeware V5 0 http www hp com go openvms freeware tell ZAP to read a block bucket of information based on the virtual block number VBN using X for hexadecimal Dump yourself into the OpenVMS debugger with R2 pointing into the buffer EXAMINE INSTRUCTION as needed alter the buffer as required GO to get out of the debugger and back into ZAP and use the ZAP W command to write the updated block 7 3 8 DCL Details If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 8 1 DCL Symbols and OpenVMS Logical Names DCL symbols are programmin
325. ompany HP that is probably most analogous to the Encompass organization is Interex http www interex org Like Encompass Interex offers various services and events of interest to folks that presently work with and or that wish to learn about HP products and offerings Please see the Interex website for details 1 5 OpenVMS Support Questions and Comments The following section includes contacts for OpenVMS Feedback and information on how to obtain technical support information Introduction 1 5 1 Corporate contacts for OpenVMS Business Issues The HP corporate contact for OpenVMS business issues is Ann McQuaid the HP General Manager directly in charge of OpenVMS and OpenVMS Engineering while feature requests and other related matters should be routed to MaryJane Vazquez the OpenVMS Business Manager Ann and MaryJane will quite obviously respond best to cogently worded OpenVMS corporate level business issues or requests With all due respect to all involved neither Ann nor MaryJane are appropriate contacts for technical support matters nor for technical support requests nor for any other non corporate related non business related issues these questions are best routed to the local or regional customer support center to the support technical and engineering teams To reach Ann or MaryJane via electronic mail place a dot between the first and the surname and append the expected HP COM domain 1 5 2 OpenVMS Ambass
326. ompiler l l compiling OpenVMS Bliss sources for use on VAX systems l 1 0 lif compiled BLISS VAX SS BLISS32V 0 if not compiled BLISS VAX 1 if compiled BLISS E Obsolete old name LISS BLISS32bE OR BLISS BLISS64E 0 if compiled VAX 1 if compiled BLISS E New arch name LISS BLISS32bE OR BLISS BLISS64E 0 if compiled VAX 1 if compiled BLISS I New arch name LISS BLISS321 OR BLISS BLISS641 0 if compiled VAX or Ann 10 12 VAXPA BI GPA VAX B L EVAX B ALPHA B A64 B MACRO MACRO MACRO MACRO MACRO MACRO OpenVMS Programming Information MACRO ADDRESSBITS BP ADDR 96 32 or 64 based on compiler used Some Bliss code may require the definition files for the OpenVMS older LIBRTL routine lib tparse or the newer lib table parse call BLISS LIBRARY SYS COMMON SYSLI B TPAMAC L32 SYS LI BRARY TPAMAC REQ 10 17 How can I open a file for shared access When creating a file it is often useful to allow other applications and utilities such as TYPE to share read access to the file This permits you to examine the contents of a log file for instance A C source example that demonstrates how to do this is available in topic 2867 in the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard area http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional i
327. on OpenVMS Alpha but an investigation of an OpenVMS VAX port is reportedly under consideration e An archive of the CENA DECwindows X Windows and VMS software packages can be found at the following sites e http decwarch free fr e ftp ftp2 cnam fr decwindows ftp ftp ctrl c liu se decwindows ftp ftp vms stacken kth se mirrors decwindows http www multimania com pmoreau decw Other FTP mirror sites for the DECwindows archive include e axp psl ku dk Multinet ftp2 cnam fr MadGoat ftp x org in contrib vms is effectively not a mirror but it does have Finding and Using Software e XV is a image viewing and editing tool and is available from ftp ftp cis upenn edu pub xv http www sanface com e ftp www pi physics uiowa edu dyson xv e Many software packages are available for displaying various bitmap files JPG GIF BMP etc on OpenVMS Xloadimage Xli Xv ImageMagick are the most common tools used under OpenVMS Various web browsers such as Mozilla qv can also display various file formats on OpenVMS You can find some of these tools at the DECwindows Archive http www multimania com pmoreau decw index html http www multimania com pmoreau decw images html e GHOSTSCRIPT gs and GHOSTVIEW gv are available from the Freeware V5 0 and Freeware V6 0 distributions http www hp com go openvms freeware Versions are also available on the Freeware Also see e http
328. on source With the TCP IP Services versions prior to V5 0 the NTP management is rather more primitive To configure the local OpenVMS system from an NTP client to an NTP server on TCP IP Services versions prior to V5 0 add the following line to the sys specific ucx ntp ucx ntp conf file master clock 1 Also for TCP IP Services prior to V5 0 see the NTP template file SYSSSPECI FIC UCX NTP UCX NTP TEMPLATE 4 12 Time and Timekeeping Note that NTP does not provide for a Daylight Saving Time DST switch over that switch must arise from the timezone rules on the local system and or from the SYS EXAMPLES DAYLIGHT SAVINGS procedure Further there is a known bug in SYS EXAMPLES DAYLIGHT SAVINGS COM in V7 3 please obtain the available ECO kit For current TCP IP Services and related OpenVMS documentation please see e http www hp com go openvms doc 4 4 Managing Timezones Timekeeping UTC and Daylight Saving Time You will want to use the command procedure e SYS MANAGER UTC TIME_SETUP COM to configure the OpenVMS Timezone Differential Factor TDF on OpenVMS V6 0 and later Select the BOTH option This configures the OpenVMS TDF settings though it may or may not configure the TDF and the timezone rules needed or used by other software packages Please do NOT directly invoke the following command procedures e SYS MANAGER UTC CONFIGURE_TDF COM do not directly use e SYS MANAGER UTC TIMEZONE_SETUP COM do
329. onal bootstrap selected by the following example flages 0 1 For related information on managing EFI boot aliases from OpenVMS 164 please see Section 14 3 10 When using LOADER EFI to request boot flags you will want to specify the invocation as follows fsn Vefilvmsivms loader flags 0 1 The above shows a conversational bootstrap request Typical boot flags are listed in Table 14 1 164 Conversational Bootstrap Flags Bit Example Mnemonic Description 0 0 1 CONV Conversational bootstrap 1 0 2 DEBUG Load SYSTEM_ DEBUG EXE XDELTA 2 0 4 INIBPT Stop at initial system breakpoints 16 0 10000 DBG_INIT Enable verbose bootstrap messages 17 0 20000 USER_MSGS Enable additional bootstrap messages 17 0 200000 Request for a bootstrap from USB keydisk 14 8 Table 14 1 Hardware Information For a conversational bootstrap of the OpenVMS 164 root SYS4 associated with the fs2 EFI file system device with full bootstrap messaging enabled specify fs2 Vefilvmsivms loader flags 4 30001 14 3 5 2 What are the Alpha APB boot flag values The flags listed in Table 14 2 are passed via register R5 to the OpenVMS Alpha primary bootstrap image APB EXE These flags control the particular behaviour of the bootstrap BOOT FL root flags Alpha Conversational Bootstrap Flags Description Conversational bootstrap Load SYSTEM DEBUG EXE XDELTA Stop at initial system breakpoints if bit 1 set EXEC INIT Diagnostic
330. ontext is refered to as a kilobit and is always represented by the appreviation Kb while a thousand bytes is refered to as a kilobyte and is always abbreviated as KB Similar notational usage also holds for Megabits Mb and Megabytes MB and for the various other units OpenVMS operating system references to system and storage are generally to the base two version eg 1024 in the case of a kilobyte or kilobit while storage hardware references and hardware specifications are generally to the base ten version eg 1000 To convert OpenVMS disk blocks to base two kilobytes KB 1024 bytes simply divide by two To convert blocks to base two megabytes divide by 2048 Blocks to base two gigabytes GB divide by 2097152 These particular divisions can also be performed using bitshifts to divide a value by two shift the binary value rightward by one bit position To convert OpenVMS disk blocks to base ten kilobytes divide by approximately 1 953125 For those folks with an interest in odd applications for prefixes and particularly for those folks also rummaging around deep within the OpenVMS operating system a microfortnight is approximately one second 2 22 Kilobyte Megabyte Gi gabyte Terabyte Petabyte Exabyte Documentation If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ can find online copies of OpenVMS manuals The HP OpenVMS and HP Layered Product documentation is
331. openvms org Introduction 1 2 3 What newsgroup archives are available Extensive archives of INFO VAX mailings and comp os vms postings are archived and available at SRI International http mvb saic com freeware info vax Google also has extensive newsgroup archives available at e http www google com 1 2 4 What is the INFO VAX mailing list INFO VAX is a mailing list which is bidirectionally gatewayed to the comp os vms newsgroup This means that postings to comp os vms get automatically sent to INFO VAX subscribers and messages sent to the INFO VAX list are automatically posted to comp os vms INFO VAX can be a useful way to participate in the newsgroup if you can t access the newsgroup directly through a newsreader Note that INFO VAX is a closed mailing list which means that only subscribers may post to it Please see Section 1 2 4 1 for information on how to subscribe and how you can subscribe such that you can post from multiple addresses but still receive no more than one copy of the mailings Please remember that propogation delays can and do vary meaning that mailings and postings may be delayed or even lost It is quite possible that postings may not be delivered for several days and that some postings will appear out of the expected order For details on the available archives please see Section 1 2 3 1 2 4 4 How do I subscribe to or unsubscribe from INFO VAX The address for subscription requests is In
332. or applications requiring such a display e The second approach involves copying the file XRESOURCES DAT from SYS SYSDEVI CE VMS COMMON CDE DEFAULTS SYSTEM CONFIG C into the directory SYS SYSDEVI CE VMS COMMON CDE DEFAULTS USER CONFIG C and editing the copy Specifically look for the following Dtlogin greeting abel String 11 7 DECwindows The line is normally commented out and by default contains the string Welcome to localhost You can change this text to something akin to the following Dtlogin greeting label String Welcome to Heck n This is a Trusted System owned by the Rulers of the planet Zark n ini We Come In Peace n in If you want Privacy you ve come to the wrong place n in The lines of text will be centered for you In most DECwindows versions you will be able to onbtain only about eight 8 lines of text Changes have been implemented in DECwindows V1 3 and later that permit up to about twenty five 25 lines of text The login logo is stored as an XPM bitmap image in the text file SYS SYSROOT SYSCOMMON CDE DEFAULTS SYSTEM APPCONFIG ICONS C DECDTLOG and it can be changed Copy the file to SYS SYSROOT SYSCOMMON CDE DEFAULTS USER as DECwindows upgrades can replace the system version of this file On DECwindows V1 3 1 and later and possibly on V1 3 both DECwindows CDE and DECwindows Motif displays use this logo file On older releases only the DECwindows CDE displays
333. orward instead of backward WHY DOESN T XTAPPADDINPUT WORK ON OPENVMS WHY DO THE KEYBOARD ARROW KEYS MOVE THE DECWINDOWS CURSOR WHY DOES HALF MY DECWINDOWS DISPLAY BLANK DECW W NODEVICE NO GRAPHICS DEVICE FOUND ON THIS SYSTEM HOW CAN RESET THE WARNING BELL VOLUME HOW CAN ALTER THE DECWINDOWS CDE BACKDROP CHAPTER 11 11 1 11 10 11 11 11 12 11 13 xvi Contents 11 14 HOW CAN I ENABLE THE DECWINDOWS TCP IP TRANSPORT 11 14 11 15 CAN I USE DECWINDOWS 1 2 ON OPENVMS V7 3 2 OR LATER 11 14 11 16 HOW TO ADD FONTS INTO DECWINDOWS 11 15 CHAPTER 12 MISCELLANEOUS INFORMATION 12 1 12 1 WHERE CAN I FIND INFORMATION ON ESCAPE AND CONTROL SEQUENCES 12 1 12 2 DOES DECPRINT DCPS WORK WITH THE LRAO PARALLEL PORT 12 2 12 3 HOW DO 1 CHECK FOR FREE SPACE ON A BACKUP TAPE 12 3 12 4 CORRECTLY USING LICENSE PAKS AND LMF 12 4 CHAPTER 13 FINDING AND USING SOFTWARE 13 1 13 1 WHERE CAN FIND FREEWARE SHAREWARE SOFTWARE FOR OPENVMS 13 1 13 2 WHERE CAN I FIND UNIX TOOLS FOR OPENVMS 13 13 13 2 1 system and library routines 13 13 13 2 2 X Windows utilities and routines 13 13 13 2 3 TCP IP Tools and Utilities for OpenVMS 13 14 13 2 4 The vi text editor 13 14 13 2 5 The Emacs Text Editor 13 15 13 2 6 GNV Various GNU tools 13 15 13 2 6 1 GCC compiler 5 13 3 WHAT IS THE STATUS OF PL I ON OPENVMS 13 16 xvii Contents 13 4 WHERE CAN I GET THE MOZILLA WEB BROWS
334. ow poised to ZAP the error count field To do so you need to en ter the system address and view its contents The format of the command to do this is of the form I PI D hhhhhhhh 5 29 System Management Information For an IPID use the IPID of the SWAPPER process It is always 00010001 Thus to ZAP the error count you would enter 00010001 hhhhhhhh When you enter the SDA will return the content of the address hhhhhhhh This should be the error count in hexadecimal of the device in question If it is not you did something wrong and I d suggest you type a carriage return and then enter the command EXIT to get out of DELTA Regroup and see where your session went awry If you entered your address correctly and the error count was returned as in the following example you can proceed 00010001 80D9C6C8 0001 output on VAX 1 error 00010001 80D9C6C8 00000001 output on Alpha 1 error You can now ZAP the error count by entering a zero and typing a carriage return For example 00010001 80D9C6C8 0001 O returny output on VAX 1 error 00010001 80D9C6C8 00000001 0 return output on Alpha 1 error Now type the command EXIT and a carriage return Alternatively reboot the system How do find out if the tape drive supports compression For various SCSI based MK class magnetic tape devices Devdepend2 FS GETDVI n MKcxxx DEVDEPEND2 Comp_sup X00200000 Comp_ena X00400000 IF De
335. owser e port of the NCSA Mosaic web browser that supports TCP IP Services Multinet and SOCKETSHR NETLIB is available from e ftp wvnvms wvnet edu mosaic Versions of the Mosaic web browser are also available on the Freeware e Lynx a character cell World Wide Web web browser is available from e ftp ftp2 cc ukans edu pub lynx Versions of Lynx a character cell web browser are also available on the OpenVMS Freeware e The Netscape Navigator and Mozilla web browsers are available at http www openvms compaq com ebusiness Technology html e http www mozilla org e PGP Phil Zimmerman s Pretty Good Privacy is available from various distribution sites including those listed in the PGP FAQ Information on PGP and on OpenVMS downloads of PGP is available Relevant URLs include http Awww ipgpp org http Aveb mit edu network pgp html e http www pgpi com e http Avww yrl co uk phil pds pds html http www nai com e GNU Privacy Guard GPG GnuPG is available 13 4 Finding and Using Software Search the comp os vms newsgroup archives for information regarding GnuPG the source code binaries for various platforms and documentation are all available at http www gnupg org The OpenVMS source code and OpenVMS Alpha images can be found at http saf bio caltech edu pub SOFTWARE openvms ftp ftp process com vms freeware mathog As of this writing the port only runs
336. p file 9 HALT Halt before transfer Executes a HALT instruction before transferring control to the secondary bootstrap 10 NOPFND No PFN deletion not implemented intended to tell VMB not to read a file from the boot device that identifies bad or reserved memory pages so that VMB does not mark these pages as valid in the PFN bitmap 14 11 Hardware Information Table 14 3 Cont VAX Conversational Bootstrap Flags Bit Mnemonic Description 11 MPM Specifies that multi port memory is to be used for the total EXEC memory requirement No local memory is to be used This is for tightly coupled multi processing If the RPB V_DIAG bit is also enabled then the Diagnostic Supervisor enters its AUTOTEST mode 12 USEMPM Specifies that multi port memory should be used in addition to local memory as though both were one single pool of pages 13 MEMTEST Specifies that a more extensive algorithm be used when testing main memory for hardware uncorrectable RDS errors 14 FINDMEM Requests the use of MA780 multiport memory if the main MS780 memory is insufficient for booting This is a remnant of the support for the VAX 11 782 series system and its Asymmetric Multiprocessing ASMP environment Support for the VAX 11 782 and for ASMP was withdrawn with the V5 0 release with the advent of Symmetric Multiprocessing SMP support The exact syntax is console specific recent VAX consoles tend to use the following lt lt lt B
337. pec org osg cpu2000 http www spec org osg cpu2000 results cpu2000 html 14 3 Console Commands Serial Lines and Controls This section contains information on VAX and Alpha consoles and details related to console commands serial lines and configuration settings 14 3 1 What commands are available in the Alpha SRM console In addition to the normal BOOT commands and such see Section 14 3 5 2 for some details and the normal contents of the console HELP text operations such as I O redirection and floppy disk access are possible at the SRM console prompt 1 Format a FAT floppy and insert it into the AlphaStation floppy drive 2 Perform the following at AlphaStation SRM Console lt lt lt show env dat gt gt gt show conf gt conf dat gt gt gt cat gt fat env dat dva0 gt gt gt cat conf dat gt fat conf dat dva0 3 You may use the SRM ls command to display the contents of the floppy gt gt gt 5 fat env dat dva0 lt lt lt 5 fat conf dat dva0 4 You can now transfer the FAT format floppy to another system 14 3 Hardware Information 14 3 2 What does SRM mean What is PALcode The abbreviation SRM is derived from the Alpha System Reference Manual the specification of the Alpha architecture and the associated firmware PALcode is a name assigned to a particular set of functions provided by the SRM firmware PALcode is used to provide low level functions required by
338. pected and there is an assumption that user provided application related regression testing will not be required e Various small and upward compatible functional changes the minor version number is incremented The changes are user visible and are intended to be user visible Application rebuilds are not expected Some application programmers may choose to perform regression tests e Large and or potentially incompatible changes the major version number is incremented Some applications might need to be rebuilt Various application programmers will choose to perform regression tests of their respective applications For additional version numbering materials and for information on assigning module generation numbers please see the OpenVMS POLYCENTER Software Product Installation Utility variously refered to by acronyms including PCSI and SPIA reference manual available within the OpenVMS documentation set Of course all of this is obviously subject to interpretation particularly around the distinction between large and small changes and such The scale of the application is also a factor as larger and more complex applications will tend toward smaller increments and will tend to see the maintenance number incremented while new releases of smaller applications will tend to see the minor version incremented somewhat more frequently 10 22 OpenVMS Programming Information The goal of all this is to provide a guide to relat
339. perator control panel via the OCP TEXT console environment variable available at the SRM prompt on some Alpha systems is another If the system is configured in a VMScluster and you change either the SCSNODE or the SCSSYSTEMID but not both values then you will have to reboot the entire VMScluster The VMScluster remembers the mapping between these two values and will assume that a configuration problem has occured if 8 mismatched pair appears and will refuse to let 8 node with a mismatched pair join the VMScluster To calculate the correct SCSSYSTEMID value multiply the DECnet Phase IV area number by 1024 and add the DECnet Phase IV node number For example the SCSSYSTEMID value for a DECnet node with address 19 22 is 19478 19 1024 22 19478 This may well have missed one or two configuration tools or more that are needed at your site the node name tends to get stored all over the place in layered products and in local software 5 11 System Management Information Also see Section 15 6 3 and Section 15 6 4 5 8 Why doesn t OpenVMS see the new memory I just added When adding memory to an OpenVMS system you should check for an existing definition of the PHYSICALPAGES OpenVMS VAX or PHYSICAL MEMORY OpenVMS Alpha parameter in the SYS SYSTEM MODPARAMS DAT parameter database use a text editor to reset the value in the file to the new correct value as required and then perform the following command
340. performance requirements and the expected frequency of device references and thus the expected frequency of calls to these or other similar routines To use byte word operations on MEMORY you need to tell the compiler to use the EV56 or EV6 architecture ARCHITECTURE EV56 Memory operations did not swizzle but the compiler would do long quad access and extract insert bytes as needed Using ARCHITECTURE EV56 allows smaller more efficient byte word access logic to memory If the application is directly referencing I O space access across a range of Alpha systems such as is done with the X Windows device drivers then the driver will need to know how to do swizzling for old platforms and byte access for new platforms Device drivers for new graphics controllers can specifically target and specifically require platforms based on EV6 and later Alpha microprocessors because of this requirement for instance Please see Section 10 22 and Section 14 7 for additional details and related considerations 14 32 Hardware Information 14 10 What is the layout of the VAX floating point format The VAX floating point format is derived from one of the PDP 11 FP formats which helps explain its strange layout There are four formats defined F 32 bit single precision D and G 64 bit double precision and H 128 bit quadruple precision For all formats the lowest addressed 16 bit word contains the sign and exponent and for other than H some of
341. pha diary html Scanned versions of old DIGITAL manuals from DFWCUG http www montagar com patj dec hcps htm A wide variety of HP VAX Alpha platform and other product documentation Some introductory some technical http www compaq com support techpubs qrg index html dtrwiz s Datatrieve website http dtrwiz home netcom com 3 3 How dol extract the contents of a HELP topic to a text file To extract all the text of a HELP topic and its subtopics to a text file for perusal with a text editor printing out etc use the following command HELP OUT filename txt help topic help subtopic If the help text you want is not in the standard help library for example its help for a utility such as MAIL that has its own help library add LIBRARY libname after the HELP verb To see the names of help library files do a directory of SYS HELP HLB 3 4 Does OpenVMS Marketing have an e mail address Yes if you can t get the answers to marketing questions elsewhere if you have comments or complaints about OpenVMS send mail to openvms info atsign hp com This address is not a support channel and is solely intended to provide informal method to communicate directly with members of OpenVMS Marketing 3 4 Documentation can I learn about OpenVMS executive internals The OpenVMS Internals and Data Structure manual IDSM explains how the OpenVMS executive works The book covers the operating system kernel process managem
342. posting please consider the etiquette netiquette suggestions that are available in RFC 1855 a document available at various sites including http www ietf org rfc rfc1855 txt Note Please do not post security holes or system crashers Rather please report these problems directly to HP Why So that HP has a chance to resolve and to distribute a fix before other customer sites can be affected Introduction Most folks in the newsgroups are honest and deserve to know about potential security problems but a few folks can and will make nefarious use of this same information Other sites will hopefully return the courtesy and will not post information that will potentially compromise your site and your computer environment 1 4 What OpenVMS user group s are available Encompass the Enterprise Computing Association is a user group comprised of information technology professionals that are interested in the Enterprise oriented products services and technologies of Compaq and of the former DIGITAL Encompass offers newsletters the Encompass website and offers various gatherings and related services including symposia events and local users group meetings Encompass is a descendent of the organization known as DECUS the Digital Equipment Computer Users Society For more information on Encompass please visit the Encompass web site e http www encompassus org The organization comprised of customers of Hewlett Packard C
343. pplications using documented OpenVMS features are expected to require little more than a source rebuild Other products can and do depend on platform specific or undocumented features and the associated ports can be more involved Regardless ports of operating systems are very large and involved projects The prerequisite product requirements for an OpenVMS operating system port are also non trivial as well compilers in particular are obviously required and the suite of compilers provided must maintain a very high degree of source level compatibility across the platforms In the case of the HP Integrity port OpenVMS 164 V8 0 used cross compilers and cross tools operating on OpenVMS Alpha systems while V8 2 and later have various native compilers available 2 11 General Information The OpenVMS 164 port was centrally built using the existing OpenVMS Alpha environment and around the work and the knowledge from the OpenVMS Alpha port and OpenVMS Engineering fully expects that customers and ISVs will use and will continue to use OpenVMS Alpha systems to assist with their own ports to OpenVMS I64 OpenVMS Engineering fully expects to see customers using mixed architecture clusters and fully shared file systems as well OpenVMS Engineering is well aware of the AMD AMD64 64 bit platform and processors At least one of the available VAX emulators can reportedly utilize parts of the AMD64 instruction set please contact the VAX emulator ven
344. pport for OpenVMS is available Use of SSH V2 with current updates is recommended as the security of older SSH releases have been compromised Server for OpenVMS e Secure Shell SSH Server for OpenVMS e http kegl1 eng ohio state edu JONESD ssh DOC Secure Shell SSH FISH Client for OpenVMS e http www free lp se fish SSH V2 support is included with TCP IP Services V5 4 and later and support is likely also available within available third party IP stacks For information on the SSH key file configuration see topic 151 22 and following in the VMS notes conference on the Deathrow Cluster deathrow vistech net and openvms rocks com You can telnet into the host and an announced anonymous login is was available username DEMO password USER Information on OpenSSL SSLeay for OpenVMS http Awww free lp se openssl 13 3 Finding and Using Software http www free lp se fish Information on OpenSSL SSLeay and OSU Web server interoperation http www ourservers net openvms ports OpenSSL is included with OpenVMS V7 3 1 and later e DECwindows Motif V1 2 3 includes NCSA Mosaic 2 4 built for TCP IP Services UCX V1 2 4 includes Spyglass Enhanced Mosaic which supports many of the Netscape enhancements Versions of the Netscape Navigator and particularly the Mozilla Web Browser are also available for OpenVMS The Compaq Secure Web Browser CSWB kit is a packaged version of the Mozilla org Mozilla Web Br
345. programming documentation including the numerous example programs found in recent versions of the OpenVMS Programming Concepts manual is available http www hp com go openvms doc As for details of argument passing most OpenVMS system services and RTL routines pass string arguments by descriptor Languages which support native string data types create descriptors automatically those which do not eg C require that you set them up explicitly For further details on using descriptors and particularly for using descriptors from C please see Section 10 13 10 2 OpenVMS Programming Information There is extensive information available on how to call OpenVMS system services and OpenVMS Run Time Library routines including examples in numerous languages Among the best available references are e Your language s User Manual gt OpenVMS Programming Environment Manual OpenVMS Programming Concepts Manual gt OpenVMS Programming Interfaces Calling a System Routine OpenVMS Calling Standard In addition you can also locate answers source code examples and related discussions in the James Search Assistant formerly NLSA Natural Language Search Assistant itself formerly known as Ask Compaq AskQ database e http www2 itrc hp com service james CPQhome do In this area you will find the source code of programming examples for calls to many of the OpenVMS system services and from various programming languages in
346. quence of console commands can potentially be used to convert the system over to unsupported use by and for OpenVMS Hobbyist users But please note that if you wish to attempt this you must ensure that all graphics and all I O controllers in the system are supported by OpenVMS and you must ensure that you have the most current SRM firmware loaded For information on locating and downloading the most current Alpha SRM firmware please see Section 14 3 7 1 And you must realize that the resulting Whitebox configuration will be entirely unsupported and may or may not be stable and useful set os_type vms cat nvram too see what is in this if anything edit nvram 10 set srm boot on 20 e init 14 25 Hardware Information If your nvram has other contents you will need to change the line numbers 10 and 20 to reflect the contents of your configuration To obtain documentation on the commands of the console editor enter the command within the editor The above sequence was reportedly tested on the DIGITAL Server 3300 series a relative of the AlphaServer 800 series The DIGITAL Server 3300 is not supported by OpenVMS though the AlphaServer 800 series is a supported platform The sequence may or may not work on other platforms and may or may not work on the DIGITAL Server 3300 platform Also see Section 5 33 14 4 4 OpenVMS and Personal Workstation ATA IDE bootstrap OpenVMS will boot and is supported on specific Perso
347. r If you attempt to mix older and newer versions you will typically see the following BADLIB and BADTYPSTR error sequence when accessing the CMS library from the older CMS versions CMS F BADLIB there is something wrong with your library CMS F BADTYPSTR header block type is 145 it should be 17 Please see the CMS V4 1 release notes for additional details on this 13 19 Finding and Using Software To perform the equivalent conversion for DEC Test Manager DTM V3 5 and prior versions to V3 6 and later versions issue the following DCL commands for each DTM library present RENAME disk directory 00DTM 010 COPY NLAO disk directory 00DTM DTM Like CMS this change is intended to prevent older versions of DTM from accessing newer libraries and corrupting the contents Like CMS once the libraries are renamed they cannot and should not be renamed back to the older names like CMS the changes are not downward compatible To convert version 1 ancient DTM and CMS libraries forward please see the DTM CONVERT and the CMS CONVERT commands 13 9 Where can I get Perl for OpenVMS OpenVMS support is included in the standard distribution of Perl the popular scripting language created by Larry Wall In addition to nearly all of the functionality available under Unix OpenVMS specific Perl modules provide interfaces to many native features as well as access to Oracle Ingres and Sybase databases via the Perl DBI av
348. r OpenVMS Generic Generation Version General Comments EV6 21264 V7 1 2 subsequent upgrade typically to V7 2 1 or later EV67 21264A V7 1 2 subsequent upgrade typically to V7 2 1 or later EV68 21264B C and D V7 2 1 believed probable currently an unconfirmed expectation Specific hardware present and various system configurations can require OpenVMS Alpha releases later than those referenced in Table 2 5 2 13 How can submit OpenVMS Freeware For the guidelines and submission info please visit the URL http www hp com go openvms freeware To order the current OpenVMS Freeware CD ROM kit shipping and handling charges apply please request part number QA 6KZAA HS8 2 14 Porting applications to OpenVMS Porting can range from simple to rather complex and depends on the features used on the original platform This section covers generic porting and porting among OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 Porting among OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 is often quite simple and involves little more than rebuilding from source though a few applications using features specific to the platform or the architecture or using undocumented or unsupported interfaces can and likely will require some additional effort to port 2 16 General Information Several manuals on porting from OpenVMS VAX to OpenVMS Alpha are available in the OpenVMS documentation set including information on porting VAX Macro32 assemb
349. r the most current details on availability and plans and status of translations for OpenVMS 164 platforms 13 11 Where can I get Zip Unzip self extracting zip etc Many packages are provided in ZIP GZIP or BZIP2 format which requires you to acquire the associated unzip tool to unpack it You can get ZIP and UNZIP and related and similar tools from the following areas http www hp com go openvms freeware Look in the O00TOOLS and ZIP directories e ftp ftp process com vms freeware unzip alpha exe e ftp ftp process com vms freeware unzip vax exe http zinser no ip info www vms sw zip htmlx e http www djesys com zip html e http www djesys com unzip html e The master Info Zip web site is at http www info zip org OpenVMS ports of current versions of zip and unzip are typically available at this web site as is a mailing list Freeware V4 0 000TOOLS ZIP EXE The Freeware V4 0 000TOOLS pre built versions of ZIP will erroneously return BILF errors on OpenVMS V7 2 and later This is not the only error lurking within these pre built versions just the most obvious Accordingly please use one of the far more current versions that are now readily available whether on the most recent Freeware distribution or from one of the sites listed above Do not use the Freeware V4 0 000TOOLS ZIP EXE images Directions for creating and using the sfx self extracting zip file compression mechan
350. ral information on this kernel RTL see the Digital Press book Writing OpenVMS Device Drivers in C For details please see the associated OpenVMS source listings distribution http www hp com go openvms doc 3 11 3 9 Where 4 Time and Timekeeping If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ This chapter discusses time timekeeping system time synchronization clock skew and clock drift implications of using SUBMIT AFTER TOMORROW and other time related topics 4 1 A brief history of OpenVMS Timekeeping please Why does OpenVMS regards November 17 1858 as the beginning of time The modified Julian date adopted by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory SAO for satellite tracking is Julian Day 2400000 5 which turns out to be midnight on November 17 1858 SAO started tracking satellites with an 8K nonvirtual 36 bit IBM 704 in 1957 when Sputnik went into orbit The Julian day was 2435839 on January 1 1957 This is 11225377 octal which was too big to fit into an 18 bit field With only 8K of memory the 14 bits left over by keeping the Julian date in its own 36 bit word would have been wasted SAO also needed the fraction of the current day for which 18 bits gave enough accuracy so it was decided to keep the number of days in the left 18 bits and the fraction of a day in the right 18 bits of one word Eighteen bits allows the truncated Julian Day the SAO day to grow as
351. rectory I O operations as the files are deleted Tools such as the Freeware DFU can be used for this purpose as can various available reverse DELETE DCL command procedures Also see Section 5 44 Files 9 5 Whatis the largest disk volume size OpenVMS can access One Terabyte TB 2 31 blocks of 2 9 bytes OxO7FFFFFFF blocks 255 volumes in a volume set The largest contiguous allocation possible for any particular file is OxXOS3FFFFFFF blocks Prior to the release of V6 0 the OpenVMS file system was limited to disk volumes of 8 38 GB 2 24 blocks 16777216 blocks or less On some systems there are restrictions in the console program that limit the size of the OpenVMS system disk Note that data disks are not affected by console program limits For example all members of the VAXstation 3100 series are limited to a system disk to 1 073 GB or less due to the console though larger data disks are possible This limit due to the SCSI drivers used by and built into the console ROM to read the OpenVMS bootstrap files and these same drivers are also used by OpenVMS to write the system crashdump There are numerous discussions of this VAXstation 3100 in the comp os vms newsgroup archives Please use Google newsgroup search to search the archives for further details for discussions of the workarounds and for details of the potential for a simple failed bootstrap and particularly for discussions of the potential for severe system disk co
352. related AlphaServer systems and is part of a layer providing services beyond those of the traditional Alpha SRM console layer and within a layer architecturally implemented beneath the SRM console In particular the PMU and related management components are used to provide services across multiple vPars or nPars partitions In particular the SRM obtains and manages the local system time on these systems as a delta time offset from the underlying base system time Neither the SRM console nor OpenVMS directly accesses nor alters the underlying base system time nor other information maintained within the PMU layer The PMU uses the System Management components centrally including the Backplane Manager MBM module found in each drawer user interface PCI and CPU management components and the interconnections among these provided by the private system management LAN When the system has power applied and the main breakers are on the MBMs are active The PMU offers a command line interface for a serial communications or telnet connection and allows command and control of the MBM and of the server The PMU and the MBM system management components are responsible for the following tasks e Show the system configuration and provide the basic debugging capability e Initiate the firmware update or load the test firmware version e Power on or off halt or reset the system or partition e The system partitioning and cabling functions e Displays
353. rgeted and thus supported and supportable hardware configurations the platform targets are and must be carefully selected and considered by each vendor Put another way there are no plans to provide a native port of HP OpenVMS for systems based on Intel IA 32 processors nor for systems based on AMD AMD64 nor Intel EM64T architectures and processors All this material having been written have you looked at the system configurations and pricing of the available HP Integrity Intel Itanium systems Low end computer hardware is clearly a commodity product and the systems are priced serviced upgraded and replaced accordingly Intel Itanium is a commodity microprocessor presently used in platforms available from various hardware vendors including obviously from HP Further Itanium is a microprocessor available from and supported by Intel a semiconductor vendor known for exceedingly high volume microprocessor fabrication process and production capabilities For information on supported platforms and processors please see the OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD at http h18000 www 1 hp com info spd OpenVMS typically uses SPD 25 01 xx SPD 41 87 xx and SPD 82 35 xx Please see Section 14 4 5 for Intel Itanium terminology 2 13 General Information 2 11 Are there any network accessible OpenVMS systems Yes though various restrictions can and do apply e Hobbes Hobbes is a MicroVAX 3100 Model 40 for which free
354. rmation on non commercial software distributions for use by and for OpenVMS Hobbyists please see Section 2 8 1 General Information 2 8 Obtaining and Transfering OpenVMS licenses The following sections describe hobbyist and educational license programs as well as information on commercial licenses and transfers For information on the available commercial OpenVMS licenses and for information on license transfers please see Section 2 8 4 OpenVMS Hobbyist licenses are discussed in Section 2 8 1 For information on the licensing implementation troubleshooting licensing problems on the License Unit Requirements Table LURT and other related details please see Section 5 39 For configuring and troubleshooting LMF see Section 12 4 2 8 1 Questions asked by Hobbyist OpenVMS licensees If you are a member of an HP recognized user group eg Encompass Enterex DECUS and are considering acquiring and using a VAX Alpha or soon IA 64 system for hobbyist non commercial use free license product authorization keys PAKs for OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and reportedly OpenVMS 164 and layered products are available In addition to the license keys OpenVMS VAX and Alpha distribution CD ROM distribution kits are available with OpenVMS DECwindows Motif DECnet and TCP IP networking compilers and a variety of layered products A hobbyist distribution for OpenVMS 164 is expected While the hobbyist CD ROM distributions are intend
355. rom the stream for terminal applications but DECnet configures the driver to pass all characters through and requires that all characters be permitted The communication devices must pass through not only the XON and XOFF characters they must pass all characters including the 8 bit characters If data compression is happening it must reproduce the source stream exactly No addition or elimination of null characters and full data transparency An Ethernet network is rather different than an asynchronous serial line Ethernet specifies the control of data flow on a shared segment using CSMA CD Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Detect An Ethernet station that is ready to transmit listens for a clear channel Carrier Sense When the channel is clear the station begins to transmit by asserting a carrier and encoding the packet appropriately The station concurrently listens to its own signal to permit the station to detect if another station began to transmit at the same time this is called collision detection The collision corrupts the signal in a way that can reliably be detected Upon detecting the collision both stations will stop 14 52 Hardware Information transmitting and will back off and try again a little later You can see a log of this activity in the DECnet NCP network counters DECnet provides its own flow control above and beyond the flow control of the physical layer if any The end node
356. routine See protected images for information on privileged shareable images System images are intended to run directly on the VAX or Alpha hardware these are normally used for the kernel code that comprises an operating system Protected images also refered to as User Written System Services UWSS or as privileged shareable images are similiar in some ways to a standard shareable images but these images include a change mode handler and execute in an inner processor mode privileged mode executive or kernel and code executing in inner modes has implicit SETPRV privilege Must be INSTALLed with PROTECT Note that inner mode code has restrictions around calling library routines around calling various system services and around calling code located in other protected or shareable images 10 7 OpenVMS Programming Information Loadable images and device drivers are images that can be used to add code into the OpenVMS kernel Pseudo device drivers are a particularly convenient way to add executable code with associated driver defined data structures into the kernel The pseudo device driver includes the UCB and DDB data structures and a calling interface with support for both privileged and unprivileged access to the driver code via sys qio w calls A cookbook approach to creating OpenVMS shareable images is available at the URL http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums
357. rruptions on crashes Some SCSI disks with capacities larger than 8 58 gigabytes GB will require the use of an OpenVMS ECO kit eg ALPSCSIOA 062 or later see Section 14 25 for details for new SCSI device drivers Failure to use this ECO can cause rounding errors on the SCSI disk device capacity OpenVMS will not use nor display the full capacity of the drive and mounting system device status equals 000008C4 8C4 gt SYSTEM FILESTRUCT unsupported file structure level errors during bootstrap One workaround for the bootstrap when the bitmap is located far into the disk is the use of INITIINDEX BEGIN The problem here involves the particular extensions and fields used for larger capacity disks within the SCSI specifications and within the various intepretations of same For ATA IDE disk drives e Versions of SYS DQDRIVER BEFORE X 15 topped out at 8 455 GB Fixed drivers equal or greater than X 15 were shipped in e OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 1 and later e V7 2 UPDATE V1 0 ECO and later 9 4 Files e V7 1 2 UPDATE V1 0 ECO and later e V7 1 2 UPDATE V3 0 ECO and later e The newer SYS DQDRIVER driver operates to disks up to 33 GB without known problems and effectively works with rather larger disks up to circa 137 GB but is known to report an incorrect number of cylinders with disks above 33 GB See Section 14 4 4 2 for additional ATA SYS DQDRIVER information Be aware tha
358. rt has a higher load class than all others then this port will be used If two or more ports have equally high load classes then the connection will use the first of these that it finds Prior to enhancements found in V7 3 1 and later the load class is static and normally all CI and DSSI ports have 8 load class of 14 hex while the Ethernet and FDDI ports will have a load class of A hex With V7 3 1 and later the load class values are dynamic For instance if you have multiple DSSI busses and an FDDI the VMS VAXCLUSTER connection will chose the DSSI bus as this path has the system disk and thus will always be the first DSSI bus discovered when the OpenVMS system boots To force all lock traffic off the DSSI and on to the FDDI for instance an adjustment to the load class value is required or the DSSI SCS port must be disabled In addition to the load class mechanisms you can also use the preferred path mechanisms of MSCP and TMSCP services This allows you to control the SCS connections used for serving remote disk and tape storage The preferred path mechanism is most commonly used to explicitly spread cluster I O activity over hosts and or storage controllers serving disk or tape storage in parallel This can be particularly useful 15 12 15 6 1 2 2 Information on Networks and Clusters if your hosts or storage controllers individually lack the necessary I O bandwidth for the current I O load and must thus aggregate bandwid
359. rt on your topic Why We might have to work with you after you graduate you need to know how to perform at least basic research on your own regardless of the topic 2 17 Basic Units of Measurement OpenVMS and the underlying hardware use various units of measurement for disk and memory storage and related abbreviations also typically exist This section covers the most common units and the associated abbreviations 2 17 1 How many bytes are in a disk block A disk block is the minimum unit of disk storage allocation in OpenVMS Under OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha the disk volume block size is consistent with each block containing 512 bytes The minimum disk allocation granularity actually permissible in the ODS 2 and ODS 5 volume structures commonly used on OpenVMS is determined on a per volume basis and is typically based on a combination of the total number blocks on the disk volume and the total size of the 2 19 General Information volume storage bitmap The allocation granularity is known as the volume cluster factor the cluster factor is the number of blocks in a disk cluster and it is the smallest number of blocks that can be allocated on a particular disk volume Prior to OpenVMS V7 2 the maximum permissible size of the bitmap requires larger cluster factors as volume sizes increase Starting with V7 2 the bitmap can be larger and cluster factors as small as one block can be used The number of bytes in a f
360. s 4 QUORUM 15 15 Quorum Disk Shadowing 15 16 R Radeon 7500 5 26 14 40 RamPage 15 9 RAS 4 Raxco 2 9 0 Refurbished Equipment See HP Renew RGB synch on green 14 38 5 RIGHTSLIST 15 21 Rlogin 5 52 RMS 9 12 4 RMS Journaling 2 RMS Sequential Record Format e 9 13 RMS SEQFILE WBH system parameter 7 Roadmap 2 Index 15 Index Pentium 3 Perle 2 6 13 9 13 20 Petabyte 1 PGP 4 PHYSICALPAGES system parameter 2 PHYSICAL MEMORY system parameter 5 12 PINE 13 8 pin out 0 Pioneer 3 PIPE 8 8 PL I 6 Plextor 14 46 14 47 3 pme 7 PMDF e 9 PMU 2 POLYCENTER Software Product Install Utility See PCSI Port 1 Postscript 3 POV Ray 13 8 PowerStorm 300 5 PowerStorm 350 5 PowerStorm 3D10T 4 PowerStorm 3D30 5 25 0 PowerStorm 4020 5 25 0 PPP 4 Preatorian Cluster 5 Pretty Good Privacy 4 Printing DCPS 12 2 Ipre 15 2 Parallel Port 12 2 telnet 15 2 Prior Version Support 8 Privileged mode 0006 10 24 Process Dump 3 Process Software 2 9 13 2 15 3 15 9 Product Authorization Key 2 10 5 10 10 6 11 5 12 4 Product Registration 1 PRODUCT SHOW PRODUCT 5 37 ProDVD 7 Secure Shell 3 Secure Web Browser See SWB Security 5 8 5 1 Dictionary attack 5 44 NCSC C2 e 5 45 Password 4 Security MUP 5 3 Self extracting zip 2 Sequential Record Format 3 Serial Number 6 SETBOOT
361. s was a common way for system managers to disable the DECwindows server startup it is not particularly reliable as DECwindows can now correct this setting 11 4 DECwindows If you really do not want an OpenVMS system with workstation hardware to bootstrap and configure itself as a workstation add the following definition to SYLOGICALS COM DEFI NE SYSTEM EXEC DECWS I GNORE WORKSTATI ON TRUE e You may not have a valid DECwindows Motif license loaded To check for the two most common types of Motif product authorization keys PAKs use the following DCL commands LICENSE LIST DW MOTI F FULL LICENSE LIST NET APP SUP FULL and examine the information displayed Make sure that one of these licenses is present valid and active For information on registering software license product authorization keys PAKs when you cannot log into the system directly please see Section 5 6 2 gt Check that the DECW PRIVATE SERVER SETUP COM is correct for the graphics controller in use For instance The following is from the 9FX Vision 330 Owners Guide EK V330G OG pg 2 9 Place the following in DECW PRIVATE SERVER SETUP COM creatibng COM from TEMPLATE if necessary Locate the DECW PRIVATE SERVER SETUP COM file in SYS SPECIFIC SYSMGR or in SYS COMMON SYSMGR as appropriate the former file is used for this system within a cluster configuration and the latter is used for all systems that do not also have a local copy of th
362. s go exit strcpy ascic debug commands dbgcmd ascic debug commands 0 char strlen dbgcmd 1 lib signal SS DEBUG 1 ascic debug commands return 1 Also see Section 10 28 for another related discussion of the OpenVMS Debugger and of a technique that uses the 558 DEBUG signal 10 20 Dealing with Endian ness OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 as well as all Microsoft Windows implementations all support and all use the little endian byte ordering Certain Alpha microprocessors and certain Intel Itanium processors can be configured to operate in big endian and potentially in bi endian mode HP UX typically operates big endian With little endian byte order the least significant byte is always the first byte the byte at the lowest address With big endian byte ordering the byte storage order in memory is dependent on the size of the data byte word longword that is being referenced Endian ness is a problem has been solved many times before Some of the typical solutions include htonl htons and ntohl ntohs in the standard C library and the TCP IP Services XDR eXternal Data Representation libraries One of the more recently introduced network formats and one that is seeing extensive press and marketing coverage is XML 10 14 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 24 How to resolve LINK I DATMISCH errors The message LINK I DATMISCH is informational and indicates that the version of the specifie
363. s handshake at the beginning to establish a transmit window size and a transmitter will only send that much data before stopping and waiting for an acknowledgement The acknowledgement is only sent when the receiver has confirmed the packet is valid A well configured DECnet generally avoids triggering any underlying out of band flow control mechanism 14 29 CD and DVD device requirements Read access to DVD ROM DVD R RW DVD R RW CD ROM and CD R RW devices on ATAPI IDE connections is generally handled transparently by SYS DQDRIVER and SYS DQDRIVER will transparently de block the media native 2048 byte disk blocks with the 512 byte blocks expected by OpenVMS and by native OpenVMS software Read access to DVD ROM DVD R RW DVD R RW CD ROM and CD R RW devices on SCSI is handled by DKDRIVER though SYS DKDRIVER will not transparently de block the native 2048 byte disk blocks into the 512 byte blocks expected by OpenVMS The drive or external software is expected to provide this de blocking thus either a 512 byte block capable drive such as all RRD series SCSI CD ROM drives is required or host software is required for a 2048 byte block drive Third party SCSI drives with UNIX references in their support documentation or with explicit 512 byte selectors or swiches will generally but not always of course operate with OpenVMS At least some of the Plextor PlexWriter SCSI drives can be successfully accessed for read and write
364. s pub vms collection foreignmail zip e http www hhs dk anonymous pub vms nbl nbl zip e For tools to manage or to search your OpenVMS MAIL file see e http vms process com scripts fileserv fileserv com MLSEARCH e AscToHTM attempts to convert any plain text file to HTML while AscToTab restricts itself to files that are plain text tables Versions are also availabe on the OpenVMS Freeware http www jafsoft com asctohtm index html e http www jafsoft com asctotab index html e Information on the SAMBA package a package that provides SMB based Microsoft Windows PC disk and print services for OpenVMS is available at e http ifn03 ifn ing tu bs de ifn sonst samba vms html http www samba org http www hp com go openvms freeware To subscribe to the SAMBA VMS mailing list e mail listproc samba org with no subject line and the following single line of text subscribe samba vms Your Full Name Also see http lists samba org e The Perl language is available for OpenVMS see Section 13 9 for details 13 9 Finding and Using Software e XML is available for OpenVMS Source code of an XML Parser is available from Oracle Also see http www python org sigs xml sig An XML parser is available as part of OpenVMS V7 3 and later e Python kit and resource and documentation sites include e http www pi net dyndns org anonymous kits http vmspython dyndns org e http www python org e GTK The G
365. s specifically implemented to keep your data from getting scrambled 15 15 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 6 2 1 1 Why no shadowing for a Quorum Disk Stated simply Host Based Volume Shadowing uses the Distributed Lock Manager DLM to coordinate changes to membership of a shadowset e g removing a member The DLM depends in turn on the Connection Manager enforcing the Quorum Scheme and deciding which node s and quorum disk are participating in the cluster and telling the DLM when it needs to do things like a lock database rebuild operation So you can t introduce a dependency of the Connection Manager on Shadowing to try to pick proper shadowset member s to use as the Quorum Disk when Shadowing itself is using the DLM and thus indirectly depending on the Connection Manager to keep the cluster membership straight it s a circular dependency So in practice folks simply depend on controller based mirroring or controller based RAID to protect the Quorum Disk against disk failures and dual redundant controllers to protect against most cases of controller and interconnect failures Since this disk unit appears to be a single disk up at the VMS level there s no chance of ambiguity 15 6 2 2 Explain disk or tape allocation class settings The allocation class mechanism provides the system manager with a way to configure and resolve served and direct paths to storage devices within a cluster Any served device that provi
366. s such as the VT220 and VT510 and the LK series keyboards found on the OpenVMS workstations and the keyboards found on compatible terminals Though note that the keyboard itself does not generate the sequence the terminal or terminal emulator generates the sequence in response to user input In the following CSI is decimal code 155 and can be replaced by the sequence ESC without the quotes particularly for seven bit operations SS3 is decimal code 143 and can be replaced by ESC O particularly for seven bit operations Older VT1xx series terminals and any other terminals operating with seven bit characters should not be sent eight bit operators such as CSI and SS3 12 1 Miscellaneous Information PF2 SS3 Q PF3 SS3 R 4 553 5 KP1 SS3 q KP2 SS3 r KP3 SS3 s KP4 SS3 t KP5 SS3 u KP7 SS3 w KP8 SS3 x KP9 SS3 y KPCOMMA SS3 1 KPMINUS SS3 m PF1 SS3 P KP0 553 p KP6 SS3 V KPPER OD SS3 n ENTER SS3 M DNARROW Z CSI 3B UPARROW CSI A LFARROWZ CSI D RTARROW CSI C FIND CSI 1l NSERT CSI 2 REMOVE CSI 3 SELECT CSI 4 PREV CSI 5 NEXT CSI 6 FO CSI 17 FI CSI 18 65 19 8 F9 CSI 20 FLO CSI 21 11 51 23 F12 CSI 24 FIZ CS1 25 14 51 26 51 28 DO CSI 29 F17 2 CSI 31 18 105 32 19 51 33 F20 CSI 34 An example of working with escape sequences in DCL follows 65658 5m esc5m 0 8 27 65600 0m escOm 0 8 27 write sys ou
367. se changes were in support of the upgrade of Xlib from X11R5 to X11R6 6 and transport level changes associated with support of the Kerberos and LBX features If you attempt to load DECwindows V1 2 6 images onto an OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 2 or later system the DECwindows libraries will not function with with system images and will particularly not function with the transport layer 11 16 How to add Fonts into DECwindows The following assumes DECwindows V1 3 1 and OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 2 and later unless stated otherwise and can permit fonts of various formats to be added into the DECwindows environment The recommended location for user font files is to place them in the directories which are reserved for this purpose typically located below the SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW directory SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER 100DPI SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER 75DPI The above are recommended for PCF files of 100 Dots Per Inch DPI and of 75 DPI resolution respectively SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER COMMON The above is recommended for other PCF files such as terminal character cell fonts and fonts used by specific applications SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER CURSORI16 SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER CURSOR32 The above are recommended for cursors SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER SPEEDO 11 15 00 92 00 00 00 DECwindows SPEEDO is recommended for SPD files SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER TRUETYPE USER
368. shared by all processes in the current job was used as DCL symbols cannot be returned back out from a DCL PIPE or other spawned subprocess For related materials please see Section 8 1 and Section 8 11 8 11 How can substitute symbols in a PIPE Use DCL ampersand substitution and not apostrophe substitution pipe show system search sys input opcom read sys input pid pid f element 0 pid define system opcom pid amp pid show log opcom pid OPCOM PID 00000208 LNMSSYSTEM TABLE DCL Details 8 12 Use of RUN DETACH LOGINOUT and logical names With a command to create a detached process such as RUN DETACHED SYS SYSTEM LOGI NOUT I NPUTZTEMP 1 NPUT COM If you are trying to use a logical name as the INPUT OUTPUT or ERROR on a RUN DETACH command then you must translate the logical name specifications to physical references before passing them or the definitions must reside in a logical name table that is visible to the newly created process Also note that LOGINOUT only creates the SYS LOGIN SYS LOGIN_ DEVICE and SYS SCRATCH logical names if it is processing a login that is based on the contents of a SYSUAF record without access to the associated SYSUAF record this information is not available to LOGINOUT If you want to see these particular logical names created then please specify the AUTHORIZE qualifier on the RUN DETACHED command If you do not specify LOGINOUT as the image then there
369. sion forums the area remains available for reference Support for the ELSA GLoria Synergy is integrated into all current OpenVMS Alpha releases 5 16 2 PowerStorm 300 PowerStorm 350 The PowerStorm 300 is the PBXGD AC while the PowerStorm 350 is the PBXGD AE For support of the PowerStorm 300 and PowerStorm 350 graphics controllers acquire and install the following available ECO kits For OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 e DEC AXPVMS VMS712 P350 V0100 4 or later e DEC AXPVMS VMS712 GRAPHICS V0300 4 or later For OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 1 e DEC AXPVMS VMS721 P350 V0100 4 or later e DEC AXPVMS VMS721_GRAPHICS V0300 4 or later Support for the PowerStorm 300 and PowerStorm 350 series graphics controllers is integrated into current OpenVMS Alpha releases 5 16 3 PowerStorm 3030 PowerStorm 4020 PowerStorm 3D30 PBXGB AA PowerStorm 4D20 PBXGB CA information is available in Ask The Wizard topics including topic 2041 http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 5 25 System Management Information 5 16 4 Radeon 7500 Install the current GRAPHICS ECO kit for OpenVMS Alpha V7 2 2 or V7 3 1 for support of the Radeon 7500 series PCI and AGP gr
370. sk Blocks KB MB GB 2 21 CHAPTER 3 DOCUMENTATION 3 1 3 1 WHERE CAN FIND ONLINE COPIES OF OPENVMS MANUALS 3 1 3 2 WHAT ONLINE INFORMATION AND WEBSITES ARE AVAILABLE 3 1 3 3 HOW DO I EXTRACT THE CONTENTS OF A HELP TOPIC TO A TEXT FILE 3 4 3 4 DOES OPENVMS MARKETING HAVE AN E MAIL ADDRESS 3 4 3 5 WHERE CAN I LEARN ABOUT OPENVMS EXECUTIVE INTERNALS 3 5 3 6 WHERE CAN NEW USERS FIND TUTORIAL INFORMATION ABOUT OPENVMS 3 5 3 6 1 Tutorial Websites 3 5 3 6 2 Books and Tutorials 3 7 3 7 WHAT OPENVMS MAILING LISTS AND FORUMS ARE AVAILABLE 3 8 3 8 WHAT IS THIS ASK THE WIZARD WEBSITE HEARD ABOUT 3 10 3 9 WHERE CAN I FIND THE LATEST C RUN TIME LIBRARY MANUALS 3 11 Contents CHAPTER 4 TIME AND TIMEKEEPING 4 1 4 1 A BRIEF HISTORY OF OPENVMS TIMEKEEPING PLEASE 4 1 4 1 1 Details of the OpenVMS system time keeping 4 2 4 1 1 1 VAX hardware time keeping details 2 4 1 1 1 1 TOY clock 2 4 1 1 1 2 EXE GQ_SYSTIME 3 4 1 1 1 3 05800 70000455 4 3 41 11 4 EXE GL_TODR 4 3 4 1 1 2 Alpha hardware time keeping details 4 4 1 1 2 1 Battery Backed Watch BB WATCH Chip 4 4 1 1 22 EXE GQ SYSTIME 5 4 1 1 2 3 SAVED HWCLOCK 5 4 1 1 3 Why does VAX need a SET TIME at least once a year e 4 6 41 2 How does OpenVMS VAX maintain system time 4 6 4 2 KEEPING THE OPENVMS SYSTEM TIME SYNCHRONIZED 4 7 4 3 EXTERNAL TIME BASE HARDWARE 4 9 4 3 1 Why do my cluster batch
371. splay entry this job Remember that the entry numbers issued by the OpenVMS Job Controller are always opaque longword values Do not assume you know the format of the entry number nor the range of entry numbers you might see nor the algorithm that is used to assign enty numbers You should simply assume opaque longword 13 8 How do convert to new CMS or DTM libraries A change was made to the format of the CMS database for CMS libraries starting with V3 5 03 to ensure that earlier versions of CMS are unable to access the database once the conversion to V3 5 05 and later is made you must issue the following two commands when upgrading from V3 5 03 and prior The only differences between CMS version V3 5 03 and CMS version V3 5 05 involve changes to ensure that no earlier version of CMS can access the converted database and corrupt it To perform the conversion issue the following commands for each CMS library present RENAME disk directory 00CMS 01605 COPY NLAO disk directory 00CMS CMS The new file 00CMS CMS must have the same security settings as the 01CMS CMS file and is created solely to ensure continued compatibility with tools that expect to find a 00CMS CMS file eg various versions of the Language Sensitive text editor LSEDIT If you choose to install and use the longer variant names support that is available with CMS V4 1 or later you cannot mix earlier CMS versions within a cluste
372. sport you want has been activated for use with DECwindows See Section 11 14 for details of configuring TCP IP as a transport gt There is a log file created in SYS MANAGER which can tell you which transports are loaded and also tell you what connect attempts were rejected including showing what the presented credentials were This file is SYS MANAGER DECW SERVER 0 ERROR LOG although the 0 could be another number if you have multiple servers on the workstation I have found this file to be very useful for tracking down what needs to be put in the Session Manager Security entries 11 2 How do create a display on another workstation To create a display from an OpenV MS host to a remote X Windows display use one of the following DCL commands SET DISPLAY CREATE TRANSPORTznet transport NODEzremote node SET DISPLAY CREATE TRANSPORT LAT NODEsremote node SET DISPLAY CREATE TRANSPORT DECnet NODE remote_node SET DISPLAY CREATE TRANSPORT TCPIP NODEzremote node 11 2 DECwindows Note that LAT is typically used only for the VXT series X Windows terminals but it can also be used from OpenVMS to OpenVMS systems on various OpenVMS releases such as on OpenVMS Alpha V6 1 and later For details on configuring the TCP IP transport see Section 11 14 If you are interested in X Windows terminals and have an older VAXstation system around please see the EWS package on Freeware V5 0 11 3 How can get the information fro
373. stem time In the specific case of DECnet Plus DTSS older product versions and versions V7 3 and later provide a provider module a module which permits DTSS to acquire its time from NTP For details on this please see the comments in the module DTSS NTP PROVIDER C Unlike DECnet Plus TCP IP Services NTP is not capable of connecting to a time base other than the network time base or the local system clock Third party and open source NTP implementations are available for OpenVMS as well Useful URLs http www boulder nist gov timefreq service nts htm 4 8 Time and Timekeeping http www boulder nist gov timefreq service acts htm http www boulder nist gov timefreq http www time gov 4 3 External time base hardware Here are a few possibilities for providers of a GPS based receiver with an embedded NTP server strictly culled from the first few pages of a Google search Availability pricing OpenVMS compatibility and other factors are not known http www galleon eu com http www meinberg de english http www ntp servers com For a direct connected local non IP non NTP link there are serial options available Google finds Spectracom Corporation has a NetClock that could be used here based on a quick look I do not know if there is OpenVMS host software but that would be possible to write for the ASCII data stream that the device supports Such coding requires knowledge of serial I O
374. systems are available For information on an alternative to using a VAX emulator on the available DECmigrate VAX executable image translator please see Section 13 10 13 23 1 4 Hardware Information If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 14 1 What are the OpenVMS differences among VAX Alpha and 64 In terms of software very few As of OpenVMS V6 1 the OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha platforms achieved feature parity Subsequent work has seen significant enhancements and new features added on OpenVMS Alpha OpenVMS 164 started with feature parity with OpenVMS Alpha at the V8 2 release and OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 are based on and built from the same source pool There do exist low level platform specific differences and platform specific code is present within the shared source code pool obviously Most applications can just be recompiled and run Some differences to be aware of e The default double precision floating type on OpenVMS Alpha is VAX G float whereas on VAX it is usually D float D float is available on Alpha but D float values are converted to float for computations and then converted back to D float when stored Because the float type has three fewer fraction bits than D float some applications may get different results IEEE float types are also available on OpenVMS Alpha e The preferred floating point format on the Alpha and on the IA
375. t 6 3 EA gt gt EA EA gt EF PF A A 4 7 Information on Utilities If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 7 1 How dol play an audio CD on my workstation If you ve installed the DECwindows examples you ll find DECW CDPLAYER C DAT EXE UIL and UID Copy UID and files to DECW USER DEFAULTS typically SYS LOGIN define the logical name DECW CD PLAYER to be the device name of your CD ROM drive eg DKA400 give yourself PHY IO and DIAGNOSE privileges and run the EXE These privileges are required as the access to the CD related extensions will require the use of the privilege protected IO DIAGNOSE I O function code You can also install the image with these privileges See the source for additional details note that the comments regarding the need for SYSGEN CONNECT are no longer applicable at least as of VMS V5 5 2 There s also SYS EXAMPLES CDROM_AUDIO C and a non Motif program available on OpenVMS VAX and DECW EXAMPLES DECW CDPLAYER on OpenVMS VAX and OpenVMS Alpha The standard OpenVMS ATA IDE SYS DQDRIVER device driver does not support the necessary does not support the necessary IO DIAGNOSE function code that is required for access to audio CD media commands on OpenVMS versions prior to V7 3 but an updated SYS DQDRIVER device driver source code and all with this capability and
376. t a known restriction in certain older versions of the Alpha SRM Console prevents booting most ATA IDE drives larger than 8 455 GB depending on exactly where the various files are located on the volume Updated SRM consoles for systems with SRM and ATA IDE drive support are will be available OpenVMS Engineering has successfully bootstrapped 20GB ATA IDE disks using the appropriate SRM console version Note All disk related listed in this section are stated in units of disk base ten gigabytes 1 GB 10 9 bytes and not in units of software base two gigabytes 1 GB 230 1 GB 1073741824 bytes Please see Section 14 25 for details of the nomenclature and of the units Be aware that larger disks that are using an extension of SCSI 2 disks that are using a mode page field that the SCSI 2 specifications normally reserved for tape devices to permit a larger disk volume size will require a SCSI driver update for OpenVMS and this change is part of V7 1 2 and later and also part of ALPSCSI07_062 and later These larger disks disks will typically report a DRVERR or will see the volume size rounded down SCSI disks larger than 16777216 blocks cira 8 455 GB base ten 8GB base two require this ECO or require the use of OpenVMS Alpha V7 1 2 or later Applications written in C can be limited to file sizes of two gigabytes and less as a result of the use of longword values within C file operations and specifically of
377. t once between January 1st and about April 11th of each year and whenever you change system images due to booting another OpenVMS VAX system booting the standalone BACKUP image an ECO that replaces SYS EXE etc The SET TIME command with the current time as a parameter is automatically issued during various standard OpenVMS procedures such as SHUTDOWN and it can also obviously be issued directly by a suitably privileged user Issuing the SET TIME command with a parameter resets the value stored in the TOY and if necessary also updates the portion of the time the current year saved in the SYS EXE system image This VAX TOY limit is the reason why OpenVMS VAX installation kits and standalone BACKUP explicitly prompt for the time during bootstrap and why the time value can get weird if the system crashes outside the 497 day window if no SET TIME was issued to update the saved values and why the time value can get weird if a different SYS SYSTEM SYS EXE is used alternate system disk standalone BACKUP etc 4 1 2 How does OpenVMS VAX maintain system time VAX systems maintain an interval clock and a hardware clock The VAX hardware clock is called the TOY Time Of Year clock The register associated with the clock is called the TODR Time Of Day Register The TOY clock as used stores time relative to January first of the current year starting at at 00 00 00 00 It is a 100 Hz 32 bit counter incremented every
378. t the current rate of consumption of seconds this longword is expected to overflow when interpreted as a signed longword circa 03 14 07 on 19 Jan 2038 GMT as this time is circa 0x7FFFFFFF seconds since the C base date The most common solution is to ensure that time t is an unsigned If C does not correctly handle the display of the local system time then check the UTC configuration on OpenVMS the most common symptom of this is a skew of one hour or whatever the local daylight saving time change might be This skew can be caused by incorrect handling of the is dst setting in the application program or by an incorrect OpenVMS UTC configuration on the local system See section Section 4 4 Floating point is prohibited in OpenVMS Alpha inner mode privileged code and in any process or other execution context that does not have floating point enabled C programmers developing and working with OpenVMS Alpha high IPL kernel mode code such as device drivers will want to become familiar with the floating point processing available in the environment and with the C compiler qualifier INSTRUCTION _ SET NO FLOATING POINT Device drivers and other similar kernel mode C code must be compiled with INSTRUCTION SET FLOATING POINT and EXTERN MODEL STRICT REFDEF Additionally the SYS LIBRARY SYS LIB_C TLB LIBRARY parameter will be needed to be appended to the module specification or declared via the C compiler s include library logical n
379. tal restoration 5 47 System Management Information Without the inclusion of these apparently extra files an incremental saveset can NOT be reliably restored e As part of the OpenVMS V6 2 change the SINCE command without the specification of the BACKUP keyword selected more files than it should have This is a bug This bug has been remedied in the OpenVMS BACKUP source code and in some of all of the BACKUP ECO kits When working with BACKUP you will want to e Ensure you have your process quotas set per the recommendations in the OpenVMS System Management documentation Deviation from these values can and will lead to access violation ACCVIO and other untoward behaviour e Get the current BACKUP ECO kit and install it BEFORE you attempt to troubleshoot any problems e Learn about the NOINCREMENTAL new and NOALIAS V6 2 and later command qualifiers The former qualifier returns to the pre V6 2 behaviour of the SINCE file selection mechanism while the latter specified with IMAGE reduces the replication of files on system disks and other disks with file alias and directory alias entries Both of these can reduce the numbers of files that will be selected and thus included into the saveset Learn what IGNORE INTERLOCK means This command probably does not provide what you think it does those file system interlocks that this command is ignoring were implemented for a reason after all Ignoring these interl
380. tected by an AMASK based test that permits the execution of the proper code for the particular current Alpha microprocessor Typically OPTIMIZE TUNE GENERIC is the appropriate choice for tuning and the ARCHITECTURE selects the minimum target architecture for general use throughout the generated code generated for later architectures and instruction subsets will run on older Alpha systems due to the emulation but if ARCHITECTURE is a significant benefit then the emulation might be a performance penalty Please see the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard area for the source code of a non privileged tool that looks at the instruction subsets available on the particular Alpha microprocessor that the tool is run on This tool demonstrates the use of the Alpha AMASK and IMPLVER instructions Please see Section 10 22 and Section 14 9 for additional details and related considerations 14 8 So how dol open up the DEC 3000 chassis After removing those two little screws tilt the back end of the top shell upwards then you can remove the lid 14 9 What is byte swizzling Swizzling is the term used to describe the operation needed to do partial longword i e byte or word accesses to I O space on those systems that don t support it directly It involved shifting the offset into an address space by 5 or 7 for one older system and ORing this into the base address It then required the size of the operation to be ORed into the low order bits
381. ted in any particular configuration without first performing this non trivial work It is quite possible to find two devices both entirely compliant with applicable standards or interface documents that will not interoperate The same general statement holds for OpenVMS bootstrapping on an unsupported VAX or Alpha platform It might or might not work In particular please see the OpenVMS Software Product Description SPD for the list of platforms supported by OpenVMS OpenVMS is not supported on the Personal Workstation a series on the Digital Server series platforms on the AlphaServer 2100 series 5 375 CPU on the Multia on the AlphaServer DS20L and on a variety of other platforms You might or might not see success booting OpenVMS on any of these platforms 14 25 1 Lists of third party widgets on OpenVMS Various folks have successfully used common third party disk disk devices with OpenVMS such as the ATA IDE and SCSI variants of the Iomega Zip250 removable disk device Common SCSI CD R CD RW devices such as the Plextor PlexWriter 12 10 32S SCSI series and the HP DVD200i series recording CD R have also been successfully utilized with various AlphaStation and VAXstation systems and with tools such as CDRECORD A Plextor PlexWriter burn 14 46 Hardware Information of 614400000 bytes 300000 sectors requires just over six minutes at 12x using an AlphaStation XP1000 666 MHz EV67 system UltraSCSI host See Sect
382. ted to 32 bit virtual and up to 34 bit physical addressing The Alpha and IA 64 architectures are both 64 bit architectures with 64 bit virtual addressing available The available 18 82 emulation is provided for the OpenVMS VAX and other VAX operating systems and provides a 32 bit VAX environment For additional information on the emulation please see Section 13 12 As for the lack of a native port for IA 32 OpenVMS Engineering presently and continues to believe that there would be insufficient market read profit customer interest to justify the cost involved in a native port of OpenVMS to systems using the Intel IA 32 architecture In addition to the direct costs involved in any port and in addition to the substantial effort involved in moving backwards from a 64 bit environment on Alpha and 1 64 to a 32 bit platform such as IA 32 and the exceedingly non trivial device qualification costs and the costs in moving backwards into older PCI and I O environments IA 32 systems more than a few years old have equivalently aged I O support and buses each organization and each person maintaining a product or a package for OpenVMS will have to justify a port to OpenVMS IA 32 OpenVMS EM64T or OpenVMS AMD64 akin to the decisions and the effort involved in porting a product from OpenVMS VAX to OpenVMS Alpha or the port to OpenVMS 164 Platform ports of many of the various products can be easy and many of the ports of a
383. ten set device job queue user system and performance information The lock manager RMS indexed files screen management utilities and Intracluster Communication Services are also accessible via Perl The relevant modules are all available from http www perl com CPAN modules by module VMS To subscribe to the OpenVMS Perl mailing list a discussion forum for both user support and new development send an email message to vmsperl subscribe perl org The mailing list archives may be searched at e http www xray mpe mpg de mailing lists vmsperl 13 10 Obtaining the DECmigrate AEST or VEST and TIE translator The DECmigrate image translation family provides tools that translate OpenVMS VAX images for use on OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS Alpha images for use on OpenVMS 164 Details are available at http n71000 www7 hp com openvms products omsva omsva html VEST is the name sometimes given to the DECmigrate translation tool for VAX images AEST is the name given to the Alpha translation tools and TIE names the DECmigrate run time environment within OpenVMS If you ve ever noticed images with filenames ending with _TV and wondered what this meant these images are part of TIE And yes you can use AEST to re translate images that were translated using VEST you can perform a second translation of a VAX image 13 21 Finding and Using Software Please see Section 13 12 for related information Please see the website fo
384. ternate user authorization database SYS SYSTEM SYSUAFALT DAT configured on the system With a system manager that has configured an alternate SYSUAFALT DAT file the UAFALTERNATE method will fail well assuming you do not know the password of a privileged username stored within SYSUAFALT DAT of course The UAFALTERNATE system parameter is used to trigger what is sometimes known as the console backdoor The OPAO system console is critical to system operations and system security and will allow access when the SYSUAF system authorization database is unavailable or corrupted when core product license PAKs are not registered expired or disabled NOLICENSE errors or in various other cases of system failures All this is in addition to the role of the console in the display of certain system critical event messages Access to the OPAO console has a security exposure that is equivalent to direct access to the system hardware When LOGINOUT detects an error such as a SYSUAF corruption by a missing SYSUAF missing product licenses or other trigger it will prevent access to the OpenVMS system from all terminals except the system console The OPAO system console will be allowed access and the resulting process will be fully privileged Resetting the UAFALTERNATE system parameter in the absence of an alternate SYSUAF system authorization database will cause the console backdoor to be opened simply because LOGINOUT cannot locate SYS SYS
385. th to serve the cluster I O load For related tools see various utilities including LAVC STOP BUS and LAVC START BUS and see DCL commands including SET PREFERRED PATH Cluster Communications Control Tools and Utilities In most OpenVMS versions you can use the tools e SYSS EXAMPLES LAVC STOP BUS e SYS EXAMPLES LAVC START BUS These tools permit you to disable or enable all SCS traffic on the on the specified paths You can also use a preferred path mechanism that tells the local MSCP disk class driver DUDRIVER which path to a disk should be used Generally this is used with dual pathed disks forcing I O traffic through one of the controllers instead of the other This can be used to implement a crude form of I O load balancing at the disk I O level Prior to V7 2 the preferred path feature uses the tool e SYS EXAMPLES PREFER MAR In OpenVMS V7 2 and later you can use the following DCL command SET PREFERRED PATH The preferred path mechanism does not disable nor affect SCS operations on the non preferred path With OpenVMS V7 3 and later please see the SCACP utility for control over cluster communications SCS virtual circuit control port selection and related 15 6 1 2 3 15 6 2 Cluster System Parameter Settings The following sections contain details of configuring cluster related system parameters 15 13 Information on Networks and Clusters 15 6 2 1 What is the correct value for EXPECTED VOTES in a V
386. th the specification of the TRUSTED flag 10 11 OpenVMS Programming Information Where can obtain Bliss and the libraries and supporting files The Bliss language compilers and documentation are available on the OpenVMS Freeware distributions Bliss language source code that contains the following statement LIBRARY SYSSLI BRARY STARLET L32 or similar requires the presence of the Bliss libraries These libraries are created on the target system using the Bliss require files and are built using the following Bliss commands STARLET L32 contains the public interfaces to OpenVMS BLISS LI BRARYZSYSSCOMMON SYSLI B STARLET L32 SYS LIBRARY STARLET REQ LIB L32 contains both the public and private interfaces to OpenVMS BLISS LI BRARYZSYSSCOMMON SYSLI B LI B L32 SYS LI BRARY LI B REQ SYS LI BRARY STARLET REQ The equivilent files for Bliss64 are created with BLISS 64 LI BRARYZSYSS COMMON SYSLI B LI B L64 SYS LIBRARY LI B R64 STARLET REQ STARLET R64 BLISS A64 LI BRARYZSYSS COMMON SYSLI BJ STARLET 164 SYS LIBRARY STARLET R64 Some Bliss code may also require the OpenVMS VAX architecture flags The following is the equivilent of the Alpha ARCH_DEFS REQ module 10 16 This is the OpenVMS VAX version of ARCH DEFS REQ and contains the architectural definitions for conditionally you should encounter compilation errors here please Seriously consider upgrading your Bliss c
387. that can be dependent on the OpenVMS version You won t need to rebuild your code after an OpenVMS upgrade if you have included definitions from STARLET The same cannot be said for some of the definitions in LIB you might need to rebuild your code The UCB structure can and has changed from release to release for instance Recent versions of C automatically search sys starlet c tlb Explicit specification of sys lib_c tlb is required Also see the Ask The Wizard website topics 2486 3803 and 1661 http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference See Section 9 5 for information on the C off_t limitations resolved in OpenVMS V7 3 1 and later and in ECO kits available for specific OpenVMS releases The use of a longword for off_t restricts applications using native C I O to file sizes of two gigabytes or less or these applications must use native RMS XQP calls for specific operations 10 23 Status of Programming Tools on OpenVMS VAX DECthreads V7 3 and the HP C compiler also known as Compaq C and DEC C V6 4 are presently expected to be the last updates and the last releases of these development packages for use on OpenVMS VAX The run
388. the 164 IPB boot flag values 7 14 3 5 2 What are the Alpha APB boot flag values 9 14 3 5 3 What are the VAX VMB boot flag values 0 14 3 6 How do I boot an AlphaStation without monitor or keyboard 14 3 7 Downloading and using SRM console Firmware 14 3 7 1 Where can get updated console firmware for Alpha systems 3 12 How do reload SRM firmware on a half flash Alpha System 14 14 14 3 7 3 How do switch between AlphaBIOS ARC and SRM consoles 5 14 3 8 Console Management Options 14 3 9 Why do my EFI Boot Aliases Fail 14 3 10 Can OpenVMS access the EFI console Boot Aliases 14 3 11 Downloading and using EFI Console Firmware WHAT PLATFORMS WILL OPENVMS OPERATE ON 14 4 1 on the Alpha Multia 14 4 2 on AlphaPC 164LX AlphaPC 164SX 14 4 2 1 the NoName AXPpci33 system 14 23 14 4 3 on the Alpha XL series 14 4 4 OpenVMS on the Personal Workstation a and au series 14 4 4 1 OpenVMS on the Whitebox Windows Only series Alpha 5 12 OpenVMS and Personal Workstation ATA IDE bootstrap 14 26 14 4 5 On the Intel Itanium IA 64 platform 14 4 5 1 Where can get Intel Itanium information 7 WHAT IS THE LEAST EXPENSIVE SYSTEM THAT WILL RUN OPENVMS 14 4 14 5 Contents 14 6 WHERE CAN I GET MORE INFORMATION ON ALPHA SYSTEMS 14 29 14 7 DESCRIBE ALPHA INSTRUCTION EMULATION AND INSTRUCTION SUBSETS 14 30 14 8 SO HOW DO 1 OPEN UP THE DEC 3000 CHASSIS 14 31 14 9 WH
389. the FTP binary transfer mode which will reduce the number of corruptions seen 5 42 5 How do I write a BACKUP saveset to a remote tape How to do this correctly was described at DECUS long ago On the OpenVMS host with the tape drive create the following SAVE SET FDL file RECORD FORMAT fixed SIZE 8192 Then create BACKUP_SERVER COM BACKUP SERVER COM provide remote tape service for BACKUP set noon set rms net work 16 allocate mka500 tapedev mount nounload over id blockz8192 assist tapedev convert fdl SAVE SET sys net tapedev save set dismount unload tapedev stop id 0 On the node where you want to do the backup use the DCL command backup srcfilespec node user pwd taskzbackup server blockz8192 save One area which does not function here is the volume switch multi reel or multi cartridge savesets Since the tape is being written through DECnet and RMS and the magtape ACP BACKUP won t see the media switch and will split an XOR group across the reel boundary BACKUP might well be willing to read such a multi reel or multi cartridge saveset directly not over the net as the XOR blocks are effectively ignored until and unless needed for error recovery operations BACKUP likely will not be able to perform an XOR based recovery across reel or cartridge boundaries Unfortunately BACKUP can t read tapes over the network because the RMS file attributes on a network task access look wrong the
390. the VMS73 XFC V2 0 ECO kit or later or with the UPDATE kits you are using XFC Another confusion the XFC product version is and remains V1 0 in all released configurations please do not confuse the internal XFC product version displayed by various commands with the version number associated with the various ECO kit s XFC V1 0 does not permit volumes to enter full XFC caching as displayed by the Vols in Full XFC mode portion of the DCL command SHOW MEMORY CACHE output RMS Sequential Files and Platform Portability When working with mixed platforms you will want to become familiar with the various RMS sequential record formats including Variable with Fixed Control VFC stream stream LF and stream CR among other record formats Switching formats uses CONVERT FDL or SET FILE ATTRIBUTES The former converts files the latter resets attributes Text editors tend to select attributes when creating new files that may or may not meet requirements If the default attributes do not match your requirements create a stub file SET FILE ATTR then edit the existing file Most editors will preserve attributes on an existing file When working with Windows stream is usually the best choice for sequential file operations Stream LF is most commonly used with UNIX and C applications Windows and UNIX tend not to be able to directly read files of unexpected sequential RMS record formats 9 13 9 10 9 11 Files VFC is a com
391. the bank And the behaviour parallels that of the pagefile down to the problems that a run on the bank can cause for banking customers Though there is no deposit insurance available for pagefile users If all of the running applications try to use the reserved space the system manager will need to enlarge the pagefile or add one or more additional pagefules To determine if the pagefile is excessively overcommitted watch for double overcommitment when the reservable space approaches the negatation of the available total space and watch that the total amount of free space available in the pagefile remains adequate If either of these situations arises additional pagefile storage is required 5 20 System Management Information Additional pagefile information Additional pagefiles can typically be created and connected on a running OpenVMS system New processes and new applications will tend to use the new pagefile and existing applications can be restarted to migrate out of the more congested pagefiles Pagefiles are generally named PAGEFILE SYS and multiple pagefiles are generally configured on separate disk spindles to spread the paging I O load across the available disk storage When multiple pagefiles are present on recent OpenVMS versions each pagefile file should be configured to be approximately the same total size as the other pagefiles For additional information on pagefile operations and related commands see
392. the nodes active when some nodes fail can be easily configured With the two node configuration one must use a primary secondary configuration where the primary has all the votes a peer configuration where when either node is down the other hangs or preferable a shared quorum disk Use of a quorum disk does slow down VMScluster transitions somewhat the addition of a third voting node that contributes the vote s that would be assigned to the quorum disk makes for faster transitions but the use of a quorum disk does mean that either node in a two node VMScluster configuration can operate when the other node is down Note The quorum disk must be on a non host based shadowed disk though it can be protected with controller based RAID Because host based volume shadowing depends on the lock manager and the lock manager depends on the connection manager and the connection manager depends on quorun it is not technically feasible nor 15 14 Information on Networks and Clusters even particularly reliable to permit host based volume shadowing to protect the quorum disk If you choose to use a quoum disk a QUORUM DAT file will be automatically created when OpenVMS first boots and when a quorum disk is specified well the QUORUM DAT file will be created when OpenVMS is booted without also needing the votes from the quorum disk In a two node VMScluster with a shared storage interconnect typically each node has one vote and
393. this cell gets updated in memory and on disk every time EXE GQ_SYSTIME gets adjusted e The system parameters SETTIME and TIMEPROMPTWAIT determine how the system time will be set e f SETTIME 0 then EXESINIT HWCLOCK reads the hardware clock to set the system time e IF TIMEPROMPTWAIT gt 0 THEN the value of TIMEPROMPTWAIT determines how long the user is prompted to enter the time and date If time expires and no time has been entered the system acts as if TIMEPROMPTWAIT 0 e IF TIMEPROMPTWAIT 0 THEN the system time is calculated from the contents of EXE GQ SAVED HWCLOCK 1 e IF TIMEPROMPTWAIT gt 0 THEN the user is prompted for the time and date and unable to continue until the information is entered 4 5 Time and Timekeeping Unlike the VAX the Alpha hardware clock tracks the full date and time not just the time of year This means it is possible to boot from the CD ROM media without entering the time at the CD ROM bootstrap This provided that the time and date have been initialized of course IA 64 Itanium hardware time keeping details to be added 4 1 1 3 Why does VAX need a SET TIME at least once a year Because the VAX Time Of Year TOY has a resolution of 497 days the VAX system time is stored using both the TOY and the OpenVMS VAX system image SYS EXE Because of the use of the combination of the TOY and SYS EXE you need to issue a SET TIME command with the time parameter specified at leas
394. thod is required the most common method is based on an Ethernet adaptor hardware address Sample source code for implementing this is available at http www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference 10 11 What is an executable shareable system or UWSS image Executable code in OpenVMS typically resides in an image an image is a file the file extension is typically EXE that contains this code Common types of images include executable images shareable images system images and protected UWSS images Executable images are programs that can be directly executed These images can grant enhanced privileges with an INSTALL of the image with PRIVILEGE or can grant enhanced access with the specification of a subsystem identifier on the ACL associated with the image Shareable images contain code executed indirectly these images are referenced from executable images and or from other shareable images These images can not grant enhanced privileges even with the use of INSTALL with PRIVILEGE or a subsystem identifier These shareable images can be dynamically activated a LINK that occurs at run time via the LIBSFIND IMAGE SYMBOL run time library RTL
395. tically the ends of the BC16E are symmetrical and fully interchangeable and allows either end of the cable to be connected either to the terminal or to the host Specifically the BC16E nn cross over wiring looks like this Ter mi nal Host DIR 1 gt Deere reece gt 6 DSR TXD 2 Dre rere eee gt 5 RXD 3 IIl 4 Qn eee ee ee AA III 3 RXD 5 lt qe lt 2 TXD DSR 6 lt qe lt 1 DTR DECconnect parts and connections are available from HP and MMJ crimping dies for use in typical telco style crimping tools and MMJ connectors are available from Blackbox and from other communications equipment vendors The PC compatible DB9 connector pin out found on Alpha and Integrity COM serial ports and on most PC systems is listed in Table 14 6 PC DB9 Pin out Pin Description Data Carrier Detect DCD Received Data Transmit Data Data Terminal Ready DTR Ground Data Set Ready DSR Request To Send RTS Clear To Send floating co OOF The MicroVAX DB9 console connector pin out predates the PC style 9 pin out adapters discussed in Section 14 27 and uses a then common and older standard pin out and uses the EIA 232 series standard signals shown in Table 14 7 14 48 Table 14 6 Hardware Information Table 14 7 MicroVAX DB9 Pin out Pin Description Protective Ground Transmited Data Received Data Request To Send RTS Data Terminal Read
396. time support for both DECthreads CMA RTL and for C DECC CRTL will continue to be maintained and will continue to be available on OpenVMS VAX The VAX C V3 2 compiler is the final VAX C compiler release for OpenVMS VAX and the VAX C Run Time Library VAXCRTL will also continue to be available New development and new features and product enhancements continue for the OpenVMS Alpha and the OpenVMS IA 64 DECthreads and C compilers 10 21 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 24 Choosing a Version Number for Application Code One of the common rules of thumb used for choosing a displayed version number string for a new version of a layered product or an application its implications and its expected effects on client applications and users follows e No functional and no application visible changes bugfixes only the edit number is incremented These tend to be very small very isolated or ECO level changes These can also be distributions for specific hardware configurations or platforms as is the case with an OpenVMS Limited Hardware Release LHR Application rebuilds are not expected and there is an assumption that general user provided application related regression testing will not be required e Minimal functional and very few user visible changes the maintenance number is incremented These tend to be very small or even ECO level changes though somewhat larger than an edit level change Application rebuilds are not ex
397. to A when you use PACs is because a shared SCSI bus may be configured via different ports on the various nodes connected to the bus The port may be PKB on one node and PKC on the other Rather obviously you will want to have the shared devices use the same device names on all nodes To establish this you will assign the same PAC on each node and OpenVMS will force the controller letter to be the same on each node Simply choosing A was easier and more deterministic than negotiating the controller letter between the nodes and also parallels the solution used for this situation when DSSI or SDI STI storage was used 15 17 15 6 2 2 1 Information on Networks and Clusters To enable port allocation classes see the SYSBOOT command SET BOOT and see the DEVICE NAMING system parameter This information is also described in the Cluster Systems and Guidelines for OpenVMS Cluster Configurations manuals 15 6 3 Tell me about SET HOST DUP and SET HOST HSC The OpenVMS DCL commands SET HOST DUP and SET HOST HSC are used to connect to storage controllers via the Diagnostics and Utility Protocol DUP These commands require that the FYDRIVER device driver be connected This device driver connection is typically performed by adding the following command s into the system startup command procedure On OpenVMS Alpha RUN SYS SYSTEM SYSMAN SYSMAN 10 CONNECT FYAO NOADAPTER DRI VERZSYSSFYDRI VER On OpenVMS VAX RUN SYS SYSTEM S
398. to OpenVMS a specific copy of an image either executable or shareable which is to be given some set of enhanced properties For example when you issue the SET PASSWORD command the image SYS SYSTEM SETPO EXE is run That image needs to have elevated privileges to perform its function The other important attribute is SHARED This means that shareable parts of the image typically read only code and data are loaded into memory only once and are shared among all users on a system Executable images can be installed SHARED as well as shareable library images The term shareable has dual meanings here too See the OpenVMS Programming Concepts Manual for further details It s important to note that there is no such thing as installing a shareable image with privileges The INSTALL utility will let you do it but the privileges you specify will be ignored To have a callable routine run with enhanced privileges that are not available to its caller you must construct your routines as user written system services UWSS and install the shareable image with the PROTECT qualifier See the OpenVMS Programming Concepts Manual for more information on user written system services Note also that in many cases the need to grant privileges to an image can be replaced with the use of the Protected Subsystems feature that grants a rights identifier to an image See the OpenVMS Guide to System Security for information on Protected Su
399. tory NOT the default disk The default disk is determined by the logical SYS DISK If you want to change the default disk within a program then call LIB SET_LOGICAL to change the logical SYS DISK You will need to call both LIBSSET LOGICAL and SYS SETDDIR to change both default disk and the default directory 10 7 How dol turn my Fortran COMMON into a shareable image on Alpha You need to add SYMBOL VECTOR common name PSECT to your options file On OpenVMS VAX all OVR REL GBL psects were automatically exported into the shareable image s Global Symbol Table On OpenVMS Alpha you have to tell the linker that you want this done by means of the PSECT keyword in the SYMBOL VECTOR options file statement This has several advantages over OpenVMS VAX First you don t have to worry about the address of the psect when you try to create a new upwardly compatible version of the shareable image Second you can control which psects if any are made visible outside the shareable image By default COMMON PSECTs in HP Fortran for OpenVMS Alpha as well as most other OpenVMS Alpha compilers are NOSHR On VAX the default was SHR which required you to change the attribute to NOSHR if you wanted your COMMON to be in a shareable image but not write shared by all processes on the system If you do want write sharing use CDEC PSECT common name 5 in the Fortran source code the CDEC must be begin in column 1 or a linker options file
400. tp mirror ac uk sites sources redhat com ftp gcc releases e Malmberg s Ftp Service gcc281 u ftp ftp qsl net pub wb8tyw gcc281 u e updated header files for GNU C 2 8 ftp ftp qsl net pub wb8tyw gcc281 u In addition to gcc the HP C compiler and other development tools are part of the OpenVMS Hobbyist licensing program for non commercial users and these and other tools are available to commercial developers via the HP DSPP partner program See Section 2 15 for information on DSPP 13 3 What is the status of on OpenVMS Kednos now owns and supports the former DIGITAL PL I compiler and run time support on OpenVMS and is the contact for product status support and associated plans As of this writing older versions of the PL I run time library and associated supporting images remain available on OpenVMS VAX and on OpenVMS Alpha including the DECmigrate VEST translated images run time support on OpenVMS Alpha though neither the PL I shareable image nor the DECmigrate AEST translated image support for the PL I run time are available from HP on nor present on OpenVMS I64 systems Newer versions of the PL I run time library may be are available from Kednos for various OpenVMS platforms please contact Kednos for product details and availability http www kednos com 13 16 Finding and Using Software 13 4 Where can I get the Mozilla Web Browser Mozilla org is an open source organization providing HTML re
401. tput esc5m blinking text 0 A 3 3 Documentation on an ANSI terminal relatively similar to the VT525 series is available at e ftp ftp boundless com pub text adds docs 260_prog e ftp ftp boundless com pub text adds docs 260_user Also see the various documentation and manuals available at e http www vt100 net Information on the ReGIS graphics character set is available at e http www cs utk edu shuford terminal dec regis news txt Also http www boundless com Text Terminals VT Also see Section 11 6 Section 8 13 DECprint DCPS work with the LRAO parallel port No The parallel printing port LRAO found on many OpenVMS Alpha systems is capable of some bidirectional communications with enough for basic operations with most parallel printers DECprint DCPS requires more than just the simple handshaking provided by the LRAO port therefore DCPS does not work with the LRAO port 12 2 12 2 Does Miscellaneous Information 12 3 How do check for free space on a BACKUP tape You cannot know for certain though you can certainly estimate the remaining capacity Tape media is different than disk media as disks have a known and pre determined fixed capacity Modern disks also appear logically perfect based on bad block revectoring support and the extra blocks hidden within the disk structure for these bad block replacements The capacity of tape media is not ne
402. tributions eg OpenVMS Freeware V7 0 has a port of Emacs 21 2 and at various web sites including http www glug org people ttn software emacs for vms Emacs isn t a text editor it s a way of life For comparisions of OpenVMS text editors and UNIX see the following http www unh edu cis docs vms to unix Emacs cheat sheet html 13 2 6 GNV Various GNU tools Information on the GNU on VMS GNV GNU s Not VMS Project which aims to port and provide GNU software bash flex bison tar grep gcc emulation etc to OpenVMS is available at http gnv sourceforge net Software info http vms gnu ai mit edu software Software archive e ftp vms gnu ai mit edu gnu vms software Various GNU tools are also available on the Freeware 13 2 6 1 GCC compiler Yes gcc is available for OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 e gcc compilation compatibility for OpenVMS Alpha and 164 is available as a component of the GNV package This causes the HP C compiler to emulate the interface and compilation behaviours of gcc http h71000 www7 hp com opensource opensource html gnv Home Page http gnv sourceforge net e GCC Home Page GNU Project Free Software Foundation FSF http gec gnu org 13 15 Finding and Using Software e GNU FSF ftp ftp tmk com vms freeware gcc for alpha Help GCC SUNY NCSB http nucwww chem sunysb edu helplib hvmsapps GCC e Redhat s gcc Archive ftp f
403. ts that of the H8571 B and similar for the MicroVAX and other and older systems and that of the H8571 J for the PC style COM port AlphaStation Integrity and other newer systems The older MicroVAX DB9 and the PC style DB9 pin outs are not compatible DECconnect MMJ Connectors and Adapters Part Converts BC16E male to fit into H8571 A EIA232 DB25 25 pin female common Functionally similar to the H8575 A though the H8575 A has better ESD shielding H8571 B Older MicroVAX other than the MicroVAX 2000 DB9 EIA232 serial port Functionally similar to the H8575 B though the H8575 B has better ESD shielding Note Cannot be used on a PC Alpha nor Integrity DB9 9 pin connector H8571 C 25 pin DSUB Female to MMJ Unfiltered H8571 D EIA232 25 pin male modem wired H8571 E 25 pin DSUB Female to MMJ Filtered H8571 J PC Alpha Integrity 9 pin DB9 male PC style COM serial port Note Cannot be used on the older MicroVAX DB9 9 pin connector H8572 0 BC16E MMJ double female MMJ extender 14 50 Table 14 8 Hardware Information Table 14 8 Cont DECconnect MMJ Connectors and Adapters Part Converts BC16E male to fit into H8575 A EIA232 DB25 25 pin female common Functionally similar to the H8571 A though the H8575 A has better ESD shielding H8575 B Older MicroVAX other than the MicroVAX 2000 DB9 EIA232 serial port Functionally similar to the H8571 B though the H8575 B has better ESD shielding Note C
404. tter is greatly appreciated If you believe any particular discussion worthy of inclusion in a future edition of the FAQ and particularly once you have or know both the question and the answer please then send the entire discussion along to the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org for potential inclusion Do note that the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dotjorg takes URL link continuity seriously and strives to maintain current links This is however a large task and it is only becoming more difficult URL link continuity is also something that you can assist with of course If you should find a dead link or a stale URL pointer please notify the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dotjorg If you have or can find the current correct or updated URL of course that greatly assists the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dot org in maintaining the most current set of links OpenVMS Frequently Asked Questions FAQ Thank you Post to Newsgroups With Care Please consider reading Section 1 3 before posting to the comp os vms or any other newsgroups What you post can come back to haunt you Contributors Many people have contributed to this FAQ directly and or indirectly In many cases part or all of an answer included in the FAQ has been adapted from one or more postings from the comp os vms or other newsgroup this though individual citations and spec
405. ttp www eecis udel edu ntp http www nist gov e http www boulder nist gov timefreq e http www tondering dk claus calendar html e http es rice edu ES humsoc Galileo Things gregorian calendar html http www timeanddate com are all good time related resources with some general and some specific to OpenVMS 4 1 1 Details of the OpenVMS system time keeping 4 1 1 1 VAX hardware time keeping details 4 1 1 1 1 TOY clock This is battery backed up hardware timing circuitry used to keep the correct time of year during rebooting power failures and system shutdown This clock only keeps track of months days and time The time is kept relative to January 1st at 00 00 00 00 of the year the clock was initiailized The VAX Time Of Year TOY clock used to save the time over a reboot or power failure is specified as having an accuracy of 0 0025 This is a drift of roughly 65 seconds per month Time and Timekeeping The VAX Interval Time is used to keep the running time and this has a specified accuracy of 01 This is a drift of approximately 8 64 seconds per day Any high IPL activity can interfere with the IPL 22 or IPL 24 this depends on the VAX implementation clock interrupts activities such as extensive device driver interrupts or memory errors are known to slow the clock 4 1 1 1 2 EXE GQ_SYSTIME This is the OpenVMS VAX system time cell This cell contains the number of 100ns intervals si
406. ttp www hp com go openvms wizard retired use ITRC forums 15 22 Information on Networks and Clusters For additional information on the OpenVMS Ask The Wizard ATW area and for a pointer to the available ATW Wizard zip archive please see Section 3 8 ATW has been superceded for new questions by the ITRC discussion forums the area remains available for reference Information on changing node names is included in Section 5 7 15 6 8 Details on Volume Shadowing This section contains information on host based volume shadowing on the disk mirroring capabilities available within OpenVMS 15 6 8 1 Does volume shadowing require a non zero allocation classes Yes use of host based Volume Shadowing requires that the disk s involved be configured in a non zero allocation class Edit SYS SYSTEM MODPARAMS DAT to include a declaration of an non zero allocation class such as setting the host allocation class to the value 7 ALLOCLASS 7 Then AUTOGEN the system and reboot You should now be able to form the shadow set via a command such as the following MOUNT dsal007 SHADOW 7 dkb300 7 dkb500 volumel abel When operating in an OpenVMS Cluster this sequence will typically change the disk names from the SCSNODE prefix scsnode dkann to the allocation class prefix 7 dkannn This may provide you with the opportunity to move to a device independent scheme using logical name constructs such as the DISK volumelabel lo
407. tware Product Partner DSPP program is open to and intended to support and to assist HP OpenVMS software partners consultants and service providers http www hp com dspp DSPP provides members with various benefits please see the website for details For those not familiar with the DSPP program or with its history the DIGITAL Association of Software and Application Partners ASAP program and the DIGITAL Independent Software Vendors Network ISVN program were incorporated into the Compaq CSA program and the CSA program has subsequently been incorporated into the HP DSPP program Please see Section 2 8 3 for additional details on the DSPP program 2 16 memory management resource management process scheduling etc So you have been instructed to write a school research paper on OpenVMS and you need technical content on the OpenVMS Virtual Memory System on any memory segmentation on OpenVMS Resource Management on the OpenVMS File System on the OpenVMS user interface etc Invariably your professor instructor teacher will ask you a series of questions Most commonly the questions will request descriptions of one or more of the following items and at varying levels of detail e process scheduling algorithm s e Interprocess comunications e Process or system synchronization constructs e Memory management and or virtual memory implementation e RMS or XQP file structures e Resource management e History of HP Open
408. typical as script looks like this path iasi64 exe 1 2 3 4 5 10 23 OpenVMS Programming Information 10 27 Kernel mode coding restrictions Floating point is prohibited in OpenVMS Alpha inner mode privileged code and within any process or other execution context that does not have floating point enabled and available Programmers developing and working with OpenVMS Alpha high IPL kernel mode code such as device drivers will further want to become familiar with the floating point processing and the instruction set emulation available in the particular target environment if any When working with C inner mode programmers will want to become familiar with the C compiler qualifier INSTRUCTION_SET NO FLOATING_ POINT Device drivers and other similar kernel mode C code must be compiled with INSTRUCTION SET FLOATING POINT and EXTERN_ MODEL STRICT REFDEF Additionally inner mode code cannot call out to the user mode language run time libraries nor to any of the OpenVMS system run time libraries In particular this prohibition prevents pages of inner mode protected memory from being allocated and interspersed within the user mode heap or other such user mode data structures The prohibtion on user libraries also generally means that such code must be linked with LINK NOSYSLIB and quite probably also with SYSEXE The former causes the linker to avoid searching the system shareable image libraries via IMAGELIB OLB wh
409. ue used on OpenVMS VAX to drift the system time is the SETCLOCK tool on the OpenVMS Freeware For information on the use of the EXES GL TIMEADJUST and EXE GL_ TICKLENG TH cells on OpenVMS Alpha see OpenVMS AXP Internal and Data Structures located on page 348 For those areas which switch between daylight saving time DST and standard time the time value is not drifted The time is adjusted by the entire interval This procedure is inherent in the definition of the switch between DST and standard time Do look at either not switching to daylight time or better using UTC as your time base if this change over is not feasible for your environment See Section 4 3 4 and Section 4 3 3 4 3 5 How configure TCP IP Services NTP as a time provider An NTP time provider provides its idea of the current time to NTP clients via the NTP protocol Most systems are NTP clients but NTP has a heirarchy of layers called strata The further away from the actual NTP time source Internet time servers are at stratum 1 the lower the strata and the larger the number assigned the statum 4 11 Time and Timekeeping NTP explicity configured at stratum one provides time to NTP operating at lower strata and the provided time is acquired based on the local system time or via some locally accessible external time source NTP at other lower strata both receive time from higher strata and can provide time to lower strata and automatic
410. ues on old Alpha SRM firmware Component part number 54 24602 01 e DE500 FA 100 megabit fibre optic Ethernet OpenVMS V7 1 1H1 and later Device hardware id 02000030 check connector vs DE500 BA other values possible on old Alpha SRM firmware 14 42 Hardware Information Component part number 54 24899 01 To check the DE500 device hardware id from OpenVMS use the following command ANALYZE SYSTEM SDA SHOW LAN DEVI CE EWc The hardware version will be displayed To set the DE500 speed and duplex settings via the associated Alpha SRM console environment variable see Table 14 4 Table 14 4 DE500 Speed and Duplex Settings EWxO MODE setting Meaning Twisted Pair 10 Mbit sec nofull duplex Full Duplex Twisted Pair 10 Mbit sec full duplex AUI 10 Mbit sec nofull duplex BNC 10 Mbit sec nofull duplex Fast 100 Mbit sec nofull duplex uplex 100 Mbit sec full duplex Negotiation with remote device To override the console setting and use LANCE FastFD Full D Auto Negotiate RUN SYS SYSTEM LANCP LANCP SET DEVICE EWA0 SPEED 10 NE DEVI CE EWA0 SPEEDz10 LANCP DEFI LANCP SET DEVICE EWAO SPEED 100 full duplex NE DEVICE EWAO SPEEDz100 full duplex Fast Ethernet 100Base 100 megabit controllers such as the DE500 series have a pair of connections available while traditional Ethernet 10Base 10 megabit is inherently a half duplex protocol Fast Ethernet can be configured to use one or both of
411. unusable display It is best to use only monospaced fonts specifically intended for DECterm with DECterm The SYS COMMON SYSFONT DECW USER TRUETYPE doesn t exist on OpenVMS VAX V7 3 with DECwindows V1 2 6 but the procedure above does appear to work if the directory is created and the instructions above are followed 11 18 1 2 Miscellaneous Information If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 12 4 Where find information on escape and control sequences Information on escape and control sequences can be found in the OpenVMS I O User s Reference Manual in the chapter on the terminal driver The chapter also includes details on the general format and content of these sequences Specific details on the escape and control sequences supported by a particular serial device are typically found in the documentation provided with the specific device Information on the sequences supported by DECwindows DECterm terminal emulator are included in the DECwindows documentation Examples of common escape and control sequences those typically used by the OpenVMS screen management package can be found in the OpenVMS system file SYS SYSTEM SMGTERMS TXT This file can be queried under program control using SMG GET TERM DATA and you don t need to use all of SMG to use this call The following refers to the function keys on the LK series keyboards found on the VT series terminal
412. use a the appropriate prefix uniformly throughout all external symbols all logical names and all files located in shared directories The prefix and the use of the dollar sign 8 and the underscore 0 help avoid collisions with other products Use of the dollar sign is reserved to registered products e Please consider use of tools such as the Freeware SDL package and the GNM package These permit you to generate include files and message documentation akin to that of OpenVMS providing users of your product with a familiar environment e For product installations consider use of the PCSI installation utility and provide a product specific configuration DCL command procedure usually SYS MANAGER prefix CONFIG COM if configuration is required e The product startup file is usually named SYS STARTUP prefix STARTUP COM and the shutdown file if needed is usually SYS STARTUP prefix SHUTDOWN COM OpenVMS provides a registry for facility prefixes and for MESSAGE message compiler codes To request a prefix and a message facility code for a product you distributinng to other customer sites send your request in a mail message addressed to product at sign hylndr sqp zko dec com requesting the submission form and details of the registration process Note Please do not request facility prefixes for products that local to your business your site or your system Facility prefixes and message codes and the facility registration
413. used this logo file while the logo used for the Motif login display was hard coded into the package and the only available override is the DECW LOGINLOGO command procedure mechanism within the customized site specific DECW PRIVATE APPS SETUP COM file Look at the contents of the DECDTLOGO PM file and at other XPM files and tools for additional details 11 7 1 How dol customize DECwindows keymapping Various keymaps can be implemented on OpenVMS and other X Windows systems allowing the implementation of a Dvorak style or other alternate keymappings For details see the available X Windows documentation this is the documentation associated with X Windows itself and not the product documentation for the OpenVMS operating system nor for the DECwindows X Windows implementation and see the DECwindows DECW KEYMAP text format files found in the DECwindows DECW KEYMAP directory 11 8 DECwindows For other keymapping information see Section 11 7 2 11 7 2 Why does the DELETE key delete forward instead of backward Some operating systems use as Deete as the character back delete key Most OpenVMS applications VT series terminals check the terminal settings many can have this configured within the terminal set up menus and DECterm terminals all use as the character back delete and use as a request to move to the beginning of the command line The Integrity EFI console does use cuin
414. using the V7 1 distribution CD ROM Then select the DCL prompt option Then issue the commands DEFINE SYSTEM PCSISSYSDEVI CE DKAO DEFINE SYSTEM PCSISSPECIFIC DKAO SYSO PRODUCT RECONFIGURE VMS REMOTE SOURCE DKA0 5 COMMON The above commands assume that the target system device and system root are DKAO SYS0 Replace this with the actual target device and root as appropriate The RECONFIGURE command will then issue a series of prompts You will want to reconfigure DECnet Plus off the system obviously You will then want to use the PCSI command PRODUCT INSTALL to install the DECnet Phase IV kit from the OpenVMS distribution media Information on DECnet support and on the kit names is included in the OpenVMS V7 1 installation and upgrade documentation Subsequent OpenVMS upgrade and installation procedures can and do offer both DECnet Phase IV and DECnet Plus installations 15 5 How can I send radio pages from my OpenVMS system There are third party products available to send messages to radio paging devices pagers communicating via various protocols such as TAP Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol paging packages RamPage Ergonomic Solutions is one of the available packages that can generate and transmit messages to radio pagers Target Alert Target Systems formerly the DECalert product is another Networking Dynamics Corp has a product called Pager Plus The System Watchdog package c
415. uster tape allocation class are also unique For details on the SCS name of the OpenVMS host see Section 5 7 For details of SET HOST DUP see Section 15 6 3 15 6 5 Where can I get Fibre Channel Storage SAN information http www openvms compaq com openvms fibre index html 15 6 6 Which files must be shared in an OpenVMS Cluster The following files are expected to be common across all nodes in a cluster environment and though SYSUAT is very often common it can also be carefully coordinated with matching UIC values and matching binary identifier values across all copies The most common use of multiple SYSUAT files is to allow different quotas on different nodes In any event the binary UIC values and the binary identifier values must be coordinated across all SYSUAF files and must match the RIGHTSLIST file In addition to the list of files and directories in some cases shown in Table 15 1 please review the VMScluster documentation and the System Management documentation Cluster Common Shared Files Filename Default Specification SYSUAF SYS SYSTEM DAT SYSUAFALT SYS SYSTEM DAT SYSALF SYS SYSTEM DAT RIGHTSLIST SYS SYSTEM DAT NETPROXY SYS SYSTEM DAT 15 20 Table 15 1 Default Specification SYS SYSTEM DAT SYS SYSTEM DAT SYS SYSTEM DAT SYS SYSTEM this is a set of related files SYS SYSTEM LDB SYS SYSTEM DATA SYS SYSTEM DAT SYS MANAGER DAT SYS SYSTEM DATA SYS MANAGER COM SYS LIBRARY EXE S
416. utside of kernel mode 14 3 5 What are the boot control flag values Integrity VAX and Alpha primary bootstraps support flag values a mechanism which permits the system manager to perform specific customizations or site specific debugging of the OpenVMS system bootstrap While very similar there are differences among the boot flag implementations for the various architectures 14 3 5 1 What are the 164 IPB boot flag values The OpenVMS 164 primary bootstrap flags are processed within the IA 64 primary bootstrap image IPB EXE within the SYS EFI SYS structures The primary bootstrap boot flags are largely parallel to those of OpenVMS Alpha see Section 14 3 5 2 though the console and the console mechanisms used to specify the boot command the boot flags and boot command options do differ markedly 14 7 Hardware Information You can specify the boot flags via an EFI environment variable _ FLAGS or via the boot alias boot options mechanism or by appending the requested boot flags onto the specification of VMS LOADER EFI To set the bootstrap flags environment variable at the EFI shell prompt use Shell SET VMS FLAGS 0 1 When you register an EFI boot alias please see Section 14 4 5 for Intel Itanium terminology you will be asked if you want to enter boot options and what type To add boot flags to a boot alias select Unicode as the boot options type and enter an SRM like options string such as the conversati
417. vailable and are used on various platforms If you purchase third party or unsupported or generic SCSI ATA ATAPI IDE storage devices you and your device vendor will be responsible for the testing and the support of the devices In general you can expect that HP will address non standards compliance problems within OpenVMS changes that will also not prevent operations with other supported devices of course but you and or the device vendor and or the device manufacturer are responsible for finding and fixing problems in the particular third party device and or controller involved In particular realize that neither SCSI nor ATA ATAPI IDE is a particularly standard interface these interfaces tend to be a collection of optionally implemented and standardized interface features You should not and can not simply assume that all SCSI nor ATA ATAPI IDE storage devices are interchangeable If you want to try to use a generic SCSI device use V6 2 or later or better V7 1 2 or later If you wish to try to use ATA ATAPI IDE use OpenVMS V7 1 2 or later On older OpenVMS releases see the disk capacity limits Section 9 5 14 44 Hardware Information With SCSI disks on releases prior to V6 2 ensure that you have the ARRE and ARWE settings configured correctly disabled If not you will see DRVERR fatal drive errors and error log entries Some SCSI disks set the medium type byte as part of the SCSI size field this is a SET C
418. vdepend2 AND Comp sup EQ Comp sup THEN WRITE SYSSOUTPUT Compression supported IF Devdepend2 AND Comp ena EQ Comp ena THEN WRITE SYSSOUTPUT Compression enabled 5 30 5 21 System Management Information 5 22 Can I copy SYSUAF to another version To VAX To Alpha The format of the SYSUAF DAT RIGHTSLIST and associated files are upward compatible and compatible across OpenVMS VAX OpenVMS Alpha and OpenVMS 164 systems This compatibility is a a basic requirement of mixed version OpenVMS Cluster configurations and OpenVMS upgrades for specific support information please see the OpenVMS Cluster rolling upgrade and mixed version requirements That said it s the contents of the SYSUAF and RIGHTSLIST files that will make this more interesting The same basic steps necessary for moving RIGHTSLIST and SYSUAF files to another node are rather similar to the steps involved in merging these files in an OpenVMS Cluster see the appendix of the OpenVMS Cluster documentation for details of merging files You might not be merging the contents of two or more files but you are effectively merging the contents of the files into the target system environment Considerations e applications often hold SYSUAF or RIGHTSLIST open meaning a system reboot is often the best way to activate new files the meanings of the RESTRICTED and CAPTIVE flags settings on the UAF entries have changed over time the new NET PROXY DA
419. volume shadowing to most other all other supported storage devices The following sections describe both Mini Copy and Mini Merge and can provide a basis for discussions Mini Copy A Shadowing Full Copy occurs when you add a disk to an existing shadowset using a MOUNT command the entire contents of the disk are effectively copied to the new member using an algorithm that goes through in 127 block increments and reads one member compares with the target disk and if the data differs writes the data to the target disk and loops back to the read step until the data is equal for that 127 block section This is one of the reasons why the traditional recommendation for adding new volumes to a shadowset was to use a BACKUP PHYSICAL copy of an existing shadowset volume simply because the reads then usually matched and thus shadowing usually avoided the need for the writes If you warn OpenVMS ahead of time at dismount time that you re planning to remove a disk from a shadowset but re add it later OpenVMS will keep a bitmap tracking what areas of the disk have been modified while the disk was out of the shadowset and when you re add it later with a MOUNT command OpenVMS only has to update the areas of the returned disk that the bit map indicates are now out of date OpenVMS does this with a read source write target algorithm which is much faster than the shenanigans the Full Copy does so even if all of the disk has changed a Mi
420. w archive org 1 X 15 X11R5 11 15 X11R6 6 11 15 XDR 10 14 XFC 9 13 XLNperformance 3 XLNsystems 5 33 XML gt 2 6 10 14 0 XOFF 2 XON 14 52 XOR 5 38 XP1000 14 40 XPDF 3 1 6 xpm 7 XtAppAdalnput 0 xve 11 7 X Windows 1 Index 22
421. with non embossed recorded CD media To paraphrase one knowledgable though deliberately nameless storage engineer The RRD42 drive is just past the drooling idiot stage 9 7 3 Creating Bootable OpenVMS 164 CD or DVD Media SYS SETBOOT If you are creating a bootable CD or DVD media for use with OpenVMS 164 you will want to specify the SYS SETBOOT block size of 2048 and you will also want a disk cluster factor that is a multiple of four via INITIALIZE CLUSTER 4 or 8 or or you will want to ensure that SYS EFILSYS SYS DIAGNOSTICS SYS are aligned to multiple of four blocks to a 2048 byte boundary This alignment and this blocking is only necessary for OpenVMS 164 and only when creating optical media OpenVMS 164 for bootstraps The default 512 byte block setting used by SYS SETBOOT is the correct and expected value for traditional disk bootstraps on OpenVMS I64 systems Once the boot files are loaded OpenVMS 164 operates with 512 byte blocks as is the case with ATAPI disks on OpenVMS Alpha all application code will only see 512 byte blocks on optical media on OpenVMS 164 OpenVMS 164 V8 2 and later are expected to have a version of SYS SETBOOT that will flag a misaligned SYS EFI SYS and if present a misaligned SYS DIAGNOSTICS SYS file For information on SYS SETBOOT and the SET BOOTBLOCK command please see Section 14 3 9 and see the OpenVMS documentation The purpose and intent of the SYS SETBOOT EXE image a
422. with the source code of an updated DECW CDPLAYER CD audio player is available on the OpenVMS Freeware website www hp com go openvms freeware look for the directory dqdriver and these updates are also included on OpenVMS Freeware V5 0 and OpenVMS ECO kits containing newer versions of the driver are available Freeware V6 0 has a version of DQDRIVER that is newer than that of the OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 2 release with additional capabilities and with improved error diagnostics OpenVMS Alpha V7 3 and later include a version of SYS DQDRIVER with the necessary IO _DIAGNOSE support Information on Utilities 7 2 How dol access a Microsoft Windows floppy disk from OpenVMS The HP Advanced Server formerly known as PATHWORKS for OpenVMS product includes an unsupported and undocumented utility called PCDISK and this tool can read and write various Microsoft MS DOS and Microsoft Windows FAT format diskettes and can usually access FAT format volumes written by other operating systems ProGIS in Germany sells a product called VMove which supports DOS files on many different device types For more information send mail to info progis de Engineering Software has a product called VAKSAT which will read write and erase files on MS DOS FAT diskettes Available for both VAX and Alpha Contact ed cityscape co uk for more information MadGoat PC Exchange PCX is a utility for copying files to and from MS DOS and Microsoft Windows FAT format
423. www hp com go openvms Documentation Here you will find product information strategy documents product roadmaps the contents of the latest OpenVMS Freeware CD ROM and more Table 3 1 OpenVMS Websites URL Sponsor HP OpenVMS Marketing http www hp com go openvms Encompass DFWCUG http www openvmshobbyist org Arne Vajhoj http www levitte org ava Saiga Systems http www saiga com Wayne Sewell http www tachysoft com proGIS Software http www progis de openvms htm Jeff Cameron http www jcameron com vms David Mathog s quite useful information about OpenVMS http saf bio caltech edu soft_doc html Cracking The Beave Includes system cracking information that can be of interest to OpenVMS System Managers and to OpenVMS Network and Security Managers This information is available at the Deathrow cluster http manson vistech net ht_root Hack VMS faq Undocumented Features DECUS Deutschland http zinser no ip info www eng vms qaa undoc htmlx Arne Vajhej http www levitte org ava vms tip htmlx The OpenVMS Freeware contains various examples of undocumented features and interfaces 3 2 Documentation Table 3 1 Cont OpenVMS Websites URL Sponsor http Awww hp com go openvms freeware Comparisons of UNIX and Linux shell commands and DCL Commands http Awww mesr olemiss edu unixhelp VMStoUNIX html http wwwvms mppmu mpg de vmsdoc UNIX VMS CMD XREF HTML Comparisons of emacs and OpenVMS text ed
424. x 9 Index Foreign Command 8 3 Fortran 6 Foundation Operating Environment See FOE FreeVMS 2 2 Freeware 9 3 10 3 10 13 SETCLOCK 1 FSF 5 ftso 3 ftsv 3 5 gawk 13 14 GB 2 21 gcc 13 15 gcc emulation 5 getdvi 2 getjpi 2 getqui 5 getsyi e 10 2 2 Gigabyte 1 GKDRIVER 4 GKTEST C 4 Global Maintech 7 gmake 1 GMT 4 GNM 10 13 GNU 5 GnuPG 4 GNU Privacy Guard e 13 4 GNV 13 15 Google 3 gopher 13 14 GPG 13 4 Grace 13 8 GrayMatter Software 2 9 grep 13 14 5 GS1280 Time 2 GTK 13 10 GUID 14 18 Intel 2 12 3 Interex See User Group Interrrupt Priority Level x0C Handler See IPC 15 15 Inv Cmd 5 7 INVRECTYP 5 17 10 DIAGNOSE 7 1 4 IOC READ_IO 14 32 IOCSWRITE 14 32 lomega 14 46 14 47 IPB EXE 14 7 IPC 15 15 IRC Client Mozilla 13 17 IRIG 8 150 9660 9 8 14 19 Joliet extension 8 Rock Ridge extension 8 ISO 9660 1999 8 ISVN See DSPP Itanium 2 12 2 13 14 21 7 Terminology 3 Itanium Processor Family See Itanium 1 1 3 11 6 FTP ECO site 1 1 6 Support Forums 6 J J2EE 7 Jameco 14 51 James 1 1 Java 7 JBC COMMAND 5 27 JCL 7 3 JDK 2 6 13 17 JetDirect 15 2 Joliet ISO 9660 extension 8 Jones David 3 Index 164 2 12 14 21 7 Terminology 2 35 7 IA 32 2 11 3 Termino
425. xtension ROM and the SROM bootable floppy cannot use the ROM file To check the firmware loaded on recent OpenVMS Alpha systems use the command write sys output f getsyi console version write sys output f getsyi palcode version SDA CLUE CONFIG Also see Section 14 3 7 2 For information on HP Integrity EFI firmware upgrades and for a sequence useful in generating CD R or CD RW media containing a firmware disk image please see Section 14 3 11 14 3 7 2 How do I reload SRM firmware on a half flash Alpha system Some of the AlphaStation series systems are half flash boxes meaning only one set of firmware SRM or AlphaBIOS can be loaded in flash at a time Getting back to the SRM firmware when AlphaBIOS or ARC is loaded can be a little interesting That said this usually involves shuffling some files and then getting into the AlphaBIOS firmware update sequence and then entering update srm at the apu prompt To shuffle the files copy the target SRM firmware file as200 v7 0 is current to a blank initialized FAT format floppy under the filename A FWUPDATE EXE From the AlphaBIOS Setup screen select the Upgrade AlphaBIOS option Once the firmware update utility gets going enter Apu gt update srm Answer y to the Are you ready Apu quit You ve reloaded the flash Now power cycle the box to finish the process 14 14 Hardware Information Also see Section 14 3 7 1
426. y All trademarks registered trademarks servicemarks and registered servicemarks used or referenced here are the properties of their respective owner s or holders Please route any corrections requests or related updates to the FAQ Editor hoff NoSpam atsign hoffmanlabs NoSpam dotjorg The redistribution repostingistribT 60 Q e 8n60 Q a4n 3 60 QibT 0 Qcomple66 ro0 Q 37lated 1 Introduction If you are searching for something here please consider using the text format FAQ 1 1 What core OpenVMS URLs do you need to know If you have no other OpenVMS URLs bookmarked you will want to be familiar with the URLs listed in Table 1 1 Table 1 1 Core Websites URL Contents Core OpenVMS Information including roadmaps and release schedules http www hp com go openvms OpenVMS and Core Layered Product Documentation http Awww hp com go openvms doc Core OpenVMS Support Search Engine URLs the ITRC support and discussion forums and the ITRC FTP accessable Patch Area http www2 itrc hp com service james CPQhome do formerly the NLSA Natural Language Search Assistant and formerly AskQ http www itrc hp com ftp ftp itrc hp com openvms_patches The OpenVMS Freeware http Awww hp com go openvms freeware The OpenVMS Hobbyist License Program http www openvmshobbyist org http h71000 www7 hp com openvms license software programs index html Introduction 1 2 What are the OpenVMS Usenet Newsgroups There ar
427. y DTR Data Set Ready DSR Signal Ground Shorted to pin 9 on MicroVAX and VAXstation 2000 Series systems otherwise left floating DOA FWD When pin 8 is shorted to pin 9 this is a BCC08 or variant cable most commonly used as a console cable on the MicroVAX 2000 and VAXstation 2000 series Other systems may or may not tolerate connecting pin 8 to pin 9 The BN24H looks like this Also see e http www hp com go openvms wizard e http www airborn com au rs232 html e http www stanq com cable html 14 49 Hardware Information e For adapters and connectors see Section 14 27 14 27 What connectors and wiring adapters are available The H8571 B and H8575 B convert the non 2000 series MicroVAX DB9 to the DECconnect DEC 423 Modified Modular Jack MMJ pin out to the MMJ DECconnect wiring system The MicroVAX 2000 and VAXstation 2000 requires 12020208 cable which has the 8 9 short see Section 14 26 and the H8571 C or the H8571 D DB25 to MMJ adapter for use with DECconnect For a discussion of the console bulkhead on the MicroVAX II series and on other closely related series systems please see Section 14 3 3 4 Somewhat less ancient HP HP Compaq or DIGITAL logo systems will use either the DECconnect MMJ wiring directly or on most all recent system designs the PC compatible DB9 9 pin pin out the PC style COM serial port interface and connection There are two DB9 9 pin pin ou
428. y normal thermal clock variations and even by the expected level of clock drift When clock interrupts are blocked as a result of the activity of high IPL code such as extensive driver interrupt activity or a hardware error or a correctable soft memory error the clock will loose time and the time value reported to the user with appear to have slowed down Correctable memory errors can be a common cause of system time loss in other words Heavy PCI bus traffic can also cause lost time One bug in this area involved the behaviour of certain graphics controllers including the ELSA GLoria Synergy PBXGK BB the PowerStorm 3D10T effectively stalling the PCI bus See Section 5 16 for details on the ELSA GLoria Synergy controller and make certain you have the current GRAPHICS ECO kit installed Clock drift can also be deliberately caused by the activity of the DTSS or NTP packages Also see Section 4 1 1 2 1 Section 4 1 1 and Section 4 3 4 4 3 3 Resetting the system time into the past You can resynchronize system time using DCL commands such as SET TIME and SET TIME CLUSTER but these commands can and obviously will cause the current system time to be set backwards when the specified time predates the current system time This time resetting operation can cause application problems and can adversely effect applications using absolute timers applications that assume time values will always be unique and ascending values and

5 - Parent Directory

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents